en-YN YNT 001 A

User manual en-YN.YNT.001.
POLCID for administrators
Code Word Order number POLYSIUS Order Code (POC)
User manual POLCID for administrators
Table of contents
Table of contents
1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3 Foreword ................................................................................................... 1-1 Target group.............................................................................................. 1-1 Scope of documentation ........................................................................... 1-1 Purpose of this manual ............................................................................. 1-1 Overview of the software .......................................................................... 1-2 Purpose of the software ......................................................................... 1-2 Function of the software ......................................................................... 1-2 Software environment ............................................................................ 1-2
2 Concepts ................................................................................................... 2-1 2.1 Process overview ...................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.1 Overview of the blocks ........................................................................... 2-1 2.1.2 Blocks of the group 'General Drive Control' ........................................... 2-2 2.1.3 Control principles for drives .................................................................... 2-4 2.2 Terminology .............................................................................................. 2-5 2.2.1 Basic terms............................................................................................. 2-5 2.2.2 Structure of the block description ........................................................... 2-7 2.2.3 Text library "POLCID_Standard" .......................................................... 2-12 2.2.4 Explanation of symbols ........................................................................ 2-18 2.2.5 Name of the parameter bits, data bits and status bits.......................... 2-18 2.2.6 Names of the analogue variables......................................................... 2-22 2.2.7 Representation of the block symbol ..................................................... 2-23 2.2.8 Names of internal auxiliary flags .......................................................... 2-27 2.2.9 Profibus-DP diagnosis data.................................................................. 2-29 2.2.10 Cyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP/pro C/V motor controller .... 2-30 2.2.11 Noncyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller............ 2-31 2.2.12 Noncyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP/pro C/V motor controller2-34 2.2.13 Signals from the AUMATIC Actuator.................................................... 2-38 2.2.14 Signals from Hasler dosing devices ..................................................... 2-39 2.2.15 Signals from General Electric frequency converters ............................ 2-42 2.2.16 Signals from multifunctional measuring device Gossen Metrawatt A20002-44 2.2.17 Signals from Pfister rotary weighfeeders ............................................. 2-45 2.2.18 Signals from ABB frequency converters .............................................. 2-47 2.2.19 Signals from Siemens frequency converters........................................ 2-48 2.2.20 Signals from general frequency converters.......................................... 2-51 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 Blocks........................................................................................................ 3-1 Data exchange block DB_SYS: POLCID data exchange ......................... 3-1 Data exchange block LAB_IN: Input data from POLAB ........................ 3-13 Data exchange block LAB_OUT: Output data to POLAB ..................... 3-16 Data exchange block LAB_ANA: Analysis results of POLAB ............... 3-21 A2000_PA: Parameter data for the Multimess A2000 measuring device3-23 A2000_DA: Measured values from the Multimess A2000 measuring device3-37 SEND_DB_DOSn: Values from the Disocont slave blocks to the Disocont master block............................................................................................ 3-44
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Table of contents
3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 3.19 3.20 3.21 3.22 3.23 3.24 3.25 3.26 3.27 3.28 3.29 3.30 3.31 3.32 3.33 3.34 3.35 3.36 3.37 3.38 3.39 3.40 3.41 3.42 3.43 3.44 3.45
RECEIVE_DB_DOSn: Values to the Disocont slave blocks from the Disocont master block............................................................................. 3-47 COMMAND_MASTER: Values from the Disocont master block to the Disocont master PC ................................................................................ 3-51 STATUS_MASTER: Values from the Disocont master PC to the Disocont master block............................................................................................ 3-53 SEND_DB_DOSn: Transmit buffer memory of all values transmitted to the Disocont master PC. ............................................................................... 3-55 RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC: Receive buffer memory of all values transmitted from the Disocont master PC............................................... 3-58 SEND_DB_KME: Values from the Disocont master block to the Disocont master PC (MKME) ................................................................................. 3-62 RECEIVE_DB_KME: Values to the Disocont master block from the Disocont master PC (MKME).................................................................. 3-65 DIRIS_PA: Parameter data for measuring device DIRIS A40 ................ 3-70 DIRIS_DA: Measured values for measuring device DIRIS A40 ............. 3-88 DIRIS_CA: Calibration values for measuring device DIRIS A40 ............ 3-96 General block POLCID: General control of the drives .......................... 3-104 General block TIME_GEN: Time base generator ................................. 3-108 General block GLO_R_OB: Global-Reset generation .......................... 3-110 General block CYC_BEG: Start cycle time measurement.................... 3-112 General block CYC_END: Stop cycle time measurement .................... 3-113 General drive control UNID: setting drive ............................................. 3-115 General drive control REVD: Reversible drive...................................... 3-124 General drive control RVDL: reversible drive with limit switches.......... 3-134 General drive control VALV: Valve control ........................................... 3-143 General drive control CONT_DO: Actuator with digital outputs............ 3-152 General drive control CONT_AO: Actuator with analogue output ........ 3-161 General drive control GROC: Group control......................................... 3-169 General drive control SEQU: operating sequence................................ 3-183 General drive control SISV: Signal alarming ........................................ 3-194 General drive control SITR: Signal transfer .......................................... 3-201 AILIM analogue value processing: Analogue limit value monitoring .... 3-204 SETP analogue value processing: Analogue setpoint value ................ 3-210 OPER analogue value processing: Operating hour counter................. 3-213 NCOU analogue value processing: Counter......................................... 3-216 RCOU analogue value processing: Resettable reverse counter .......... 3-219 AIDPL analogue value processing: Analogue value display ................ 3-221 STASTP analogue value processing: Start/stop with analogue value.. 3-222 SIDDPL: Analogue value display .......................................................... 3-224 Interlock system logic CCOP: Conditioned bit copying......................... 3-225 Interlock system logic CCOW: Conditioned bit copying with indication 3-226 Interlock system logic CNT: Pulse counter ........................................... 3-228 Interlock system logic NSD: Non-storing delay..................................... 3-230 Interlock system logic S: Storing........................................................... 3-232
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Table of contents
3.46 3.47 3.48 3.49 3.50 3.51 3.52 3.53 3.54 3.55 3.56 3.57 3.58 3.59 3.60 3.61 3.62 3.63 3.64 3.65 3.66 3.67 3.68 3.69 3.70 3.71 3.72 3.73 3.74 3.75 3.76 3.77 3.78 3.79 3.80
Interlock system logic SD: Memory with delay ..................................... 3-234 Interlock system logic ST: Storing pulse ............................................... 3-236 Interlock system logic T: Pulse ............................................................. 3-238 Interlock system logic T_SYS: System time indicator........................... 3-240 Interlock system logic TON: On-delay .................................................. 3-242 Interlock system logic TOF: Switch-off delay........................................ 3-244 Interlock system logic DBL_FLAP: Double flap valve with valves ........ 3-246 Interlock system logic CHA_OPTI: Alternate operation of two devices 3-248 Interlock system logic STA_SEQ: Sequential start and stop................ 3-252 Mathematical function CMP_DW: Comparator for double words ......... 3-257 Mathematical function CMP_R: Comparator for floating point numbers3-259 Mathematical function CMP_W: Comparator for words........................ 3-261 Mathematical function CMP_B: Comparator for byte ........................... 3-263 Mathematical function MOV_R: Conditioned copying of a floating point number .................................................................................................. 3-265 Mathematical function MOV_W: Conditioned copying of a data word.. 3-267 Mathematical function MOV_DI: Conditioned copying of a double fixed point number ......................................................................................... 3-268 Mathematical Functions MOV_I: Conditioned copying of a fixed point number .................................................................................................. 3-269 Mathematical Functions MOV_DW: Conditioned copying of a double data word ...................................................................................................... 3-270 Mathematical Functions MOV_B: Conditioned copying of a data byte 3-271 Simocode-DP drive control UNID_ST: setting drive ............................. 3-272 Simocode-DP drive control REVD_ST: Reversible drive...................... 3-290 Simocode-DP drive control RVDL_ST: reversible drive with limit switches3-310 Simocode-DP drive control CONT_ST: Actuator.................................. 3-330 SIMOCODE pro drive control UNID_SC: Setup operation with SIMOCODE pro C ..................................................................................................... 3-350 SIMOCODE pro drive control UNID_SV: Setup operation with SIMOCODE pro V...................................................................................................... 3-369 SIMOCODE pro drive control REVD_SC: Reversible drive with SIMOCODE pro C................................................................................. 3-389 SIMOCODE pro drive control REVD_SV: Reversible drive with SIMOCODE pro V ................................................................................. 3-409 SIMOCODE pro drive control RVDL_SC: Reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro C .......................................................... 3-431 SIMOCODE pro drive control RVDL_SV: Reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro V........................................................... 3-450 SIMOCODE pro drive control CONT_SV: Actuator with SIMOCODE pro V3-470 Profibus Special Drive AUMATIC: Actuator AUMATIC......................... 3-490 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_B: Weighbelt feeder Hasler .............. 3-504 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_F: Hasler flowmeter.......................... 3-524 Profibus Special Drive AF300 G11: General Electric frequency converter3-548 Profibus Special Drive DB5IMV: General Electric DuraBilt 5i MV frequency converter ............................................................................................... 3-564
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Table of contents
3.81 Profibus Special Drive SLAVE_DP: Exchange Profibus data with DB . 3-582 3.82 Profibus Special Drive A2000: Multifunctional power measuring device3-585 3.83 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_L: Weighbelt feeder without load cell Hasler .................................................................................................... 3-606 3.84 Profibus Special Drive CSC_DRW: Pfister rotary weighfeeder ............ 3-627 3.85 Profibus Special Drive S7_DRIVE: Display Profibus data from DB...... 3-647 3.86 Profibus Special Drive S7_VALVE: Display Profibus data from DB ..... 3-653 3.87 Profibus Special Drive DISOCONT: Weighbelt feeder Schenk ............ 3-658 3.88 Profibus Special Drive DISO_MAS: Disocont Master PC (PROVIT 5000) Schenk .................................................................................................. 3-680 3.89 Profibus Special Drive DISO_SLA: Disocont slave .............................. 3-694 3.90 Profibus Special Drive COMBOX_P: Compressor control by Atlas Copco3-705 3.91 Profibus Special Drive ACS800: ABB ACS800 frequency converter ... 3-723 3.92 Profibus Special Drive MOVIDRIV: SEW MOVIDRIVE frequency converter ............................................................................................... 3-738 3.93 Profibus Special Drive MICROMAS: Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter ............................................................................................... 3-754 3.94 Profibus Special Drive SIMOV_LV: Siemens SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter .............................................................................. 3-771 3.95 Profibus Special Drive FRQCONV: Frequency converter in general ... 3-789 3.96 Profibus Special Drive DIRISA40: Multifunctional power measuring device3-803 3.97 Maerz blocks: PB_TO_VI: Preselection of the display ......................... 3-810 3.98 Maerz blocks: FACEPLATE: Status display ......................................... 3-812 3.99 Maerz blocks: PARA: Parameter transfer............................................. 3-815 3.100 Maerz blocks: AILIMEX: Analogue limit value monitoring expanded ... 3-817 3.101 Maerz blocks: UNID_P: Setup operation with preselection .................. 3-824 3.102 Maerz blocks: REVD_P: reversible drive with preselection .................. 3-833 3.103 Maerz blocks: RVDL_P: reversible drive with limit switches and preselection........................................................................................... 3-844 3.104 Maerz blocks: VALV_P: valve controller with preselection ................... 3-855 3.105 Maerz blocks: CONT_DOP: Actuator with digital outputs and preselection3-864 3.106 Maerz blocks: UNID_SCP: Setup drive with SIMOCODE pro C and preselection........................................................................................... 3-874 3.107 Maerz blocks: UNID_SVP: Setup drive with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection........................................................................................... 3-894 3.108 Maerz blocks: REVD_SCP: reversible drive with Simocode pro C and preselection........................................................................................... 3-915 3.109 Maerz blocks: REVD_SVP: reversible drive with Simocode pro V and preselection........................................................................................... 3-936 3.110 Maerz blocks: RVDL_SCP: reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro C and preselection. .................................................... 3-957 3.111 Maerz blocks: RVDL_SVP: reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection. .................................................... 3-978 3.112 Maerz blocks: CONT_SVP: actuator with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection........................................................................................... 3-999
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Table of contents
3.113 Maerz blocks: MICROM_P: Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter and preselection.................................................................................. 3-1020 3.114 Maerz blocks: SIMO_LVP: Siemens SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter and preselection................................................. 3-1038 3.115 Maerz blocks: FRQCON_P: Frequency converter in general and preselection......................................................................................... 3-1057
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Foreword 1-1
Foreword
1.1 Target group

This manual is intended for the administrators and programmers of the POLCID . Administrators are responsible for system maintenance, fault localisation and fault elimination. Programmers are responsible for the expansion and alteration of the system. In most cases one person will be responsible at the same time for administration as well as programming. Within the meaning of the above context this document only refers to administrators. As a precondition for the above-stated activities the following knowledge is required: Operation and administration of the operating systems Microsoft Windows XP Professional and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Operation of the program package Microsoft Office Administration and programming of the Siemens PCS7 system
1.2 Scope of documentation

This document comprises a description of the POLCID blocks. The description of the complete operation of the Siemens PCS7 system as well as further details are contained in the following Siemens manuals: Master process control system PCS7 Getting Started Part 1 Master process control system PCS7 Getting Started Part 2 Master process control system PCS7 PC configuration and authorisation Master process control system PCS7 Engineering System Master process control system PCS7 Operator System SIMATIC The Process Device Manager CFC for S7 Continuous Function Chart
1.3 Purpose of this manual

This manual enables you to manage and operate a POLCID system. As administrator you will be familiarised with the following activities: 1. 2. 3. 4. Installing the system Create and edit projects Create data pool Using blocks
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Foreword 1-2
1.4 Overview of the software

1.4.1 Purpose of the software
POLCID , the process-engineering based master process control system, offers the user a logically structured system for the optimum control, regulation and monitoring of the processes in the cement manufacturing industry. 1.4.2 Function of the software The POLCID master process control system hast to process optimally a very large number of signals and uses standardised functions for this purpose. This is a decentralised system whose components arranged at different levels are assigned predefined tasks. Owing to the modular structure with standard components, the system is scalable and can be efficiently adjusted to plants of any size. All process control tasks are easily performed with high reliability. 1.4.3 Software environment POLCID is a master process control system based on the Siemens PCS7 system. It is an application software based on Microsoft Windows. Process control is possible via standard interfaces to other Polysius automation systems (POLAB, POLEXPERT, IMS, KTS) as well as freely programmable systems from other manufacturers. The system provides the option to separate the plant bus with the PLC systems completely from the terminal bus with the PCs. This leads to additional security for plant operation as no faults from the general computer network can enter the plant bus. A server or, optionally, a redundant server pair comprises two network links. The one connection is used to realise the communication with the PLC systems and to exchange data. With the second connection the prepared process data are made available to the clients for representing the process. A further process is the setup of redundant networks. The Ethernet networks as well as the field bus systems for connecting the I/O hardware may be designed as redundant networks, if required.

en-YN.YNT.001.A
Foreword 1-3
Fig. 1:
Structure of the POLCID automation system
In the figure above there exists a central control room in which the server and most of the clients have been placed. The servers collect the process data, evaluate the same and make them available to all clients. The clients themselves have no direct access to the process data. Using this structure, local control panels can be set up with a standard client as operator workstation. Normally, in that case, a client and the PLC which controls the associated plant section will be placed in the local control room. These units will then be connected to the central control room via the corresponding networks. Using this technology, local control panels can be integrated very easily into the system structure in a fail-safe fashion. If the networks are executed redundantly, the function of any other local control panel will not be detrimentally affected if a local control panel fails. Note Microsoft, MS and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Other brands and their products are trademarks or registered trademarks and should be considered as being such.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-1
Concepts
2.1 Process overview

2.1.1 Overview of the blocks For POLCID an own library with blocks on Siemens PCS7 basis was developed in order to have a standardised logic for the activation and interlock system of machines and for the processing of signals. This logic has been co-ordinated with the Polysius standards, for example basic motor circuits and measuring points. In addition, the blocks in this library are compatible with the usual trade standards in the cement industry. In order to ensure a better overview the blocks are subdivided into several groups according to their function: Data exchange blocks Blocks for the data exchange between different blocks and for the POLAB laboratory automation system General blocks Blocks that are required for the general control of the other blocks General drive control Blocks for the control of different types of drives. Blocks for the control of drive groups and blocks for the sequential process control (operating sequences) Analogue value processing Blocks for the filtration and limit value monitoring of analogue input and analogue output values. Blocks for the processing of counters Interlock system logic Blocks for the general interlock system logics such as for example accumulators, delay times or pulse generators Mathematical functions Mathematical calculations and evaluations that are not contained within the PCS 7 scope of supply Simocode drive control Blocks for the activation of motor control units with Profibus interface of the type Simocode in connection with the interlock system logic of the general drive control system Special drives with Profibus interface Blocks for the control of special drives via a Profibus interface in connection with the interlock system logic of the general drive control system.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-2
Blocks for Maerz Ofenbau Blocks with enhanced logic which are based on the POLCID standard blocks. However, for the requirements of Maerz Ofenbau the internal logic of the blocks was expanded. In normal POLCID projects drives are assembled into groups. These drive groups will then be driven by the group control block (GROC, FB502). This block is not used in Maerz POLCID projects. The reason for this is that there is a control block for Maerz POLCID projects, which controls the entire plant. This block again controls all drives of the plant. Therefore, no GROC is required. However, this requires the ability to preselect drives. Using a manual or automatic preselection mode, the corresponding drive is preselected for automatic operation by means of the associated central control block. In the Maerz blocks the standard interlock system logic of the POLCID blocks has been taken over without change. An additional preselection option was created. 2.1.2 Blocks of the group 'General Drive Control' These blocks, also designated as nucleus blocks, feature a series of inputs which detect standardised signals from the process, lock the same and also report them to the plant operator. The basic idea of the drive interlock system logic (nucleus logic) and the operation is that entire drive groups are started and stopped instead of individual drives. A drive group controls any desired number of single drives. Groups of individual drives are combined in up to eight different operating modes. A nucleus block may comprise different functions: Monitoring and control of an individual drive Monitoring and control of a drive group Sequential control of a start or stop sequence (operating sequence) of drives Monitoring and reporting individual signals from the plant The following general functions and data flows are performed: The operator is given information about drives, drive groups and process signals from the data words of the blocks The operator gives commands for starting or stopping drive groups, which are transmitted to the control system via command bits The blocks are given information about individual drives and the starting or stopping conditions of the individual operating modes Starting/stopping commands by the operator are linked by group control programs and generate signals which activate the associated start or stop sequences (operating sequences). After activation, these operating sequences generate the starting/stopping commands for the respective drives in the sequence of the programmed steps.

en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-3
Status information of the associated drives is required for correct execution of the individual steps. The blocks for drives receive digital or analogue information from the process and starting/stopping commands from the operating sequences They themselves send status information about status bits to other blocks (e.g. to operating sequence and group blocks) or as data words to the plant operator When the block is activated, a check is first made whether the input data has been changed. If this is not the case, the block is abandoned immediately. In the case of a changed parameter word, the status and data words are generated by the internal block logic. These data words are used in the master control system for display purposes. The status bits provide the information on the current state of the drive. They are used for the setting/reset of digital outputs and for further interlock system in the corresponding blocks. The following blocks are available: UNID REVD RVDL VALV - Valve control CONT-DO CONT-AO GROC SISV - Signal alarm SITR - Signal transfer The internal logic of the nuclei is defined by stating the setting and resetting conditions of the flags from the data word and the status word. The reset condition always has a higher priority than the setting condition. The symbolic names of the flags are obtained from the flag name table of the associated nucleus type. Actuator with digital outputs (+/-) Actuator with analogue output Group control Setting drive Reversible drive Reversible drive with limit switches
SEQU - operating sequence
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-4
2.1.3
Control principles for drives The principles described in this section are fundamental for the internal logic of all drive control blocks. These principles will be explained here and assumed to be known in the following sections. Only if the control voltage applies, (that is, the bit "CVON" in the parameter word is "1" and the bit "CSF" in the parameter word is "0") the other flags of the parameter word is evaluated. If a "Not available" case (see below) exists, it is impossible to start a drive. Before a drive can be started, the starting command 'STA1/2' and the process interlock 'ILC1/2' must be active and (if permitted), the stopping command 'STOP' must have been cancelled. Under these conditions, the command 'SEN1/2' is issued to enable the start and, if it exists, the run command for drives 'PWON' is also issued (activation command for the drive). Two types of fault exist 'Not available' ('NOTA'): This is always the case when one or more single faults have occurred Operating trouble ('EROP'): This is the case when a 'not available' case occurs while a drive is running The acknowledgement of all faults of a drive in the dynamic process display (WinCC) or the setting of the "GRESET" input of the monitoring block "POLCID" causes that the drive will be released again for starting after a fault has been removed.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-5
2.2 Terminology
2.2.1 Basic terms This owner's manual repeatedly uses the following basic terms: CFC Continuous Function Charts. A graphical editor in which a S7 program can be created. Organisation block All blocks of a S7 program must be called up in an organisation block (OB). The S7-PLC processes exclusively OBs. In order to be able to run a program, it must be fitted into an OB. Time interrupt OB This is an organisation block in a S7 PLC which is called up within a fixed cycle, for example at S7-400 the OB35 is called up every 100ms. In a time interrupt OB it is customary for all blocks to be installed. Time fault OB This organisation block (OB 80 at S7-400) is called up automatically, if the cycle time of a time interrupt OB is exceeded. In this block, it will then be possible to program specific responses to this event. Parameter word This is a double word (32 bit ) onto which all input bits of a block can be mapped. This is an output of a block and is used to represent the block status in the master control system. Data word This is a double word (32 bit) in which the internal operating and fault states of a block can be mapped. This is an output of a block and is used to represent the block status in the master control system. Status word On this double word (32 bit) the output bits of a block will be mapped. This is an output of a block and is used to represent the block status in the master control system. Parameter bit This signifies a bit from the parameter word. Normally, a parameter bit is simultaneously also a block input. Data bit This is a bit from the data word. Normally, this is an internal noting bit of the block which reflects a specific state of the block. Status bit This is a bit from the status word. A status bit is simultaneously also an output of a block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-6
Command bit Bits set on the master control system, which start a control function, such as for example starting or stopping a drive group. Block This is a function block which is used during programming. It has defined inputs and outputs and a defined function. It may comprise an interface for display (WinCC). Block symbol A block with an interface for display normally features a block symbol on the display (typical). This block symbol represents the current operating status of the block on the display. Display driver block In the display it is possible to activate a display driver block (faceplate) by means of the block symbol for a block. A faceplate is an overlaid window by means of which the plant operator receives additional information about the operating status of a block. A faceplate may also contain switching options for a plant operator. Profibus This refers to the Profibus-DP field bus system. This is a serial bus system by means of which field equipment (slaves) is connected to a PLC. Slave Properly designated as Profibus Slave. This refers to field equipment which is connected to a PLC via the Profibus-DP bus system. Here, the PLC is the master which controls the slaves and reads data off them. Master The Profibus master controls a maximum number of 125 Slaves. It reads defined data from the slaves and sends control data to the same. A master is normally a S7-PLC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-7
2.2.2
Structure of the block description Note The block descriptions always have the same structure. The sections used will only be mentioned if they are applicable and have the following meaning.
Title of the block description Example: General drive control UNID: Setting drive The title starts with the group of the function (General Drive Control) which this block belongs to. Next, the type name of the block (UNID) is specified. This symbolic name is entered in the symbol table and must be unique throughout the entire project. Next to the type name you will find the key word relating to the task or function of the block (setting drive). Object name (Type + Number) FB x The object name for the block type is composed of the implementation type function block = FB, function = FC or data block = DB and the block number x. Calling OBs Here, you find details on the organisation blocks (OBs), in which the block described must be embedded. When using the CFC, installation is effected in the cyclic OB (time interrupt) and automatically in the OBs listed in the task list of the block (e.g. in OB 100 for restarting). The CFC generates the necessary OBs during conversion. When using the blocks without CFC, you must program these OBs and call up their block instance from within them. Function Here, the function of the block is described in summary form. In the case of complex blocks, further information is contributed in the Section 'Mode of Operation'. Profibus This title is only found in blocks which communicate directly with a Profibus slave. If special settings need to be made there, these will be described here. Operating principle You will receive more detailed information on the function of individual inputs, operating modes, time sequences a.o. You should know the interrelationships described here in order to be able to use the block effectively.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-8
Internal logic This represents the internal logic of the block in a symbolic form. The operating mode of the block can be understood in detail by means of the internal logic. Starting characteristics Two modes of behaviour are differentiated: Initial run The block is called for the first time from the OB in which it is incorporated. Normally, this is the OB in which the standard process-related processing takes place (e.g. the time interrupt OB). The block adopts the state which corresponds to the input parameters. These can be preset values (see also "Connections") or already configured values, which you have e.g. parameterised in the CFC. The initial run characteristics are not specially described here, unless the block features any deviations from this rule. Start-up The block is processed once when the CPU starts up. This makes that the block is called from a starting OB (where it is additionally installed either automatically by the ES or, via STEP 7, manually by yourself). In such a case, the starting characteristics are described. Note here that the block outputs are preset with specific values and may have an effect on other blocks during CPU start-up, if these are processed first. The correct starting characteristics of the blocks lie in the project engineer's own responsibility. Time behaviour The block with this behaviour must be installed in a time interrupt OB. It calculates its time constants / parameters by means of its sampling interval (the time interval between two successive cyclic processing events). In the case of a CFC configuration on ES, the sampling interval is also determined by the speed reduction of the so-called sequence group. This ensures that the block is not processed at each OB pass. This sampling interval is entered in the connections section, in the parameter SAMPLE_T. For CFC configurations, this is done automatically after incorporation of the block into the OB and sequence group (for this reason this input is set to invisible within the CFC). In the case of the STEP 7 configuration, you must implement this manually. Time behaviour will be mentioned only if the block features the same. Time error Any blocks with this behaviour must be installed in the time error OB (OB 80). In the event of the cycle time being exceeded, a specific behaviour of the block will then be triggered. In the case of CFC programming the installation in the time error OB is effected automatically; in the case of a STEP 7 configuration the programmer must install the block manually.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-9
Message actions The block with these actions reports various different events to the superordinate OS. If applicable, the necessary parameters for message generation are documented. Blocks without any message actions can be supplemented by additional annunciator blocks. A reference to the relevant message actions is shown in the description of the various individual message-enabled blocks. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message no. 1 This table shows all messages of a block which the user can access with project engineering means. The columns have the following meanings: Message no. Consecutive number of the message Block parameter Name of the internal parameter / marker bit which triggers the associated message. Default message text Standard message text which is used whenever no special message text is entered. Block parameter EROP Default message text Message class Suppressable Yes
$$BlockComment$$ AH - Betriebsstrung
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-10
Message class Class of the message. There are the following various message classes: Abbreviation AH AL WH WL PF PE OF PM PA Suppressable The message can be deactivated or activated at runtime. Connections of ... The connections provide the data interface of the block. Using this data interface, you can pass data to the block and retrieve results from the same. Connection Meaning (parameters) TIME1 Data type Def. 0.0 Type I Attr. Q O&O + Perm. values >0 Type Alarm high Alarm low Warning high Warning low AS control system message fault AS control system message error OS control system message fault Preventive maintenance general Operating message with acknowledgement
Monitoring REAL time
In the table "Connections" all input and output parameters of the block type are shown, which the user can access with his project engineering means. They are alphabetically sorted. Elements that are reached only by the algorithm of the block are not shown (so-called internal variables). The columns have the following meanings: Connection Name of the parameter, derived from the English designation, e.g. PV_IN = Process Variable Input (process variable, controlled variable). Inasmuch as provided for by the SIMATIC conventions, the same name rules were used. The delivery state of the block representation in the CFC is characterised as follows: Connection name in bold print = connection visible, normal = invisible. Meaning Function (poss. brief description) Data type
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-11
S7 data type of the parameter (BOOL, REAL a.o.). Def. (Default) The value of the parameter before the first run of the block (if not changed by the configuration). Type Type of block algorithm access to the parameter; differentiates inputs, not inputs and outputs free from feedback (see table) Abbreviation I O IO Type Input. Value provision of the block (Display in the CFC: left block side) Output. Output value. (Display in the CFC: right block side) Input/output. Interacting input which can be written to by means of the OS and returned from the block (Display in the CFC: left block side) Attr. (Attributes) Additional characteristics of the parameter when used under CFC. Any nonconnected input and input/output parameters can be parameterised (for FCs online only input/output parameters). Output parameters cannot be parameterised and can be transferred in the CFC by connection to an input of the same data type. Additional characteristics of the parameter are detailed as follows: Abbreviation B Attribute Can be operated (only via OS block). Write access is possible by an OS. In the CFC, it is set to invisible. MESSAGE ID for annunciator block (e.g. ALARM_8P) not parameterisable. Interconnectable. The connection can be interconnected with another output of the same type.
M Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-12
O&O the parameters marked by a "+" can be operated or viewed via the associated OS block. Permissible values additional limit within the data type range of values. Operation and observation If a faceplate is available for the AS block, reference is made to the description of the associated faceplate and block symbol. 2.2.3 Text library "POLCID_Standard" In the case of the POLCID blocks the texts for alarms and messages are not entered directly into the text line provided for this purpose. An indirect method is used by means of which the texts from the text library "POLCID_Standard are used via an index. To this end, each alarm and each message in a block is assigned an index variable of the type 'integer'. In this variable, the number of that index is entered whose text is to be indicated in the alarm or the message. The content of the text library "POLCID Standard can be represented as follows: Index 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Text Not used Malfunction Error: Overload Error: Local/remote selector switch Error: Speed monitor Error: Machine protection Error: Emergency off Error: Monitoring time Error: Check-back signal Error: Item Error: Position check-back Error: Monitoring time Error: Start-up warning Error: Operating mode 0 not available Error: Operating mode 1 not available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-13
Index 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
Text Error: Operating mode 2 not available Error: Operating mode 3 not available Error: Operating mode 4 not available Error: Operating mode 5 not available Error: Operating mode 6 not available Error: Operating mode 7 not available Error: Message signal 0 Error: Message signal 1 Error: Message signal 2 Error: Message signal 3 Error: Message signal 4 Error: Message signal 5 Error: Message signal 6 Error: Message signal 7 Simocode group error Error: Motor blocked Simocode in download mode Simocode group warning Error: Earth fault Error: Motor current > maximum Error: Thermistor Error: Overload and asymmetry Error: Torque > Max. when closing Error: Torque > Max. when opening AUMATIC group warning Error: Motor temperature > maximum Error: Phase jump Error: Wrong command Error: Clear status AUMATIC group error
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-14
Index 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74
Text Hasler group warning Error: Skewing of the belt Error: Belt speed measurement Error: Belt motor temperature > maximum Error: Communications with the master control system Error: Emergency local operating mode Error: Setpoint value < minimum Error: Belt load < minimum Error: Setpoint value > maximum Error: Feed bin weight < minimum Error: Feed bin weight > maximum Error: Belt load > maximum Error: Timeout interlock Error: Belt index Error: Belt calibration Error: Volume flow < minimum Error: Volume flow > maximum Hasler group error Error: Watchdog failure Error: Both limit switches of dosing system Error: Dosing system limit switch open Error: Dosing system limit switch closed Error: Check-back signal from rotary flow regulating valve Error: Rotary flow regulating valve temperature Error: Safety limit switch Error: Calibration outside of limits Group warning AF-300 G11 Group error AF-300 G11 Error: Bypass operation Dura-Bilt 5i MV group warning
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-15
Index 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104
Text Dura-Bilt 5i MV group error Error: Overcurrent > 5 minutes Error: Overcurrent > 20 minutes Error: Cabinet fan Error: Current limit exceeded Error: Communication frequency converter Error: Speed limit exceeded Error: Voltage U1 > maximum Error: Voltage U2 > maximum Error: Voltage U3 > maximum Error: Current I1 > maximum Error: Current I2 > maximum Error: Current I3 > maximum Error: Frequency > maximum Error: Device not calibrated Error: Wrong phase sequence Error: Measuring input defective Error: Impermissible parameter value Error: Real time clock power failure Error: Real time clock defective Error: EEPROM setting parameter Error: EEPROM power meter reading Error: EEPROM defective Error: Filling time expired Error: Filling aborted Pfister group error Feed conveyor group error Error: Load outside limits Error: Control deviation rotation times Error: Actuator dosing
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-16
Index 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134
Text Error: Control deviation feed outside limits Error: Profibus read error no. Error: Aeration valve fuse Error: Control voltage CSC Error: Agitator Pfister group warning Schenk group warning Error: Load cell input Error: Tacho input Error: Power failure Error: Belt limit switch Error: Belt sequence Error: No enabling Error: Mechanical components Error: Electrical equipment Error: Mechatronics Error: Not ready Error: Not ready to be switched on Schenk group error Error: Conveying capacity > maximum Error: Conveying capacity < minimum Error: Belt speed > maximum Error: Belt speed < minimum Error: Atlas Copco compressor Group error Start Error: General shutdown Group warning ACS800 Group error ACS800 Error: Basic interlock ACS800 MOVIDRIVE group warning
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-17
Index 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164
Text MOVIDRIVE group error Micromaster group warning Micromaster group error Warning: Motor current > maximum Error: Converter overload Error: Not ready for operation Error: Cut-in lock Simovert group warning Simovert group error Error: Undervoltage DC-link Warning: Converter thermal overload Error: Inverter temperature > maximum Warning: Inverter temperature > maximum Warning: Motor temperature > maximum Error: Motor tilted or blocked Converter group warning Converter group error Error: Converter fault > upper instrument limit > upper alarm limit > upper operating limit < lower operating limit < lower alarm limit < lower instrument limit Error: Input fault Error: Pre-selection Error: Voltage U1 > minimum Error: Voltage U2 > minimum Error: Voltage U3 > minimum Error: Current I1 > minimum
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-18
Index 165 166 167 168 169 170 2.2.4
Text Error: Current I2 > minimum Error: Current I3 > minimum Error: Frequency > minimum Error: DC offset > maximum channel Error: Loading on load cell > maximum Error: Loading on load cell > minimum Explanation of symbols In order to explain the internal logic of the blocks, the logic operations within the block are shown in a symbolic form below.
Symbolic form AAAA S AAAA C AAAA AAAA -AAAA := _& / = -= < <= > >= <> 2.2.5 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Description Symbolic bitname Setting condition for AAAA (Set) Reset condition for AAAA (Reset) AAAA value calculated from current data (in contrast to the values from the preceding cycle) Negated value of AAAA Allocated value Logical AND operation Logical OR operation (AND operation has a higher priority level than OR operation) Logical equivalence (A_&B) / (-A_&-B)) Logical antivalence (A_&B) / (-A_&-B)) Less than (A < B ) Less than or equal to (A <= B ) Greater than (A > B ) Greater than or equal to (A >= B ) Not equal to (A > B )
Name of the parameter bits, data bits and status bits In this section there is a list of the names of the parameter bits, data bits and status bits. The bits are listed by name here, and a description will be given. In the text below the names described here are used.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-19
ACTM AUTO AVBL CLSE CMAN
(GROC,S) (CONT,P) ( ,P) (CONT,D) (CONT,D)
Activate mode Setpoint automatic Available Close actuator Controller manual Colour for typical Control system fault Control voltage on Deactivate mode Drive available Drive off Step n active Error: Startup-warning not available Error: Actuator Error Delay n Emergency off Error reset Error: Emergency off Error: Motor switch Error: Overload Error: In operation Error: In operation E: Protective interl. E: Position locking Error: Signal n Error: Speed Error: RCR In GROC Error: Time supervision Release output Group off
COLOUR_n ( ,D) CSF CVON DACM DAVB DOFF DSn ERAV ERDS ERDn EMOF ERES EREO ERMS EROL EROP EROR ERPI ERPS ERSn ERSP ERRC ERTI ETIM F GROF ( ,P) ( ,P) (GROC,S) ( ,S) ( ,S) (SEQU,D) (GROC,D) (CONT,D) (SISV ,P) ( ,S) ( ,P) ( ,D) ( ,D) ( ,D) ( ,D) ( ,S) ( ,D) ( ,D) (SISV ,D) ( ,D) ( ,D) (GROC,D) ( ,D) (General) (GROC,P)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-20
GRSP HILI I IODS LCT1 LEMO LOCA LOLI LSER LST1/2 LSP1/2 LSW1/2 MANU MAVn MDAn MDOn MIOP MOAC MODn MONn NOAV NOTA O OLPT OMDn OPEN OPER OPL1/2 OPS1/2 OSG1/2 PMI1/2
(GROC,P) (CONT,P) (General) (CONT,P) ( ,D) ( ,P) ( ,S) (CONT,P) ( ,P) ( ,P) ( ,P) ( ,P) (CONT,S) (GROC,P) (GROC,D) (GROC,D) (GROC,P) (GROC,S) (GROC,S) (GROC,P) (GROC,S) ( ,D) (General) ( ,P) ( ,D) (CONT,D) ( ,S) ( ,D) ( ,S) ( ,D) ( ,P)
Group stop High limit Input No disturbed Local control time 1 Local emergency off Operation mode local Low limit Enable local service Local start Local start prot. interlocking Limit switch 1/2 Controller manual Mode available n Mode available n Mode on:n Mode in operation Mode active Mode n Mode on:n In GROC not available Not available Output Overload protection Operation mode: n Open actuator Operation signal Operation local 1/2 Operation signal 1/2 Operation signal 1/2 Protect. interl. 1/2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-21
POS1/2 PSEN PWON QBAD R RCR1/2 RLSn RLSA RLST SEN1/2 SET SGIn SGOn SIn SPCL SPn STAT STA1/2 STMn STPT SST1/2 SSTP SUPR SWAV SWLO SWRE SWST TIM TRES URG1/2 URO1/2
( ,P) (REVD,P) ( ,P) ( ,S) (General) ( ,P) (SISV ,P) ( ,P) (GROC,P) ( , S) (General) (SISV ,P) (SISV ,P) (SEQU,P) ( ,P) (SEQU,S) (GROC,D) ( ,P) (GROC,P) (GROC,D) ( ,P) ( ,P) ( ,P) (GROC,P) ( ,P) ( ,P) ( ,P) (General) (GROC,S) (CONT,D) (CONT,S)
Position 1/2 Permanent SEN Power on Quality bad Reset Revertive sign. 1/2 Release signal n Release alarming Release time Start enable Set initial value Signal input n Signal output n Step input n Speed control Step output n Starting time Start 1/2 Start mode n Stopping time Single start Single stop Suppress alarms Startup-warning available Selection startup warning local Startup warning release Startup warning start Hourly reset Time reset Urgent operation1/2 Urgent operation1/2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-22
UST1/2 WATI 2.2.6
(CONT,P) (GROC,S)
Urgent start 1/2 Warning time
Names of the analogue variables In this section there is a list of the names of the input variables which are used for analogue values. The variables are listed here by name, and a description will be given. In the text below the names described here are used.
Name A1 ACTn ALH_F ALL_F A_IN ASET BW C1 CAL CI CL CNT_NR COLOUR CSET FF FIX HIGH IA1 ILH_F ILL_F IN LOW
Description (German) Actual output value Actual value for time monitoring system Higher alarm limit Lower alarm limit Automatic input value Automatic setpoint value Bandwidth for recalculation of the output value Actual counter output value Calibration factor Counter input value Last counter output value Number permanent counter value Colour for indication value Output setpoint value Filter factor Fix value Higher limit Internal output value Higher instrument limit Lower instrument limit Input value Lower limit
Description (English) (actual value) (actual time) (alarm limit high) (alarm limit low) (automatic input) (automatic setpoint) (bandwidth) (actual counter) (calibration factor) (counter input) (Last counter) (no. permanent counter) (colour) (output setpoint) (filter factor) (fix value) (high limit) (internal actual value) (instrument limit high) (instrument limit low) (input value) (low limit)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-23
Name OLH_F OLL_F OPTI RDATE
Description (German) Higher operating limit Lower operating limit Operating hour counter Date reset Time when reset input activated Hour reset Time when reset input activated Minute reset Time when reset input activated Second reset Time when reset input activated Safety position Manual setpoint value Initial value Switching hysteresis Setpoint time monitor Setpoint time monitor Input value Representation of the block symbol
Description (English) (operation limit high) (operation limit low) (operation time counter) (reset date)
RHOUR
(reset hour)
RMINUTE
(reset minute)
RSECOND
(reset second)
SAFE SET SET_VAL SWIT TIMEn TIMERn VAL 2.2.7
(safety position) (manual setpoint) (initial value) (switching difference) (setpoint time) (setpoint time) (input value)
In order to represent the colour and the operating status of the block symbol 4 bits are reserved in the data word (output DW) of a block. These bits are marked in the following text by COLOUR_1 to COLOUR_4. The combinations of these bits represent a specific operating status and thus simultaneously a specific colour of the block symbol.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-24
2.2.7.1
Symbols for normal actuators The interrelationships are shown in the following table:
No.
COLOUR _1 _2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 _3 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 _4 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Operating condition
Colour
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Available Deactivated (bus fault) Unacknowledged fault Fault Automatic mode direction 1 Not available Local operation direction 1 Local operation direction 2 Automatic mode direction 2 Limit switch direction 1 pending Limit switch direction 2 pending No control voltage Automatic mode and fault Local operation and fault Not used Not used
White Dark blue Red / white Red Green Yellow Magenta Magenta Green White White Dark grey Green / red Magenta / red
The table described above is valid for all normal drive blocks. It does not apply to the blocks for the company Maerz. The bits COLOUR_1 to COLOUR_4 are normally located in bit positions 28 to 31 in the data word. Some drive blocks do not have all operating states described. In this case the corresponding bit combinations are not used. The description for the blocks indicates the consecutive numbers of the operating states used there.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-25
2.2.7.2
Symbols for Maerz actuators The interrelationships are shown in the following table:
No.
COLOUR _1 _2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 _3 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 _4 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Operating condition
Colour
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Available Deactivated (bus fault) Unacknowledged fault Fault Automatic mode direction 1 Not available Local operation direction 1 Local operation direction 2 Automatic mode direction 2 Limit switch direction 1 pending Limit switch direction 2 pending No control voltage Automatic mode and fault Actuator preselected Not used Not used
White Dark blue Red / white Red Green Yellow Magenta Magenta Green White White Dark grey Green / red Brown
The above-described table is valid for the Maerz blocks. For all Maerz blocks, the number 13 is either non-existent or it has the same signification as in the case of the normal blocks (automatic mode and fault). The bits COLOUR_1 to COLOUR_4 are normally located in bit positions 28 to 31 in the data word. Some drive blocks do not have all operating states described. In this case the corresponding bit combinations are not used. The description for the blocks indicates the consecutive numbers of the operating states used there.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-26
2.2.7.3
Symbols for Maerz valves The interrelationships are shown in the following table:
No.
COLOUR _1 _2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 _3 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 _4 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Operating condition
Colour
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Available Deactivated (bus fault) Unacknowledged fault Fault Automatic mode direction 1 Not available Travel in direction 1 Travel in direction 2 Automatic mode direction 2 Limit switch direction 1 pending Limit switch direction 2 pending No control voltage Fault for direction 1 Actuator preselected Fault for direction 2 Not used
White Dark blue Red / white Red Green Yellow White / grey Green / grey Green White White Dark grey Red / white Brown Red / white
The above described table is valid for the Maerz valve blocks (VALV_P). The bits COLOUR_1 to COLOUR_4 are normally located in bit positions 28 to 31 in the data word. Some drive blocks do not have all operating states described. In this case the corresponding bit combinations are not used. The description for the blocks indicates the consecutive numbers of the operating states used there.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-27
2.2.8
Names of internal auxiliary flags In the following description auxiliary flags with the same name occur. These are variables that store intermediate results in the internal logic and are not listed as inputs or outputs from the block. The signification of the auxiliary flags is described here.
Names of internal auxiliary variables AVAIL CLEROP CLERPS GO1 GO2 I_O I_S IAVBL ICVON IOLPT IRCR1 IRCR2 ISTA1 ISTA2 LSWALL LSWPOS NOAV NOSEN PMNOT RESET RUN1 RUN2 RUNSTP SLAVE_A2000 SLAVE_ABBFC
Description Available for automatic operation Reset non-static errors Acknowledgement after position error Starting command direction 1 Starting command direction 2 Internal memory Internal memory Available for automatic operation Control voltage on Overload not available Operation check-back signal, direction 1 Operation check-back signal, direction 2 Start, direction 1 Start, direction 2 Both limit switches pending at the same time One of the two final positions pending Not available No output set Both PMI inputs are not pending Reset error Trigger signal direction 1 Trigger signal direction 2 Stopping command due to STOP or error Profibus-DP slave is an A2000 measuring device Profibus-DP slave is an ABB frequency converter
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-28
Names of internal auxiliary variables SLAVE_AUMA SLAVE_DPV1 SLAVE_FC SLAVE_GEFC SLAVE_HASL SLAVE_MMCFC SLAVE_OK SLAVE_PFIST SLAVE_SCH SLAVE_SCH2 SLAVE_SIMO SLAVE_SIVFC STAT_LOCAL STAT_MAINT STAT_REMOTE TDn TDAn TDSn WDFI
Description Profibus-DP slave is an AUMATIC actuator Profibus-DP slave operates in operating mode DPV1 Profibus-DP slave is a frequency converter Profibus-DP slave is a General Electric frequency converter Profibus-DP slave is a Hasler dosing device Profibus-DP Slave is a Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter Profibus-DP slave, no fault Profibus-DP slave is a Pfister rotary weighfeeder Profibus-DP slave is a Schenk DISOCONT Profibus-DP slave is a Schenk DISOCONT Master Profibus-DP slave is a SIMOCODE device Profibus-DP Slave is a Siemens SIMOVERT frequency converter Local operating mode is pending at Hasler dosing device ( CTRPOINT = 1 ) Local maintenance operating mode is pending at Hasler dosing device ( CTRPOINT = 2 ) Central operating mode is pending at Hasler dosing device ( CTRPOINT = 3 ) Waiting time n ended Waiting time is active Starting condition for waiting time Watchdog monitoring expired
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-29
2.2.9
Profibus-DP diagnosis data Each Profibus slave provides a data record of standard diagnosis data the structure of which is always identical. These data show the status of the Profibus slave and, in the case of most blocks which communicate directly with Profibus slaves, are represented by means of a faceplate. These data are described in the following list:
Name of the data record ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL HARD_ID
Description Station cannot be contacted by the master Station is not ready for data exchange Master was not able to interpret the response of the station The requested function is not supported by the station The station has been parameterised by another master Time monitoring of this station is activated Static diagnosis. The station is unable to transfer data There is information or a message. There are more diagnosis data than the station is able to store. The Station received the control command "SYNC". The Station received the control command "FREEZE". The station parameters must be reassigned. The parameterising data received last were faulty. The configuration data transmitted by the master are faulty. The station is deactivated, i.e. it is not processed The diagnosis data of the station have been read. Manufacturer identification number of the station
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-30
Name of the data record DPPA_ADR SUBNETID
Description Profibus-DP address of the station Number of the Profibus line to which the station is connected
2.2.10 Cyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP/pro C/V motor controller In the following test, some blocks are described which communicate with the SIMOCODE motor controller and control this device. Here, a series of standardised signals is exchanged. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal AUTO GFLT GWARN IMIN READY BLOCK DPOK EARTH IMAX OVLD THERM UNSYM Description SIMOCODE is in automatic mode SIMOCODE group fault SIMOCODE group warning Motor current detected SIMOCODE is ready for operation Fault, motor blocked Fault, Profibus slave Fault, earth fault Fault, motor current > maximum Fault, SIMOCODE overload Fault, motor thermistor Fault, overload and asymmetrical load In addition, the blocks communicating with a SIMOCODE have some additional inputs and outputs that do not exist on the drives of the Nuclei group.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-31
These are the following inputs and outputs: Name of the signal DOWNL LSW1E LSW1I LSW2E LSW2I QBAD TEST TRQ1 TRQ2 Description SIMOCODE is in "Download" mode (device can be reconfigured) External limit switch closed Internal limit switch closed External limit switch open Internal limit switch open Communication fault with Profibus slave SIMOCODE is in "Test" mode (simulated internal operating message) Torque limiting switch closed Torque limiting switch open
2.2.11 Noncyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller In the case of the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller, extended status and diagnosis data can be requested via an acyclic communication (DPV1 communication). The blocks for controlling the SIMOCODE-DP (see from) (see page 3-272) read some important diagnosis data of the SIMOCODE-DP and display these in the associated faceplate. More detailed information on the function and programming of the SIMOCODEDP motor controller can be found in the appliance manual "Win-SIMOCODE-DP system manual. The following data of the SIMOCODE-DP are used here: Name of the signal ON1 OFF ON2 OVL_WAR LOCK_OT AUTO FAULT WARNING READY Description Motor is in operation in direction 1 Motor is off Motor is in operation in direction 2 Overload warning pending Interlock system time when switching over the motor is active SIMOCODE-DP is in automatic mode Group fault pending Group warning pending Motor is ready for operation
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-32
Name of the signal IDL_TIM INI_PAR PAR_ACT COOL_TI CST OPENING CLOSING POS_CLOS POS_OPEN TRQ_CLOS TRQ_OPEN DP_FAIL DP_BLOCK EM_START HW_TEST EXT_SIG1 EXT_SIG2 EXT_SIG3 EX_WARN UNSYM PLC_CPU SENS_SC WA_EARTH WA_OVLD WA_UNSYM WA_I1MAX WA_I2MIN
Description Pause interval after normal stoppage is running The device has not yet been parameterised (The default settings are set) Loaded parameters are active Cooling down time after overload triggering is active Test check-back signal (motor is in testing mode) Actuator opens Actuator closes Actuator limit switch closed Actuator limit switch open Actuator torque limit switch closed Actuator torque limit switch open Communication via Profibus-DP has failed Parameter blocking for parametering via Profibus DP is active Emergency start is active (cooling down time is not observed) Hardware test successful External message 1 pending External message 2 pending External message 3 pending External warning pending Warning: asymmetry greater than 40% PLC-CPU of the Profibus DP master has failed Warning: Short circuit in the thermistor sensor line Warning: Earth fault detected Warning: Overload detected Warning: Overload and asymmetry detected Warning: Current motor current is greater than set current Ie1 Warning: Current motor current is less than set current Ie1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-33
Name of the signal WA_I2MAX WA_I2MIN WA_THERM ER_EARTH ER_OVLD ER_UNSYM ER_I1MAX ER_I2MIN ER_I2MAX ER_I2MIN ER_THERM CURR_ON CURR_OFF MOT_STAL POS_STAL ER_DOUB0 ER_DOUB1 ER_ENDPO ER_NONEQ RTS OPO UVO EXT_FLT1 EXT_FLT2 ER_CST ER_RT_ON ER_RT_OF PARA_ER0
Description Warning: Current motor current is greater than set current Ie2 Warning: Current motor current is less than set current Ie2 Warning: Thermistor motor temperature too high Fault: Earth fault detected Fault: Overload detected Fault: Overload and asymmetry detected Fault: Current motor current is greater than set current Ie1 Fault: Current motor current is less than set current Ie1 Fault: Current motor current is greater than set current Ie2 Fault: Current motor current is less than set current Ie2 Fault: Thermistor motor temperature too high Fault: Motor not switched on and motor current detected Fault: Motor switched on and motor current not detected Fault: Motor blocked (fivefold set current detected) Fault: Damper blocked (fivefold set current detected) Fault: Both torque limit switches contacted at the same time Fault: Both limit switches contacted at the same time Fault: Actuator has left end position without travel command Fault: Torque limit switch defective Fault: Signal "Ready for switching on" not pending Fault: Signal "Operation protection off" pending Fault: Signal "Undervoltage off" pending Fault: Signal "External error 1" pending Fault: Signal "External error 2" pending Fault: Signal "Test check-back" pending and motor current detected Fault: No motor current detected after ON command and expiry of running time Fault: Motor current detected after OFF command and expiry of running time Fault: Discrepancies in current settings Ie1 / Ie2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-34
Name of the signal PARA_ER1 PARA_ER2 PARA_ER3 PARA_ER4 PARA_ER5 PARA_ER6 PARA_ER7 RUN_TIME NO_START COUNTER1 COUNTER2 COOL_TIM NO_OVLD I_MAX I_TRIP R_SENSOR
Description Fault: Wrong device type for earth fault / thermistor protection Fault: Discrepancies in sensor settings Fault: Discrepancies between current setting and control function Fault: Allocation without operation block Fault: Allocation without extension block Fault: Bistable behaviour not available Fault: Hardware error memory defective Motor running time Number of starts Internal counter 1 Internal counter 2 Cooling down time Number of overload trippings Maximum current Current value at the last overcurrent tripping Resistance of the thermistor sensor
2.2.12 Noncyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP/pro C/V motor controller In the case of the SIMOCODE-pr C/V motor controller, extended status and diagnosis data can be requested via an acyclic communication (DPV1 communication). The blocks for controlling the SIMOCODE-pro C/V (see from) (see page 3-272) read some important diagnosis data of the SIMOCODE-pro C/V and display these in the associated faceplate. More detailed information on the function and programming of the SIMOCODEpro C/V motor controller can be found in the appliance manual "Win-SIMOCODEpro C/V system manual. The following data of the SIMOCODE-pro C/V are used here: Name of the signal GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON Description Group fault pending Group warning pending Fault: Check-back signal ON command
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-35
Name of the signal FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO FAULT_ANTIVAL FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 FAULT_EXT_F1 FAULT_BUS FAULT_PLC FAULT_HW_BU FAULT_MODULE FAULT_CONFIG FAULT_TH_SC FAULT_TH_WB FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR
Description Fault: Check-back signal OFF command Fault: Check-back signal ON Fault: Check-back signal OFF Fault: Cold operation (RMT) Fault: Power supply Fault: Damper blocked Fault: Both torque limit switches contacted Fault: Both limit switches contacted Fault: Final position Fault: Antivalence Fault: Overload Fault: Overload and phase error Fault: Asymmetry Fault: Motor blocked Fault: Thermistor overload Fault: Overcurrent Fault: Current less than minimum Fault: Internal earth fault Fault: Temperature greater than max (temperature block) Fault: External error 1 Fault: External error 2 Fault: Bus Fault: PLC Fault: Hardware basis unit Fault: Block Fault: Configuration error Fault: Thermistor short circuit Fault: Thermistor cable breakage Fault: Temperature block sensor error Fault: Temperature block sensor outside measuring range
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-36
Name of the signal FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO WARN_TM_HT WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR STA_DEV STA_BUS STA_PLC STA_CURR ON11 ON1 OFF ON2 ON22 START_ACTIVE LOCK_ACTIVE IDL_TIME OPER_PRO_OFF AUTO_MODE TEST_POS_FEED FEED_CLOSE FEED_OPEN
Description Fault: Faulty parameters Fault: Test switch-off Fault: Operation protection off (BSA) Warning: Asymmetry Warning: Overload Warning: Overload and phase error Warning: Blockage Warning: Thermistor overload Warning: Overcurrent Warning: Current less than minimum Warning: Temperature greater than max (temperature block) Warning: Temperature block sensor error Warning: Temperature block sensor outside measuring range Status: Device OK Status: Bus OK Status: PLC OK Status: Motor current flowing Motor runs rapidly in direction 1 Motor runs in direction 1 Motor is off Motor runs in direction 2 Motor runs rapidly in direction 2 Motor starts Interlock system time active Waiting time (Star Delta) Operation protection OFF Motor is in automatic mode Test position check-back signal Check-back signal closed Check-back signal open
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-37
Name of the signal TRQ_CLOSE TRQ_OPEN COOL_DOWN_TIM BREA_TIM_ACT EMER_STA_EXE
Description Torque closed Torque open Cooling down time running Pause interval is active Emergency start executed
Table 1: Data record 92 (device diagnosis)
Name of the signal HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM RECOV_TIME TEMP1 TEMP2 TEMP3 TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 I_L3
Description Heating model in % Phase asymmetry in % Time until re-switching on Temperature block temperature 1 Temperature block temperature 2 Temperature block temperature 3 Time until tripping of overcurrent protection device Current conductor 1 Current conductor 2 Current conductor 3
Table 2: Data record 94 (measured values)
Name of the signal NO_OVLD M_OP_HOURS RECOV_TIME NO_START
Description Number of overload trippings Operating hours Time until re-switching on Number of starts
Table 3: Data record 95 (statistical values)
Name of the signal ALH_TEMP OLH_TEMP
Description Temperature alarm limit Temperature operating limit
Table 4: Data record 132 (extended device parameters)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-38
2.2.13 Signals from the AUMATIC Actuator The blocks which communicate with the AUMATIC Actuator and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function.
Name of the signal ACTSET CLEAR COMWR CONFIG DIGINP1 DIGINP2 DIGINP3 DIGINP4 EDW GFLT GWARN IMPOS1 IMPOS2 IMPOS3 IMPOS4 INTF INTW LOCAL LSW1 LSW2 NOAV NOREF NREMOTE OPLOCA
Description Actual value and setpoint value do not correspond (selected position reached) "Global Control Clear" command received Wrong command Configuration error Digital input 1 Digital input 2 Digital input 3 Digital input 4 Running time warning (maximum running time exceeded) Group fault pending Group warning pending Intermediate position 1 Intermediate position 2 Intermediate position 3 Intermediate position 4 Internal error Internal warning Local Selector switch in position "Local" Limit switch direction 1 (closed) Limit switch direction 2 (open) Not ready for remote operation Current position not calibrated (no reference movement performed) Selector switch is not set to position "Remote" Drive operates locally
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-39
Name of the signal OPMANU OPREM PAUSE PHASE PHASF POS POS1 POS2 POSDIS PROPOR PULS RCR RCR1 RCR2 TEMP TEMPF TIMEW TORQ1 TORQ1F TORQ2 TORQ2F REMOTE 2.2.14 Signals from Hasler dosing devices
Description Drive operates with hand wheel Drive operates in remote operation Travel pause Phase error Phase error Current actuator position Limit switch direction 1 (closed) Limit switch direction 2 (open) Wire breakage at analogue input E2 (current position) Proportional travel Enter cycle route Drive operating Drive operating in direction 1 (close) Drive operating in direction 2 (open) Thermo error (motor protection) Thermo error (motor protection) Actuating time warning (maximum actuating time exceeded) Torque direction 1 (close) Torque error direction 1 (close) Torque direction 2 (open) Torque error direction 2 (open) Selector switch in position "Remote"
The blocks which communicate with Hasler dosing devices and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal BTARA AVBL Description Belt calibration in operation Dosing device available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-40
Name of the signal BTARA CAVBL CMEAS COUN1 COUN2 CRCR1 CRNGX CTRPOINT CWACC DSW EMERG ERBI ERBMA2 ERBMI2 ERBTA ERCC ERBS ERBT ERHMA2 ERHMI2 ERLSW1 ERLSW2 ERLSWB ERLSWS ERMMA2 ERMMI2 ERSMA2 ERSMI2 ERPROF
Description Belt calibration running Online calibration is available Online calibration is in measuring phase Material counter 1 Material counter 2 Online calibration is in operation Online calibration result outside permissible limit values Current monitoring position for dosing device ( 0 = central, 1 = local, 2 = local maintenance ) Online calibration waiting for acceptance of results Belt skew monitoring switch Local emergency operation Error - belt index Error - belt load > maximum Error - belt load < minimum Error in belt calibration Error - Communication to master control system Belt speed measuring error Error - Belt motor temperature too high Error - feed bin weight > maximum Error - Feed bin weight < minimum Error - "limit switch closed" is expected but does not arrive Error - "limit switch open" is expected but does not arrive Error - Both limit switches for open and closed pending Error - safety limit switch (torque) Error - Mass flow > maximum Error - Mass flow < minimum Error - setpoint value > maximum Error - setpoint value < minimum Error - rotary flow regulating valve position check-back signal
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-41
Name of the signal ERPROT ERRA ERRT ERWD GFLT HWT HWT_LIM HWTLIM_S FEED FDRPOS1 FDRPOS2 FDR1LSC FDR1LSO FDR2LSC FDR2LSO FDREMERG FDRLSC FDRLSO FLOWR GRAVI ILC1 ILCF LOCAL RCR1 REMOTE RESULT RFIL RFIL_OSG RFIL_STA
Description Error - rotary flow regulating valve temperature > maximum Error - refilling aborted Error - refilling time expired Error - communication monitoring (Watchdog) Group fault Feed bin filling weight Maximum refilling limit Maximum feed bin filling level setpoint value Command - Start feed bin filling Rotary flow regulating valve 1 current position Rotary flow regulating valve 2 current position Rotary flow regulating valve 1 is closed Rotary flow regulating valve 1 is open Rotary flow regulating valve 2 is closed Rotary flow regulating valve 2 is open Selected rotary flow regulating valve in emergency local operating mode Selected rotary flow regulating valve is closed Selected rotary flow regulating valve is open Current flow rate Gravimetric operating mode Interlock system signal Error - monitoring time for interlock has expired Dosing device in local operating mode Dosing device operation check-back signal Dosing device in central operating mode Online calibration result Feed bin refilling Feed bin refilling in operation Start feed bin refilling
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-42
Name of the signal RFIL_STP SETFB STPAL
Description Stop feed bin refilling Setpoint value check-back signal Stop alarm (only this alarm stops the dosing device)
2.2.15 Signals from General Electric frequency converters The blocks which communicate with General Electric frequency converters and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal ALARM ACTSET AVBL CLIM COMOK CUT FLT FRANGE FSTPR FWD I_DECR I_EMOF I_INCR I_JOG I_PMI1 I_REMO I_START I_TEMP OVLD OVLD1 OVLD2 PMI1R Description Alarm pending Actual frequency value is equal to setpoint value Ready to be switched on Drive has reached current limit Communication is O.K. "CUT detection Group fault Current frequency is equal to or greater than the setpoint value Fast stop is active Forwards operating mode Reduce local speed Local emergency off device Increase local speed Local jog monitoring Machine protection interlock input Central operating mode Local start Motor temperature too high Overcurrent tripping Overcurrent existing for more than 5 minutes Overcurrent existing for more than 20 minutes Machine protection interlock is active
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-43
Name of the signal POWER READY REMOTE RESET RCR1 REV RUN SETP SPEED SLIM STADIS TORQUE VENT
Description Current power consumption Ready for operation Available for remote operation Reset of faults Drive operating Backwards operating mode Drive operating Frequency setpoint value (speed) Current frequency (speed) Drive has reached speed limit Switching on blocked Current torque Cabinet fan is in operation
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-44
2.2.16 Signals from multifunctional measuring device Gossen Metrawatt A2000 Block which communicates with the multifunctional measuring device A2000 and exchanges a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal ALARM1 ALARM2 CA_ERR CL_ERR CN_AL1 CN_AL2 CV_ERR DC_ERR EC_ERR EP_ERR EPR_ERR FR_MAX FR_MIN I1_MAX I1_MIN I2_MAX I2_MIN I3_MAX I3_MIN IN_ERR PA_ERR PH_ERR U1_MAX U1_MIN Description Alarm 1 (relay 1) active Alarm 2 (relay 2) active Device not calibrated (recalibriation required) Real time clock defective Condition for alarm 1 fulfilled Condition for alarm 2 fulfilled Real time clock power failure; real time value is wrong DC-Offset too large (measuring input defective) Power meter reading from EEPROM faulty Setting parameters from EEPROM faulty EEPROM defective Supply frequency > 70Hz Supply frequency < 40Hz or not existing Current I1 overflow Current I1 < 0.8% of the measuring range or not existing Current I2 overflow Current I2 < 0.8% of the measuring range or not existing Current I3 overflow Current I3 < 0.8% of the measuring range or not existing Measuring input defective Parameter value impermissible, the transferred values are not taken over to the EEPROM Three-wire connection with sequence L1, L3, L2 Voltage U1 overflow Voltage U1 < 0.7% of the measuring range or not existing
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-45
Name of the signal U2_MAX U2_MIN U3_MAX U3_MIN
Description Voltage U2 overflow Voltage U2< 0.7% of the measuring range or not existing Voltage U3 overflow Voltage U3< 0.7% of the measuring range or not existing
2.2.17 Signals from Pfister rotary weighfeeders Block which communicates with the rotary weighfeeder by Pfister and exchanges a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal A120 A121 A122 A123 A124 A125 A126 A127 A130 A131 A133 A134 A135 A136 A140 A141 A142 A143 A144 Description Emergency off is active Volumetric filling level sensor of the feed bin Start enabling Motor message Rotor damper error Rotor damper is closed Rotor damper is open Temperature overload of rotor motor Silo damper error Open silo damper Correction exceeded Feed conveyor in operation Message from feed conveyor Feed conveyor motor temperature too high Check-back signal: Feed bin aeration is active Aeration error: aeration valve fuse Message: Power supply error or safety switch activated Message: Agitator motor temperature too high Message: maintenance switch or temperature overload
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-46
Name of the signal A145 AUTOLOC AUTOREM DOFF ERDEV ERDOS ERDRV ERFIL ERLOD ERTRK LMAX1 LMAX2 LMIN1 LMIN2 LOCBOX MODEADJ MSGSETP OLCEND OLCFIL OLCRCR OLCSTA RCR1 REMOFF REMON RESET RESCOU SERVICE SPLOC SPREM
Description Message: OLM error, communication with PLC disturbed CSC dosing controller in local automatic operating mode CSC dosing controller in remote automatic operating mode CSC dosing controller is deactivated Error: Control deviation outside limits Group fault, stoppage of dosing device Error of dosing device drive Feed conveyor group fault Load outside limit values Deviation between setpoint value and current rotation time Maximum limit value, start limit for online calibration Maximum limit value, refilling must be stopped Minimum limit for online calibration Minimum limit, feed bin is empty CSC dosing controller is in local operating mode CSC dosing controller is calibrated during operation CSC dosing controller in batch operating mode Online calibration is finished Online calibration - Start refilling Online calibration is in operation Online calibration has started CSC dosing controller is in operation Command block CSC dosing controller in remote operating mode Command enabling CSC dosing controller from remote Command acknowledge the errors of the CSC dosing controller Command reset material quantity counter 1 CSC dosing controller in service operating mode Local setpoint value is active Remote setpoint value is active
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-47
Name of the signal START STOP
Description Starting command for CSC dosing controller in automatic mode Stopping command for CSC dosing controller in automatic mode
2.2.18 Signals from ABB frequency converters The blocks which communicate with General Electric frequency converters and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal ALARM AVBL CW FINT FLT OLPT1 PMI PON POWER RESET RCR SEN SETP SFIN SPEED Description Alarm pending Ready to be switched on Command word from master to slave Basic interlock (frequency converter stops) Group fault Overload tripping Machine protection interlock is active Start/Stop frequency converter Current power consumption Reset of faults Drive operating Start pulse for frequency converter Frequency setpoint value (speed) Selection for FINT operating principle ( 0 = FINT is interlocked on LEMO / 1 = FINT is interlocked on PMI1) Current frequency (speed)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-48
2.2.19 Signals from Siemens frequency converters The blocks which communicate with General Electric frequency converters and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal ALARM ACTSET AVBL BRACT BREAK CAT_ACT CLIM CURR_MAX DC_BREAK DIR_INV DIR_L_R ERCL ERFR ERIH ERO1 ERO2 ERTB ERTM ERTR ERUV ERYS EXTFLT1 EXTFLT2 EXTWARN FAULT Description Alarm pending Actual frequency value is equal to setpoint value Ready to be switched on Bridging contactor activated External holding brake Function catching active or exciter time running Drive has reached current limit Motor current is greater than or equal to limitation D.C. injection brake Change direction of rotation Direction of motor rotation left/right Error current limit reached Error frequency greater than maximum Cut-in lock error Error motor overload Error converter overload Error motor tilted or blocked Error motor temperature > maximum Error inverter temperature > maximum Error undervoltage Error not ready to be switched on External error 1 External error 2 External warning Group fault
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-49
Name of the signal FRANGE FRQ_MAX FRQGACT FRQGSET FRQLACT JOG1 JOG2 KIP_FLN MRACT OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 OLPT_W OLPT1 OLPT2 OPDIR OPER_ENB PAR_SET PILLIM PISAT POTI_MI POTI_PL POWER PRELOAD RAMP_ACT RAMP_ENB RAMP_UNF RDY_OPER RDY_SWIT REMOTE
Description Current frequency is equal to or greater than the setpoint value Frequency is less than shutdown limit Actual frequency is greater than reference frequency Actual frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value Actual frequency is lower than reference frequency Jogging right Jogging left Function kinetic buffering or flexible yielding is active Main contactor activated Start/Stop frequency converter Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time Warning converter thermal overload Motor overload converter overload Change direction of rotation Enable operation Selection parameter set local or remote PI frequency is less than threshold value PI saturation Motor potentiometer lower Motor potentiometer higher Current power consumption Preloading active Run-up initiator active Enabling ramp generator Enabling ramp generator setpoint value Ready for operation Ready to be switched on Available for remote operation
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-50
Name of the signal RESET ROT_L ROT_R SETP SETP_ENB SPEED SWIT_INH SYNC SYNC_W TEMP TEMP_MF TEMP_MW TEMP_RF TEMP_RW TURN_BL UGLIM ULLIM UVOLT WAOL WATM WATR
Description Reset of faults Command left rotating field Command right rotating field Frequency setpoint value (speed) Enabling setpoint value Current frequency (speed) Operation disabled Synchronicity reached Warning synchronisation error Converter temperature Error temperature motor > maximum Warning temperature motor > maximum Error temperature inverter > maximum Warning temperature inverter > maximum Error motor is tilted or blocked Voltage greater than threshold value Voltage lower than threshold value undervoltage DC-link Warning converter overload Warning motor temperature > maximum Warning inverter temperature > maximum
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts 2-51
2.2.20 Signals from general frequency converters The blocks which communicate with frequency converters and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal ERF1 ERF2 ERF3 ERF4 ERF5 ERF6 GFLT FLT1 FLT2 FLT3 FLT4 FLT5 FLT6 GWAR GWARN Description Error frequency converter faulty Error frequency converter faulty Error frequency converter faulty Error frequency converter faulty Error frequency converter faulty Error frequency converter faulty Frequency converter group fault Frequency converter fault Frequency converter fault Frequency converter fault Frequency converter fault Frequency converter fault Frequency converter fault Frequency converter group warning Frequency converter group warning
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1
Blocks
3.1 Data exchange block DB_SYS: POLCID data exchange

Description of DB_SYS Object name (Type + Number) DB 1 Function The block is used for the data exchange of POLCID blocks between one another. The block contains signals that are necessary for the overall fault acknowledgement. In addition, it contains signals by means of which special alarms (EROP and MDAn) can be suppressed. Finally, it also contains a system time in seconds. This is the time base for all times in the POLCID blocks. Connections of DB_SYS Connection (parameters) GLOBAL_RESET GLOBAL_RESET_OB30 Meaning General error acknowledgement Error acknowledgement in OB30 Error acknowledgement in OB31 Error acknowledgement in OB32 Error acknowledgement in OB33 Error acknowledgement in OB34 Error acknowledgement in OB35 Data type Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO Q Q
BOOL 0 BOOL 0
GLOBAL_RESET_OB31
BOOL 0
IO
GLOBAL_RESET_OB32
BOOL 0
IO
GLOBAL_RESET_OB33
BOOL 0
IO
GLOBAL_RESET_OB34
BOOL 0
IO
GLOBAL_RESET_OB35
BOOL 0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-2
Connection (parameters) GLOBAL_RESET_OB36
Meaning Error acknowledgement in OB36 Error acknowledgement in OB37 Error acknowledgement in OB38
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO Q
BOOL 0
GLOBAL_RESET_OB37
BOOL 0
IO
GLOBAL_RESET_OB38
BOOL 0
IO
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB30 Start error acknowledgement in OB30 C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB31 Start error acknowledgement in OB31 C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB32 Start error acknowledgement in OB32 C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB33 Start error acknowledgement in OB33 C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB34 Start error acknowledgement in OB34 C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB35 Start error acknowledgement in OB35 C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB36 Start error acknowledgement in OB36 C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB37 Start error acknowledgement in OB37 C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB38 Start error acknowledgement in OB38 ALARM_EROP EROP alarm suppression
BOOL 0
IO
BOOL 0
IO
BOOL 0
IO
BOOL 0
IO
BOOL 0
IO
BOOL 0
IO
BOOL 0
IO
BOOL 0
IO
BOOL 0
IO
BOOL 0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-3
Connection (parameters) ALARM_GROC_MDA RESTART Spare04 Spare05 Spare06 Spare07 Spare08 Spare09 Spare10 Spare11 S_CYCLE_TIME_ERR
Meaning MDA alarm suppression System has restarted Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB30 Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB31 Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB32 Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB33 Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB34 Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB35 Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB36
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER30
BOOL 0
IO
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER31
BOOL 0
IO
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER32
BOOL 0
IO
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER33
BOOL 0
IO
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER34
BOOL 0
IO
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER35
BOOL 0
IO
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER36
BOOL 0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-4
Connection (parameters) S_CYCLE_TIME_ER37
Meaning Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB37 Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB38 Memory bit for cycle time error Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB30 Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB31 Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB32 Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB33 Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB34 Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB35 Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB36 Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB37 Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB38 Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start)
Data type
Def.
BOOL 0
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER38
BOOL 0
IO
CYCLE_TIME_ERROR CYCLE_TIME_ERR_30
BOOL 0 BOOL 0
IO IO
Q Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_31
BOOL 0
IO
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_32
BOOL 0
IO
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_33
BOOL 0
IO
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_34
BOOL 0
IO
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_35
BOOL 0
IO
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_36
BOOL 0
IO
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_37
BOOL 0
IO
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_38
BOOL 0
IO
S_WARM_RESTART
BOOL 0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-5
Connection (parameters) S_WARM_RESTART_30
Meaning Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB30 Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB31 Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB32 Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB33 Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB34 Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB35 Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB36 Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB37 Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB38 Memory bit for warm start Memory bit for warm start for use in OB30 Memory bit for warm start for use in OB31 Memory bit for warm start for use in OB32 Memory bit for warm start for use in OB33
Data type
Def.
BOOL 0
S_WARM_RESTART_31
BOOL 0
IO
S_WARM_RESTART_32
BOOL 0
IO
S_WARM_RESTART_33
BOOL 0
IO
S_WARM_RESTART_34
BOOL 0
IO
S_WARM_RESTART_35
BOOL 0
IO
S_WARM_RESTART_36
BOOL 0
IO
S_WARM_RESTART_37
BOOL 0
IO
S_WARM_RESTART_38
BOOL 0
IO
WARM_RESTART WARM_RESTART_OB30 WARM_RESTART_OB31 WARM_RESTART_OB32 WARM_RESTART_OB33
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
IO IO IO IO IO
Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-6
Connection (parameters) WARM_RESTART_OB34 WARM_RESTART_OB35 WARM_RESTART_OB36 WARM_RESTART_OB37 WARM_RESTART_OB38 S_NORM_RESTART S_NORM_RESTART_30
Meaning Memory bit for warm start for use in OB34 Memory bit for warm start for use in OB35 Memory bit for warm start for use in OB36 Memory bit for warm start for use in OB37 Memory bit for warm start for use in OB38 Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB30 Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB31 Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB32 Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB33 Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB34 Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB35 Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB36 Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB37
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
S_NORM_RESTART_31
BOOL 0
IO
S_NORM_RESTART_32
BOOL 0
IO
S_NORM_RESTART_33
BOOL 0
IO
S_NORM_RESTART_34
BOOL 0
IO
S_NORM_RESTART_35
BOOL 0
IO
S_NORM_RESTART_36
BOOL 0
IO
S_NORM_RESTART_37
BOOL 0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-7
Connection (parameters) S_NORM_RESTART_38
Meaning Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB38 Memory bit for restarting Memory bit for restarting for use in OB30 Memory bit for restarting for use in OB31 Memory bit for restarting for use in OB32 Memory bit for restarting for use in OB33 Memory bit for restarting for use in OB34 Memory bit for restarting for use in OB35 Memory bit for restarting for use in OB36 Memory bit for restarting for use in OB37 Memory bit for restarting for use in OB38 Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB30
Data type
Def.
BOOL 0
NORM_RESTART NORM_RESTART_OB30
BOOL 0 BOOL 0
IO IO
Q Q
NORM_RESTART_OB31
BOOL 0
IO
NORM_RESTART_OB32
BOOL 0
IO
NORM_RESTART_OB33
BOOL 0
IO
NORM_RESTART_OB34
BOOL 0
IO
NORM_RESTART_OB35
BOOL 0
IO
NORM_RESTART_OB36
BOOL 0
IO
NORM_RESTART_OB37
BOOL 0
IO
NORM_RESTART_OB38
BOOL 0
IO
S_COLD_RESTART S_COLD_RESTART_30
BOOL 0 BOOL 0
IO IO
Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-8
Connection (parameters) S_COLD_RESTART_31
Meaning Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB31 Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB32 Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB33 Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB34 Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB35 Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB36 Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB37 Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB38 Memory bit for cold start Memory bit for cold start for use in OB30 Memory bit for cold start for use in OB31 Memory bit for cold start for use in OB32 Memory bit for cold start for use in OB33 Memory bit for cold start for use in OB34 Memory bit for cold start for use in OB35
Data type
Def.
BOOL 0
S_COLD_RESTART_32
BOOL 0
IO
S_COLD_RESTART_33
BOOL 0
IO
S_COLD_RESTART_34
BOOL 0
IO
S_COLD_RESTART_35
BOOL 0
IO
S_COLD_RESTART_36
BOOL 0
IO
S_COLD_RESTART_37
BOOL 0
IO
S_COLD_RESTART_38
BOOL 0
IO
COLD_RESTART COLD_RESTART_OB30 COLD_RESTART_OB31 COLD_RESTART_OB32 COLD_RESTART_OB33 COLD_RESTART_OB34 COLD_RESTART_OB35
IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-9
Connection (parameters) COLD_RESTART_OB36 COLD_RESTART_OB37 COLD_RESTART_OB38 S_END_HOUR_DONE
Meaning Memory bit for cold start for use in OB36 Memory bit for cold start for use in OB37 Memory bit for cold start for use in OB38
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO Q Q Q Q
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
Memory bit for end of BOOL 0 hour nearly reached is finished Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB30 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB31 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB32 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB33 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB34 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB35 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB36 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB37 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB38 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
S_END_HOUR S_END_HOUR_OB30
IO IO
Q Q
S_END_HOUR_OB31
BOOL 0
IO
S_END_HOUR_OB32
BOOL 0
IO
S_END_HOUR_OB33
BOOL 0
IO
S_END_HOUR_OB34
BOOL 0
IO
S_END_HOUR_OB35
BOOL 0
IO
S_END_HOUR_OB36
BOOL 0
IO
S_END_HOUR_OB37
BOOL 0
IO
S_END_HOUR_OB38
BOOL 0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-10
Connection (parameters) END_HOUR END_HOUR_OB30
Meaning Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB30 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB31 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB32 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB33 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB34 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB35 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB36 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB37 Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB38 Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB30
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO Q Q
BOOL 0 BOOL 0
END_HOUR_OB31
BOOL 0
IO
END_HOUR_OB32
BOOL 0
IO
END_HOUR_OB33
BOOL 0
IO
END_HOUR_OB34
BOOL 0
IO
END_HOUR_OB35
BOOL 0
IO
END_HOUR_OB36
BOOL 0
IO
END_HOUR_OB37
BOOL 0
IO
END_HOUR_OB38
BOOL 0
IO
P_END_HOUR
BOOL 0
IO
P_END_HOUR_OB30
BOOL 0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-11
Connection (parameters) P_END_HOUR_OB31
Meaning Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB31 Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB32 Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB33 Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB34 Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB35 Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB36 Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB37 Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB38 Minimum permitted diagnosis address Maximum permitted diagnosis address Minimum permitted subnetwork number Maximum permitted subnetwork number
Data type
Def.
BOOL 0
P_END_HOUR_OB32
BOOL 0
IO
P_END_HOUR_OB33
BOOL 0
IO
P_END_HOUR_OB34
BOOL 0
IO
P_END_HOUR_OB35
BOOL 0
IO
P_END_HOUR_OB36
BOOL 0
IO
P_END_HOUR_OB37
BOOL 0
IO
P_END_HOUR_OB38
BOOL 0
IO
DIAG_MIN DIAG_MAX SUBNET_MIN SUBNET_MAX
INT INT INT INT
Q Q Q Q
16384 O 1 32 O O
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-12
Connection (parameters) SLAVE_MIN SLAVE_MAX SYS_TIME DAT_TIM.YEAR DAT_TIM.MONTH DAT_TIM.DAY DAT_TIM.HOUR DAT_TIM.MINU DAT_TIM.SCND DAT_TIM.DAYW ADATE SUBNET_FAULT RACK_FAULT REQ_DIAGNOSTIC
Meaning Minimum permitted slave address Maximum permitted slave address System time in seconds Year of the current date Month of the current date Day of the current date Hour of the current time Minute of the current time Second of the current time Week day of the current date System time Array for subnetwork errors [1..32,0..127] Array for slave errors [1..16384]
Data type INT INT
Def. 0 127
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q >0
REAL 0.0 BYTE 0 BYTE 0 BYTE 0 BYTE 0 BYTE 0 BYTE 0 BYTE 0 DATE 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
Array for request to BOOL 0 call the diagnosis data [1..16384]
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-13
3.2 Data exchange block LAB_IN: Input data from POLAB

Description of LAB_IN Object name (Type + Number) DB 2 Function This block is a part of the data exchange between POLCID and the POLAB laboratory automation system. In this block, the input data of the POLAB laboratory automation system are written. Connections of LAB_IN Connection (parameters) POLAB_OSG POLAB_ERROR POLAB_CTR_ON SPARE003 SPARE004 SPARE005 SPARE006 SPARE007 SPARE010 SPARE011 SPARE012 SPARE013 SPARE014 SPARE015 SPARE016 SPARE017 SPARE020 SPARE021 SPARE022 Meaning POLAB is in operation POLAB fault POLAB control system is in operation Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-14
Connection (parameters) SPARE023 SPARE024 SPARE025 SPARE026 SPARE027 SPARE030 SPARE031 SPARE032 SPARE033 SPARE034 SPARE035 SPARE036 SPARE037 COMP1_SET COMP2_SET COMP3_SET COMP4_SET COMP5_SET COMP6_SET COMP7_SET COMP8_SET
Meaning Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Component 1 setpoint value Component 2 setpoint value Component 3 setpoint value Component 4 setpoint value Component 5 setpoint value Component 6 setpoint value Component 7 setpoint value Component 8 setpoint value
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I O O I I O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0
WATCHDOG_OUT1 Watchdog to POLAB 1 WATCHDOG_OUT2 Watchdog to POLAB 2 WATCHDOG_IN1 WATCHDOG_IN2 Watchdog from POLAB 1 Watchdog from POLAB 2
WORD 0 WORD 0 WORD 0 WORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0
WATCHDOG_ERR1 Communication error with POLAB 1 WATCHDOG_ERR2 Communication error with POLAB 2 WATCHDOG_B442 Spare
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-15
Connection (parameters) WATCHDOG_B443 WATCHDOG_B444 WATCHDOG_B445 WATCHDOG_B446 WATCHDOG_B447 WATCHDOG_B450 WATCHDOG_B451 WATCHDOG_B452 WATCHDOG_B453 WATCHDOG_B454 WATCHDOG_B455 WATCHDOG_B456 WATCHDOG_B457
Meaning Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-16
3.3 Data exchange block LAB_OUT: Output data to POLAB

Description of LAB_OUT Object name (Type + Number) DB 3 Function This block is a part of the data exchange between POLCID and the POLAB laboratory automation system. In this block, the output data of the POLAB laboratory automation system are written. Connections of LAB_OUT Connection (parameters) COMP1_AVBL COMP1_OSG1 COMP1_PART SPARE003 COMP2_AVBL COMP2_OSG1 COMP2_PART SPARE007 COMP3_AVBL COMP3_OSG1 COMP3_PART SPARE013 COMP4_AVBL COMP4_OSG1 COMP4_PART SPARE017 COMP5_AVBL COMP5_OSG1 COMP5_PART SPARE023 Meaning Component 1 is available Component 1 is in operation Component 1 is participating Spare Component 2 is available Component 2 is in operation Component 2 is participating Spare Component 3 is available Component 3 is in operation Component 3 is participating Spare Component 4 is available Component 4 is in operation Component 4 is participating Spare Component 5 is available Component 5 is in operation Component 5 is participating Spare Data type Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-17
Connection (parameters) COMP6_AVBL COMP6_OSG1 COMP6_PART SPARE027 COMP7_AVBL COMP7_OSG1 COMP7_PART SPARE033 COMP8_AVBL COMP8_OSG1 COMP8_PART SPARE037
Meaning Component 6 is available Component 6 is in operation Component 6 is participating Spare Component 7 is available Component 7 is in operation Component 7 is participating Spare Component 8 is available Component 8 is in operation Component 8 is participating Spare
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
PLNT_PART_OSG1 Plant section main machine in operation PLNT_PART_MAT SPARE042 SPARE043 TRSP_SA1_OSG1 TRSP_SA1_MAT SPARE046 SPARE047 TRSP_SA2_OSG1 TRSP_SA2_MAT SPARE052 SPARE053 TRSP_SA3_OSG1 Plant section main machine operates with material Spare Spare Sampler 1 transport in operation Sampler 1 transport with material in operation Spare Spare Sampler 2 transport in operation Sampler 2 transport with material in operation Spare Spare Sampler 3 transport in operation
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-18
Connection (parameters) TRSP_SA3_MAT SPARE056 SPARE057 TRSP_SA4_OSG1 TRSP_SA4_MAT SPARE062 SPARE063 SPARE064 SPARE065 SPARE066 SPARE067 SPARE070 SPARE071 SPARE072 SPARE073 SPARE074 SPARE075 SPARE076 SPARE077 COMP1_ACT COMP1_SET COMP2_ACT COMP2_SET COMP3_ACT COMP3_SET COMP4_ACT COMP4_SET COMP5_ACT
Meaning Sampler 3 transport with material in operation Spare Spare Sampler 4 transport in operation Sampler 4 transport with material in operation Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Component 1 actual value Component 1 setpoint value Component 2 actual value Component 2 setpoint value Component 3 actual value Component 3 setpoint value Component 4 actual value Component 4 setpoint value Component 5 actual value
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O I O I O I O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-19
Connection (parameters) COMP5_SET COMP6_ACT COMP6_SET COMP7_ACT COMP7_SET COMP8_ACT COMP8_SET SAMP1_SILO SAMP1_TYPE SAMP2_SILO SAMP2_TYPE SAMP3_SILO SAMP3_TYPE TOTAL_SET TOTAL_ACT COUNTER01 COUNTER02 COUNTER03 COUNTER04 COUNTER05 COUNTER06 COUNTER07 COUNTER08 COUNTER09 COUNTER10 COUNTER11 COUNTER12 COUNTER13 COUNTER14
Meaning Component 5 setpoint value Component 6 actual value Component 6 setpoint value Component 7 actual value Component 7 setpoint value Component 8 actual value Component 8 setpoint value Target silo for sampler 1 Material type for sampler 1 Target silo for sampler 2 Material type for sampler 2 Target silo for sampler 3 Material type for sampler 3 Total feed rate setpoint value Total feed rate actual value Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I O I O I O I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-20
Connection (parameters) COUNTER15 COUNTER16 COUNTER17 COUNTER18 SPARE_R001 SPARE_R002 SPARE_R003 SPARE_R004 SPARE_R005 SPARE_R006 SPARE_R007 SPARE_R008
Meaning Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Material quantity counter Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q >0 >0 >0 >0
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-21
3.4 Data exchange block LAB_ANA: Analysis results of POLAB

Description of LAB_ANA Object name (Type + Number) DB 4 Function This block is a part of the data exchange between POLCID and the POLAB laboratory automation system. In this block, the analysis results of the POLAB laboratory automation system are written. Connections of LAB_ANA Connection (parameters) POLAB_ANA01 POLAB_ANA02 POLAB_ANA03 POLAB_ANA04 POLAB_ANA05 POLAB_ANA06 POLAB_ANA07 POLAB_ANA08 POLAB_ANA09 POLAB_ANA10 POLAB_ANA11 POLAB_ANA12 POLAB_ANA13 POLAB_ANA14 POLAB_ANA15 POLAB_ANA16 POLAB_ANA17 POLAB_ANA18 POLAB_ANA19 POLAB_ANA20 Meaning Analysis result no. 01 Analysis result no. 02 Analysis result no. 03 Analysis result no. 04 Analysis result no. 05 Analysis result no. 06 Analysis result no. 07 Analysis result no. 08 Analysis result no. 09 Analysis result no. 10 Analysis result no. 11 Analysis result no. 12 Analysis result no. 13 Analysis result no. 14 Analysis result no. 15 Analysis result no. 16 Analysis result no. 17 Analysis result no. 18 Analysis result no. 19 Analysis result no. 20 Data type REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-22
Connection (parameters) POLAB_ANA21 POLAB_ANA22 POLAB_ANA23 POLAB_ANA24 POLAB_ANA25 POLAB_ANA26 POLAB_ANA27 POLAB_ANA28 POLAB_ANA29 POLAB_ANA30 POLAB_ANA31 POLAB_ANA32
Meaning Analysis result no. 21 Analysis result no. 22 Analysis result no. 23 Analysis result no. 24 Analysis result no. 25 Analysis result no. 26 Analysis result no. 27 Analysis result no. 28 Analysis result no. 29 Analysis result no. 30 Analysis result no. 31 Analysis result no. 32
Data type REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
POLAB_SAMPID Sample identification of current sample
STRING[15] 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-23
3.5 A2000_PA: Parameter data for the Multimess A2000 measuring device
Description of A2000_PA Object name (Type + Number) DB 10 Function This block is used by the function block FB 530 (A2000) which is used for communication with the measuring device Gossen Metrawatt Multimess A2000. It contains parameter values which are required for requesting the different measured values from the Multimess A2000. When communicating with this measuring device via a Profibus interface, it is not defined fixed values that are transmitted but freely parameterisable values. The parameters for a specific measured value are transmitted to the device, after which the device then sends the corresponding measured value. The block listed below contains the parameters for all values that are transmitted to the block by the measuring device. The values will then be stored in a second data block DB 11 (A2000_DA) and can be used in the program from there. A request for a measured value always includes two consecutive bytes, the measured value number (NR) and the parameter index of the group (PI). Connections of A2000_PA Connection Meaning (parameters) NR_00_01 PI_00_01 NR_00_02 PI_00_02 NR_00_03 PI_00_03 NR_00_04 PI_00_04 NR_01_01 Phase-to-neutral voltage U1 Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages Phase-to-neutral voltage U2 Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages Phase-to-neutral voltage U3 Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages Total of phase-to-neutral voltages U Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages Phase-to-phase voltage U12 Data type Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BYTE 1 BYTE 0 BYTE 2 BYTE 0 BYTE 3 BYTE 0 BYTE 4 BYTE 0 BYTE 1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-24
Connection Meaning (parameters) PI_01_01 NR_01_02 PI_01_02 NR_01_03 PI_01_03 NR_01_04 PI_01_04 NR_02_01 PI_02_01 NR_02_02 PI_02_02 NR_02_03 PI_02_03 NR_02_04 PI_02_04 NR_03_01 PI_03_01 NR_03_02 PI_03_02 NR_03_03 PI_03_03 Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages Phase-to-phase voltage U23 Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages Phase-to-phase voltage U31 Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages Total of phase-to-phase voltages U Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages Phase current I1 Parameter index group 02 - phase currents Phase current I2 Parameter index group 02 - phase currents Phase current I3 Parameter index group 02 - phase currents Total of phase currents I Parameter index group 02 - phase currents Average phase current I1AVG
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BYTE 1 BYTE 2 BYTE 1 BYTE 3 BYTE 1 BYTE 4 BYTE 1 BYTE 1 BYTE 2 BYTE 2 BYTE 2 BYTE 3 BYTE 2 BYTE 4 BYTE 2 BYTE 1
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents Average phase current I2AVG BYTE 2
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents Average phase current I3AVG BYTE 3
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-25
Connection Meaning (parameters) NR_03_04 PI_03_04 NR_04_01 PI_04_01 NR_04_02 PI_04_02 NR_04_03 PI_04_03 NR_04_04 PI_04_04 NR_05_01 PI_05_01 NR_05_02 PI_05_02 NR_05_03 PI_05_03 NR_05_04 PI_05_04 NR_06_01 PI_06_01 NR_06_02 PI_06_02 Average total of phase currents IAVG
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BYTE 4
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents Effective power P1 Parameter index group 04 effective powers Effective power P2 Parameter index group 04 effective powers Effective power P3 Parameter index group 04 effective powers Total of effective powers P Parameter index group 04 effective powers Reactive power Q1 BYTE 1 BYTE 4 BYTE 2 BYTE 4 BYTE 3 BYTE 4 BYTE 4 BYTE 4 BYTE 1
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers Reactive power Q2 BYTE 2
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers Reactive power Q3 BYTE 3
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers Total of reactive powers Q BYTE 4
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers Apparent power S1 Parameter index group 06 apparent powers Apparent power S2 Parameter index group 06 apparent powers BYTE 1 BYTE 6 BYTE 2 BYTE 6
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-26
Connection Meaning (parameters) NR_06_03 PI_06_03 NR_06_04 PI_06_04 NR_07_01 PI_07_01 NR_07_02 PI_07_02 NR_07_03 PI_07_03 NR_07_04 PI_07_04 NR_13_01 PI_13_01 NR_13_02 PI_13_02 NR_13_03 PI_13_03 NR_13_04 PI_13_04 NR_15_01 Apparent power S3 Parameter index group 06 apparent powers Total of apparent powers S Parameter index group 06 apparent powers Power factor PF1 Parameter index group 07 - power factors Power factor PF2 Parameter index group 07 - power factors Power factor PF3 Parameter index group 07 - power factors Total of power factors PF Parameter index group 07 - power factors Neutral conductor current IN Parameter index group 13 - neutral conductor currents Maximum value neutral conductor current IN max Parameter index group 13 - neutral conductor currents Average neutral conductor current IN AVGx Parameter index group 13 - neutral conductor currents Maximum value average neutral conductor current IN AVG MAX Parameter index group 13 - neutral conductor currents Supply frequency
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BYTE 3 BYTE 6 BYTE 4 BYTE 6 BYTE 1 BYTE 7 BYTE 2 BYTE 7 BYTE 3 BYTE 7 BYTE 4 BYTE 7 BYTE 1 BYTE 13 BYTE 2 BYTE 13 BYTE 3 BYTE 13 BYTE 4 BYTE 13 BYTE 1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-27
Connection Meaning (parameters) PI_15_01 NR_09_01 PI_09_01 NR_10_01 PI_10_01 NR_11_01 PI_11_01 NR_00_08 PI_00_08 NR_01_08 PI_01_08 NR_02_08 PI_02_08 NR_03_08 PI_03_08 NR_04_08 PI_04_08 NR_05_08 PI_05_08 Parameter index group 15 - supply frequency Effective power of current interval PInt Effective power intervals Reactive power of current interval QInt Reactive power intervals Apparent power of current interval SInt Apparent power intervals Maximum value total of phase-toneutral voltages UMAX Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages Maximum value total of phase-tophase voltages UMAX Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages Maximum value total of phase currents I Parameter index group 02 - phase currents Maximum value average total of phase currents IAVG MAX
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BYTE 15 BYTE 1 BYTE 9 BYTE 1 BYTE 10 BYTE 1 BYTE 11 BYTE 8 BYTE 0 BYTE 8 BYTE 1 BYTE 8 BYTE 2 BYTE 8
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents Maximum value total of effective powers UMAX Parameter index group 04 effective powers Maximum value total of reactive powers QMAX BYTE 8 BYTE 4 BYTE 8
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-28
Connection Meaning (parameters) NR_06_08 PI_06_08 NR_07_08 PI_07_08 NR_00_05 PI_00_05 NR_00_06 PI_00_06 NR_00_07 PI_00_07 NR_01_05 PI_01_05 NR_01_06 PI_01_06 NR_01_07 PI_01_07 NR_02_05 PI_02_05 Maximum value total of apparent powers SMAX Parameter index group 06 apparent powers Minimum value total of power factors PFMIN Parameter index group 07 - power factors Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U1MAX Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U2MAX Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U3MAX Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U12MAX Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U23MAX Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U31MAX Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages Maximum value phase current I1
MAX
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BYTE 8 BYTE 6 BYTE 8 BYTE 7 BYTE 5 BYTE 0 BYTE 6 BYTE 0 BYTE 7 BYTE 0 BYTE 5 BYTE 1 BYTE 6 BYTE 1 BYTE 7 BYTE 1 BYTE 5 BYTE 2
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-29
Connection Meaning (parameters) NR_02_06 PI_02_06 NR_02_07 PI_02_07 NR_03_05 PI_03_05 NR_03_06 PI_03_06 NR_03_07 PI_03_07 NR_04_05 PI_04_05 NR_04_06 PI_04_06 NR_04_07 PI_04_07 NR_05_05 PI_05_05 Maximum value phase current I2
MAX
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BYTE 6 BYTE 2 BYTE 7 BYTE 2 BYTE 5
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents Maximum value phase current I3

MAX
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents Maximum value average phase current I1AVG MAX
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents Maximum value average phase current I2AVG MAX BYTE 6
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents Maximum value average phase current I3AVG MAX BYTE 7
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents Maximum value effective power P1
MAX
BYTE 5 BYTE 4 BYTE 6 BYTE 4 BYTE 7 BYTE 4 BYTE 5
Parameter index group 04 effective powers Maximum value effective power P2

MAX
Parameter index group 04 effective powers Maximum value effective power P3

MAX
Parameter index group 04 effective powers Maximum value reactive power Q1MAX
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-30
Connection Meaning (parameters) NR_05_06 PI_05_06 NR_05_07 PI_05_07 NR_06_05 PI_06_05 NR_06_06 PI_06_06 NR_06_07 PI_06_07 NR_07_05 PI_07_05 NR_07_06 PI_07_06 NR_07_07 PI_07_07 NR_08_01 PI_08_01 PIN08_01 PID08_01 Maximum value reactive power Q2MAX
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BYTE 6
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers Maximum value reactive power Q3MAX BYTE 7
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers Maximum value apparent power S1MAX Parameter index group 06 apparent powers Maximum value apparent power S2MAX Parameter index group 06 apparent powers Maximum value apparent power S3
MAX
BYTE 5 BYTE 6 BYTE 6 BYTE 6 BYTE 7 BYTE 6
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
Minimum value power factor PF1 MIN BYTE 5 Parameter index group 07 - power factors BYTE 7
Minimum value power factor PF2 MIN BYTE 6 Parameter index group 07 - power factors BYTE 7
Minimum value power factor PF3 MIN BYTE 7 Parameter index group 07 - power factors Active energy supplied in low-load hours Parameter index group 08 - active energy meter Value not used Value not used BYTE 7 BYTE 1 BYTE 8 BYTE 1 BYTE 8
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-31
Connection Meaning (parameters) NR_08_02 PI_08_02 PIN08_02 PID08_02 NR_08_03 PI_08_03 PIN08_03 PID08_03 NR_08_04 PI_08_04 PIN08_04 PID08_04 NR_12_01 PI_12_01 PIN12_01 PID12_01 NR_12_02 PI_12_02 PIN12_02 PID12_02 NR_12_03 PI_12_03 Active energy drawn in low-load hours Parameter index group 08 - active energy meter Value not used Value not used Active energy supplied in high-load hours Parameter index group 08 - active energy meter Value not used Value not used Active energy drawn in high-load hours Parameter index group 08 - active energy meter Value not used Value not used Active energy supplied in low-load hours
Data type
Def.
BYTE 2 BYTE 8 BYTE 2 BYTE 8 BYTE 3 BYTE 8 BYTE 3 BYTE 8 BYTE 4 BYTE 8 BYTE 4 BYTE 8 BYTE 1
Parameter index group 12 - reactive BYTE 12 energy meter Value not used Value not used Active energy drawn in low-load hours BYTE 1 BYTE 12 BYTE 2
Parameter index group 12 - reactive BYTE 12 energy meter Value not used Value not used Active energy supplied in high-load hours BYTE 2 BYTE 12 BYTE 3
Parameter index group 12 - reactive BYTE 12 energy meter
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-32
Connection Meaning (parameters) PIN12_03 PID12_03 NR_12_04 PI_12_04 PIN12_04 PID12_04 NR_09_02 PI_09_02 NR_09_03 PI_09_03 NR_09_04 PI_09_04 NR_09_05 PI_09_05 NR_09_06 PI_09_06 NR_09_07 PI_09_07 NR_09_08 PI_09_08 NR_09_09 PI_09_09 Value not used Value not used Active energy drawn in high-load hours
Data type
Def.
BYTE 3 BYTE 12 BYTE 4
Parameter index group 12 - reactive BYTE 12 energy meter Value not used Value not used Effective power of 1st previous interval PInt Effective power intervals Effective power of 2nd previous interval PInt Effective power intervals Effective power of 3rd previous interval PInt Effective power intervals Effective power of 4th previous interval PInt Effective power intervals Effective power of 5th previous interval PInt Effective power intervals Effective power of 6th previous interval PInt Effective power intervals Effective power of 7th previous interval PInt Effective power intervals Effective power of 8th previous interval PInt Effective power intervals BYTE 4 BYTE 12 BYTE 2 BYTE 9 BYTE 3 BYTE 9 BYTE 4 BYTE 9 BYTE 5 BYTE 9 BYTE 6 BYTE 9 BYTE 7 BYTE 9 BYTE 8 BYTE 9 BYTE 9 BYTE 9
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-33
Connection Meaning (parameters) NR_09_10 PI_09_10 NR_09_11 PI_09_11 NR_09_12 PI_09_12 NR_10_02 PI_10_02 NR_10_03 PI_10_03 NR_10_04 PI_10_04 NR_10_05 PI_10_05 NR_10_06 PI_10_06 NR_10_07 PI_10_07 NR_10_08 PI_10_08 NR_10_09 PI_10_09 Effective power of 9th previous interval PInt Effective power intervals Effective power of 10th previous interval PInt Effective power intervals Maximum value effective power of interval PInt Effective power intervals Reactive power of 1st previous interval QInt Reactive power intervals Reactive power of 2nd previous interval QInt Reactive power intervals Reactive power of 3rd previous interval QInt Reactive power intervals Reactive power of 4th previous interval QInt Reactive power intervals Reactive power of 5th previous interval QInt Reactive power intervals Reactive power of 6th previous interval QInt Reactive power intervals Reactive power of 7th previous interval QInt Reactive power intervals Reactive power of 8th previous interval QInt Reactive power intervals
Data type
Def.
BYTE 10 BYTE 9 BYTE 11 BYTE 9 BYTE 12 BYTE 9 BYTE 2 BYTE 10 BYTE 3 BYTE 10 BYTE 4 BYTE 10 BYTE 5 BYTE 10 BYTE 6 BYTE 10 BYTE 7 BYTE 10 BYTE 8 BYTE 10 BYTE 9 BYTE 10
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-34
Connection Meaning (parameters) NR_10_10 PI_10_10 NR_10_11 PI_10_11 NR_10_12 PI_10_12 NR_11_02 PI_11_02 NR_11_03 PI_11_03 NR_11_04 PI_11_04 NR_11_05 PI_11_05 NR_11_06 PI_11_06 NR_11_07 PI_11_07 NR_11_08 PI_11_08 NR_11_09 PI_11_09 Reactive power of 9th previous interval QInt Reactive power intervals Reactive power of 10th previous interval QInt Reactive power intervals Maximum value reactive power of interval QInt Reactive power intervals Apparent power of 1st previous interval SInt Apparent power intervals Apparent power of 2nd previous interval SInt Apparent power intervals Apparent power of 3rd previous interval SInt Apparent power intervals Apparent power of 4th previous interval SInt Apparent power intervals Apparent power of 5th previous interval SInt Apparent power intervals Apparent power of 6th previous interval SInt Apparent power intervals Apparent power of 7th previous interval SInt Apparent power intervals Apparent power of 8th previous interval SInt Apparent power intervals
Data type
Def.
BYTE 10 BYTE 10 BYTE 11 BYTE 10 BYTE 12 BYTE 10 BYTE 2 BYTE 11 BYTE 3 BYTE 11 BYTE 4 BYTE 11 BYTE 5 BYTE 11 BYTE 6 BYTE 11 BYTE 7 BYTE 11 BYTE 8 BYTE 11 BYTE 9 BYTE 11
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-35
Connection Meaning (parameters) NR_11_10 PI_11_10 NR_11_11 PI_11_11 NR_11_12 PI_11_12 PINXX_02 PIDXX_02 PINXX_03 PIDXX_03 PINXX_04 PIDXX_04 PINXX_05 PIDXX_05 PINXX_06 PIDXX_06 PINXX_07 PIDXX_07 PINXX_08 PIDXX_08 PINXX_09 PIDXX_09 PINXX_10 PIDXX_10 PINXX_11 PIDXX_11 PINXX_12 PIDXX_12 Apparent power of 9th previous interval SInt Apparent power intervals Apparent power of 10th previous interval SInt Apparent power intervals Maximum value apparent power of interval SInt Apparent power intervals Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BYTE 10 BYTE 11 BYTE 11 BYTE 11 BYTE 12 BYTE 11 BYTE 1 BYTE 0 BYTE 2 BYTE 0 BYTE 3 BYTE 0 BYTE 4 BYTE 0 BYTE 1 BYTE 1 BYTE 2 BYTE 1 BYTE 3 BYTE 1 BYTE 4 BYTE 1 BYTE 1 BYTE 2 BYTE 2 BYTE 2 BYTE 3 BYTE 2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-36
Connection Meaning (parameters) MF_N3 MF_N2 MF_N1 MF_P0 MF_P1 MF_P2 MF_P3 MF_P4 MF_P5 MF_P6 MF_P7 Multiplication factor 0.001 Multiplication factor 0.01 Multiplication factor 0.1 Multiplication factor 1 Multiplication factor 10 Multiplication factor 100 Multiplication factor 1,000 Multiplication factor 10,000 Multiplication factor 100,000 Multiplication factor 1,000,000 Multiplication factor 10,000,000
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
REAL 1.0e-3 I REAL 1.0e-2 I REAL 1.0e-1 I REAL 1.0e+0 I REAL 1.0e+1 I REAL 1.0e+2 I REAL 1.0e+3 I REAL 1.0e+4 I REAL 1.0e+5 I REAL 1.0e+6 I REAL 1.0e+7 I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-37
3.6 A2000_DA: Measured values from the Multimess A2000 measuring device
Description of A2000_DA Object name (Type + Number) DB 11 Function This block is used by the function block FB 530 (A2000) which is used for communication with the measuring device Gossen Metrawatt Multimess A2000. It contains the measured values that are read from the Multimess A2000. When communicating with this measuring device via a Profibus interface, it is not defined fixed values that are transmitted but freely parameterisable values. The parameters for a specific measured value are transmitted to the device, after which the device then sends the corresponding measured value. The block DB 10 (A2000_PA) contains the parameters for all values that are transmitted to the block by the measuring device. The values will then be stored in the data block described below and can be used in the program from there. Connections of A2000_DA Connection Meaning (parameters) PH_U1ACT PH_U2ACT PH_U3ACT PH_UTACT D_U12ACT D_U23ACT D_U31ACT D_UTACT PH_I1ACT PH_I2ACT PH_I3ACT PH_ISACT PH_I1AVG PH_I2AVG Phase-to-neutral voltage U1 Phase-to-neutral voltage U2 Phase-to-neutral voltage U3 Total of phase-to-neutral voltages U Phase-to-phase voltage U12 Phase-to-phase voltage U23 Phase-to-phase voltage U31 Total of phase-to-phase voltages U Phase current I1 Phase current I2 Phase current I3 Total of phase currents I Average phase current I1AVG Average phase current I2AVG Data type Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-38
Connection Meaning (parameters) PH_I3AVG PH_ISAVG P1ACT P2ACT P3ACT PSACT Q1ACT Q2ACT Q3ACT QSACT S1ACT S2ACT S3ACT SSACT PF1ACT PF2ACT PF3ACT PFSACT INACT INMAX INAVG INAMA FREQ PACT_I01 QACT_I01 SACT_I01 PH_UMAX Average phase current I3AVG Average total of phase currents IAVG Effective power P1 Effective power P2 Effective power P3 Total of effective powers P Reactive power Q1 Reactive power Q2 Reactive power Q3 Total of reactive powers Q Apparent power S1 Apparent power S2 Apparent power S3 Total of apparent powers S Power factor PF1 Power factor PF2 Power factor PF3 Total of power factors PF Neutral conductor current IN Maximum value neutral conductor current IN max Average neutral conductor current IN
AVGx
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
Maximum value average neutral conductor current IN AVG MAX Supply frequency
Effective power of current interval PInt REAL 0.0 Reactive power of current interval QInt REAL 0.0 Apparent power of current interval SInt REAL 0.0 Maximum value total of phase-toneutral voltages UMAX REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-39
Connection Meaning (parameters) D_UTMAX PH_ISMAX PH_ISAMA PSMAX QSMAX SSMAX PFSMIN PH_U1MAX PH_U2MAX PH_U3MAX D_U12MAX D_U23MAX D_U31MAX PH_I1MAX PH_I2MAX PH_I3MAX PH_I1AMA PH_I2AMA PH_I3AMA Maximum value total of phase-tophase voltages UMAX
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
REAL 0.0
Maximum value total of phase currents REAL 0.0 I Maximum value average total of phase REAL 0.0 currents IAVG MAX Maximum value total of effective powers UMAX Maximum value total of reactive powers QMAX Maximum value total of apparent powers SMAX Minimum value total of power factors PFMIN Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U1MAX Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U2MAX Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U3MAX Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U12MAX Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U23MAX Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U31MAX Maximum value phase current I1 MAX Maximum value phase current I2 MAX Maximum value phase current I3 MAX REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
Maximum value average phase current REAL 0.0 I1AVG MAX Maximum value average phase current REAL 0.0 I2AVG MAX Maximum value average phase current REAL 0.0 I3AVG MAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-40
Connection Meaning (parameters) P1MAX P2MAX P3MAX Q1MAX Q2MAX Q3MAX S1MAX S2MAX S3MAX PF1MIN PF2MIN PF3MIN PTOT_INL DUMMY01 PTOT_IML DUMMY02 PTOT_INH DUMMY03 PTOT_IMH DUMMY04 QTOT_INL DUMMY05 QTOT_IML DUMMY06 QTOT_INH DUMMY07
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Maximum value effective power P1 MAX REAL 0.0 Maximum value effective power P2 MAX REAL 0.0 Maximum value effective power P3 MAX REAL 0.0 Maximum value reactive power Q1MAX Maximum value reactive power Q2MAX Maximum value reactive power Q3MAX REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
Maximum value apparent power S1MAX REAL 0.0 Maximum value apparent power S2MAX REAL 0.0 Maximum value apparent power S3
MAX
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
Minimum value power factor PF1 MIN Minimum value power factor PF2 MIN Minimum value power factor PF3 MIN Active energy supplied in low-load hours Value not used Active energy drawn in low-load hours Value not used Active energy supplied in high-load hours Value not used
Active energy drawn in high-load hours REAL 0.0 Value not used Active energy supplied in low-load hours Value not used Active energy drawn in low-load hours Value not used Active energy supplied in high-load hours Value not used REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-41
Connection Meaning (parameters) QTOT_IMH DUMMY08 PACT_I02 PACT_I03 PACT_I04 PACT_I05 PACT_I06 PACT_I07 PACT_I08 PACT_I09 PACT_I10 PACT_I11 PACT_MAX QACT_I02 QACT_I03 QACT_I04 QACT_I05 QACT_I06 QACT_I07
Data type
Active energy drawn in high-load hours REAL 0.0 Value not used REAL 0.0
Effective power of 1st previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Effective power of 2nd previous interval PInt REAL 0.0
Effective power of 3rd previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Effective power of 4th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Effective power of 5th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Effective power of 6th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Effective power of 7th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Effective power of 8th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Effective power of 9th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Effective power of 10th previous interval PInt Maximum value effective power of interval PInt REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
Reactive power of 1st previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Reactive power of 2nd previous interval QInt REAL 0.0
Reactive power of 3rd previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Reactive power of 4th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Reactive power of 5th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Reactive power of 6th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-42
Connection Meaning (parameters) QACT_I08 QACT_I09 QACT_I10 QACT_I11 QACT_MAX SACT_I02 SACT_I03 SACT_I04 SACT_I05 SACT_I06 SACT_I07 SACT_I08 SACT_I09 SACT_I10 SACT_I11 SACT_MAX DUMMY09 DUMMY10 DUMMY11
Data type
Reactive power of 7th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Reactive power of 8th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Reactive power of 9th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Reactive power of 10th previous interval QInt Maximum value reactive power of interval QInt Apparent power of 1st previous interval SInt Apparent power of 2nd previous interval SInt Apparent power of 3rd previous interval SInt Apparent power of 4th previous interval SInt Apparent power of 5th previous interval SInt Apparent power of 6th previous interval SInt Apparent power of 7th previous interval SInt Apparent power of 8th previous interval SInt Apparent power of 9th previous interval SInt Apparent power of 10th previous interval SInt Maximum value apparent power of interval SINT Value not used Value not used Value not used REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-43
Connection Meaning (parameters) DUMMY12 DUMMY13 DUMMY14 DUMMY15 DUMMY16 DUMMY17 DUMMY18 DUMMY19 Value not used Value not used Value not used Value not used Value not used Value not used Value not used Value not used
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-44
3.7 SEND_DB_DOSn: Values from the Disocont slave blocks to the Disocont master block
Description of SEND_DB_DOSn (n=110) Object name (Type + Number) DB 21DB30 Function Via the data blocks DB21DB30, the Disocont slave block FB535 (DISO_SLA) sends data to the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS). Connections of SEND_DB_DOSn Connection (parameters) Send.Telegramm_ID Meaning Standard telegram weigher identification 1 to 16 Data type Def.
WORD 16#0100... 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Send.Kommando.ID140B8_Volumetrisch Send.Kommando.ID140B9_FeuchtKorrek_Ein Send.Kommando.ID140BA_FeuchtKorrek_Aus Send.Kommando.ID140BB_Messantrieb_Aus Send.Kommando.ID140BC_PLS_KlapRueckMel Send.Kommando.ID140BD_ZuteilManuel_AUF Send.Kommando.ID140BE_ZuteilManuelSTOP Send.Kommando.ID140BF_ZuteilManuel_ZU
Preselection volumetric BOOL Moisture correction on Moisture correction off Measuring drive off PLS flap check-back signal Metering device OPEN manually (only ES) Metering device STOP manually (only ES) Metering device CLOSED manually (only ES) Start Stop Acknowledge events Enabling BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Send.Kommando.ID140B0_Waage_START Send.Kommando.ID140B1_Waage_STOP Send.Kommando.ID140B2_Ereigniss_QUITT Send.Kommando.ID140B3_Waage_FREIGABE Send.Kommando.ID140B4_Wahl_Volumet Send.Kommando.ID140B5_Wahl_Gravimet
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
0 0 0 0 0 0
Preselection volumetric BOOL Preselection BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-45
Connection (parameters)
Meaning gravimetric
Data type
Def.
Send.Kommando.ID140B6_FoerMengZ1_RESET Reset conveying rate counter 1 Send.Kommando.ID140B7_FoerMengZ2_RESET Reset conveying rate counter 2 Send.Kommando.ID150B8_Fuellen_START Send.Kommando.ID150B9_Fuellen_STOP Send.Kommando.ID150BA_Leeren_START Send.Kommando.ID150BB_Leeren_STOP Send.Kommando.ID150BC_BunkRegel_INITIA Send.Kommando.ID150BD_FueOrganAktivier Send.Kommando.ID150BE_ZuteilerBeteilig Send.Kommando.ID150BF_ZuteilerSchliess Send.Kommando.ID150B0_WahlChargieren Send.Kommando.ID150B1_AbwahlChargieren Send.Kommando.ID150B2_BeendChargieren Send.Kommando.ID150B3_NechsCharLeerFar Send.Kommando.ID150B4_Nachverladen Send.Kommando.ID150B5_Notsollwert_EIN Send.Kommando.ID150B6_Notsollwert_AUS Send.Kommando.ID150B7_Messantrieb_EIN Send.Sollwert Send.Status_2 Send.Zahler_1 Send.Zahler_2 Send.Drehzahl Filling start Filling stop Emptying start Emptying stop Initialise bin controller Activate filling device Involve metering device Close metering device Charge preselection Charge deselection Quit charging Next batch with empty running Reloading Emergency setpoint value on Emergency setpoint value off Measuring drive on Setpoint value kgh Status 2 requested
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Real
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0
WORD 16#0310
Conveying rate counter WORD 16#0752 1 requested Conveying rate counter WORD 16#0754 2 requested Speed (not requested here) WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-46
Connection (parameters) Send.Bunker_Fuellstand Send.Fuellgewicht Send.Reserve123 Send.Reserve2438
Meaning Bin filling level (not requested here) Batch weigher filling weight requested Spare (IDs to request further values) Spare
Data type
Def.
WORD 16#0000 WORD 16#0762 WORD 16#0000 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-47
3.8 RECEIVE_DB_DOSn: Values to the Disocont slave blocks from the Disocont master block
Description of RECEIVE_DB_DOSn (n=110) Object name (Type + Number) DB 31DB40 Function Via the data blocks DB31DB40, the Disocont slave block FB535 (DISO_SLA) sends data from the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS). Connections of RECEIVE_DB_DOSn Connection (parameters) Empfang.Telegramm_ID Empfang.Status.ID2F0B8_Normalbetrieb Empfang.Status.ID2F0B9_TastaturMode Empfang.Status.ID2F0BA_LocalBetrieb Empfang.Status.ID2F0BB_SimulatioBetrieb Empfang.Status.ID2F0BC_AnfahrBetrieb Empfang.Status.ID2F0BD_MessantriebLaeuf Empfang.Status.ID2F0BE_VerzMessradDosie Empfang.Status.ID2F0BF_SollwertBegrenzt Empfang.Status.ID2F0B0_WaageLaeuft Empfang.Status.ID2F0B1_KeineFreigabe Empfang.Status.ID2F0B2_FoerdermengenZae Empfang.Status.ID2F0B3_VolumetrischDos Empfang.Status.ID2F0B4_WahlspracheOK Empfang.Status.ID2F0B5_SammelAlarm Empfang.Status.ID2F0B6_SammelWarnung Empfang.Status.ID2F0B7_JustageAktiv Empfang.Status.ID300B8_WaageTarieren Meaning Echo Normal operation Keyboard mode Local operation Simulation operation Start up operation Measuring drive operating Delay of measuring wheel dosing drive Setpoint value limited Balance running No enabling Conveying rate counter active Volumetric Selected language OK Group alarm Group warning Adjustment active Calibrating Data type Def.
WORD 16#0000 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-48
Connection (parameters) Empfang.Status.ID300B9_WaageNullstellen Empfang.Status.ID300BA_Gewichtskontroll Empfang.Status.ID300BB_ImpulsBandumlauf Empfang.Status.ID300BC_Justage_DAE Empfang.Status.ID300BD_Auto_NullAktiv Empfang.Status.ID300BE_Vol_AustragsAdap Empfang.Status.ID300BF_ReglerOptimierun Empfang.Status.ID300B0_WahlChargierung Empfang.Status.ID300B1_ChargierungAktiv Empfang.Status.ID300B2_AuslaufCharge Empfang.Status.ID300B3_ChargierLeerFahr Empfang.Status.ID300B4_NONSI_Aktiv Empfang.Status.ID300B5_TotzeitAktiv Empfang.Status.ID300B6_TotzeitSollAktiv Empfang.Status.ID300B7_TotzeitEin_AusAk Empfang.Istwert Empfang.Status_2.ID310B8_FoerderStaerMax Empfang.Status_2.ID310B9_FoerderStaerMin Empfang.Status_2.ID310BA_BandbelMax Empfang.Status_2.ID310BB_BandbelMin Empfang.Status_2.ID310BC_GeschwMax Empfang.Status_2.ID310BD_GeschwMin Empfang.Status_2.ID310BE_BehaelWaageMax Empfang.Status_2.ID310BF_BehaelWaageMin Empfang.Status_2.ID310B0_MessendesSystem Empfang.Status_2.ID310B1_FuellendesSystem Empfang.Status_2.ID310B2_FuellenAktiv
Meaning Zeroising Weight monitoring Pulse / Belt circuit DAE adjustment Auto zero active Vol. discharge adapter Controller optimisation Charging preselected Charging active Batch discharge (series contact) Charging with empty running NONSI active Dead time active Dead time setpoint value active Dead time ON / OFF active Actual value kgh Flow rate > max. Flow rate > min. Belt load > max. Belt load > min. Speed > max. Speed < min. Batch weigher > max. Batch weigher > min. Measuring system Filling system Filling active
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Real BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-49
Connection (parameters) Empfang.Status-_2.ID310B3_LeerenAktiv Empfang.Status_2.ID310B4_Klappe_Offen Empfang.Status_2.ID310B5_Klappe_Zu Empfang.Status_2.ID310B6_ChargiereinAktiv Empfang.Status_2.ID310B7_BehaelWaageAktiv Empfang.Status_2.ID320B8_KME_Vorhanden Empfang.Status_2.ID320B9_KME_TaraRelUeber Empfang.Status_2.ID320BA_KME_TaraAbsUeber Empfang.Status_2.ID320BB_KME_BereRelUeber Empfang.Status_2.ID320BC_KME_BereAbsUeber
Meaning Emptying active Flap open Flap closed 2nd charging unit active Batch weigher active KME provided KME Tara relatively exceeded KME Tara absolutely exceeded KME range relatively exceeded KME range absolutely exceeded
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BD_KME_MessungAngem KME measurement announced Empfang.Status_2.ID320BE_KME_Vorbereiten Empfang.Status_2.ID320BF_KME_Laeuft Empfang.Status_2.ID320B0_FuellRegelVorh Empfang.Status_2.ID320B1_FuellstandMax Empfang.Status_2.ID320B2_LuellstandMin Empfang.Status_2.ID320B3_MesslastMax Empfang.Status_2.ID320B4_MesslastMin Empfang.Status_2.ID320B5_DrehzahlMax Empfang.Status_2.ID320B6_DrehzahlMin Empfang.Status_2.ID320B7_KME_WartetQuitt Empfang.Zaehler_1 Empfang.Zaehler_2 KME prepare KME running Filling level control provided Filling level > max. Filling level < min
Measuring load > max. BOOL Measuring load < min. Speed > max. Speed < min. KME waiting for acknowledgement Conveying rate counter 1 Conveying rate counter 2 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-50
Connection (parameters) Empfang.Drehzahl Empfang.Bunker_Fuellstand Empfang.Fuellgewicht Empfang.Reserve123 Empfang.TelegrammDiagnose
Meaning Speed (not requested here) Bin filling level (not requested here) Batch weigher filling weight Spare Value must be zero
Data type REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-51
3.9 COMMAND_MASTER: Values from the Disocont master block to the Disocont master PC
Description of COMMAND_MASTER Object name (Type + Number) DB 41 Function From the data block DB41 the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) sends data to the Disocont master PC. Connections of COMMAND_MASTER Connection (parameters) Send.Telegramm_ID Meaning Standard telegram weigher identification group Data type Def.
WORD 16#1F00
Send.Kommando.nicht_vorhanden Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden1 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden2 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden3 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden4 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden5 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden6 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden7 Send.Kommando.ID140B0_Gruppe_START Send.Kommando.ID140B1_Gruppe_STOP Send.Kommando.ID140B2_Ereigniss_QUITT Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden8 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden9 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden10 Send.Kommando.ID140B6_FoerMengZ1_RESET Reset conveying rate counter 1 Send.Kommando.ID140B7_FoerMengZ2_RESET Reset conveying rate counter 2 Start Stop Acknowledge events
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-52
Connection (parameters) Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden11 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden12 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden13 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden14 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden15 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden16 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden17 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden18 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden19 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden20 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden21 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden22 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden23 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden24 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden25 Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden26 Send.GruppenSollwert Send.Reserve129 Send.Reserve30
Meaning
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0
Setpoint value kgh Spare Spare
REAL REAL
WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-53
3.10 STATUS_MASTER: Values from the Disocont master PC to the Disocont master block
Description of STATUS_MASTER Object name (Type + Number) DB 42 Function Via the data block DB41 the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) receives data from the Disocont master PC. Connections of STATUS_MASTER Connection (parameters) Empfang.Telegramm_ID Empfang.Status.ID2F0B8_Normalbetrueb Empfang.Status.ID2F0B9_TastaturMode Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden1 Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden2 Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden3 Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden4 Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden5 Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden6 Empfang.Status.ID2F0B0_GruppeLaeuft Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden7 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden8 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden9 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden10 Empfang.Status.ID2F0B5_SammelAlarm Group alarm Acknowledge events Group active Meaning Echo Normal operation Keyboard mode Data type Def.
WORD 16#0000 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B6_SammelWarnung Group warning Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden11 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden12 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden13
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-54
Connection (parameters) Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden14 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden15 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden16 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden17 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden18 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden19 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden20 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden21 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden22 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden23 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden24 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden25 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden26 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden27 Empfang.Ist_Foerderstaerke Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden33 Empfang.Foerdermengenzaehler_1 Empfang.Foerdermengenzaehler_2 Empfang.Wirksamer_Sollwert Empfang.Reserve530 Empfang.TelegrammDiagnose
Meaning
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Actual flow rate
REAL REAL
Conveying rate counter 1 (not requested) Conveying rate counter 2 (not requested) Effective setpoint value (not requested) Spare Value must be zero
REAL REAL REAL REAL
WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-55
3.11 SEND_DB_DOSn: Transmit buffer memory of all values transmitted to the Disocont master PC.
Description of SEND_DB_SCHENK_PC Object name (Type + Number) DB 45 Function The data block DB45 is used as a transmit buffer memory for the data from the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) to the Disocont master PC. Connections of SEND_DB_SCHENK_PC Connection (parameters) Send.Telegramm_ID Send.Kommando.ID140B8_Volumetrisch Send.Kommando.ID140B9_FeuchtKorrek_Ein Send.Kommando.ID140BA_FeuchtKorrek_Aus Send.Kommando.ID140BB_Messantrieb_Aus Send.Kommando.ID140BC_PLS_KlapRueckMel Preselection volumetric Meaning Data type Def.
WORD 16#0100 BOOL 0 0 0 0 0
Moisture BOOL correction on Moisture BOOL correction off Measuring drive off PLS flap check-back signal Metering device OPEN manually (only ES) BOOL BOOL
Send.Kommando.ID140BD_ZuteilManuel_AUF
BOOL
Send.Kommando.ID140BE_ZuteilManuelSTOP
Metering BOOL device STOP manually (only ES) Metering device CLOSED manually (only ES) BOOL
Send.Kommando.ID140BF_ZuteilManuel_ZU
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-56
Connection (parameters) Send.Kommando.ID140B0_Waage_START Send.Kommando.ID140B1_Waage_STOP Send.Kommando.ID140B2_Ereigniss_QUITT Send.Kommando.ID140B3_Waage_FREIGABE Send.Kommando.ID140B4_Wahl_Volumet Send.Kommando.ID140B5_Wahl_Gravimet Send.Kommando.ID140B6_FoerMengZ1_RESET
Meaning Start Stop
Data type BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Acknowledge BOOL events Enabling Preselection volumetric Preselection gravimetric Reset conveying rate counter 1 Reset conveying rate counter 2 Filling start Filling stop Emptying start Emptying stop Initialise bin controller Activate filling device Involve metering device Close metering device Charge preselection BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Send.Kommando.ID140B7_FoerMengZ2_RESET
BOOL
Send.Kommando.ID150B8_Fuellen_START Send.Kommando.ID150B9_Fuellen_STOP Send.Kommando.ID150BA_Leeren_START Send.Kommando.ID150BB_Leeren_STOP Send.Kommando.ID150BC_BunkRegel_INITIA Send.Kommando.ID150BD_FueOrganAktivier Send.Kommando.ID150BE_ZuteilerBeteilig
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Send.Kommando.ID150BF_ZuteilerSchliess
BOOL
Send.Kommando.ID150B0_WahlChargieren
BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-57
Connection (parameters) Send.Kommando.ID150B1_AbwahlChargieren Send.Kommando.ID150B2_BeendChargieren Send.Kommando.ID150B3_NechsCharLeerFar
Meaning Charge deselection
Data type BOOL
Def. 0 0 0
Quit charging BOOL Next batch with empty running Reloading Emergency setpoint value on Emergency setpoint value off Measuring drive on Setpoint value kgh Status 2 requested Conveying rate counter 1 Conveying rate counter 2 Rotation speed Bin filling level Batch weigher filling weight Spare BOOL
Send.Kommando.ID150B4_Nachverladen Send.Kommando.ID150B5_Notsollwert_EIN
BOOL BOOL
0 0
Send.Kommando.ID150B6_Notsollwert_AUS
BOOL
Send.Kommando.ID150B7_Messantrieb_EIN Send.Sollwert Send.Status_2 Send.Zahler_1
BOOL Real
0 0.0
WORD 16#0000 WORD 16#0000
Send.Zahler_2
WORD 16#0000
Send.Drehzahl Send.Bunker_Fuellstand Send.Fuellgewicht
WORD 16#0000 WORD 16#0000 WORD 16#0000
Send.Reserve123
WORD 16#0000 REAL 0.0
Send.Reserve2426,41,51,61,71,81,91,101,111,121,131,141,151 Spare
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-58
3.12 RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC: Receive buffer memory of all values transmitted from the Disocont master PC.
Description of RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC Object name (Type + Number) DB 46 Function The data block DB46 is used as a receive buffer memory for the data from the Disocont master PC to the Discocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS). Connections of RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC Connection (parameters) Empfang.Telegramm_ID Empfang.Status.ID2F0B8_Normalbetrieb Empfang.Status.ID2F0B9_TastaturMode Empfang.Status.ID2F0BA_LocalBetrieb Empfang.Status.ID2F0BB_SimulatioBetrieb Empfang.Status.ID2F0BC_AnfahrBetrieb Empfang.Status.ID2F0BD_MessantriebLaeuf Empfang.Status.ID2F0BE_VerzMessradDosie Empfang.Status.ID2F0BF_SollwertBegrenzt Empfang.Status.ID2F0B0_WaageLaeuft Empfang.Status.ID2F0B1_KeineFreigabe Empfang.Status.ID2F0B2_FoerdermengenZae Empfang.Status.ID2F0B3_VolumetrischDos Empfang.Status.ID2F0B4_WahlspracheOK Empfang.Status.ID2F0B5_SammelAlarm Empfang.Status.ID2F0B6_SammelWarnung Empfang.Status.ID2F0B7_JustageAktiv Empfang.Status.ID300B8_WaageTarieren Meaning Echo Normal operation Keyboard mode Local operation Simulation operation Start up operation Measuring drive operating Delay of measuring wheel dosing drive Setpoint value limited Balance running No enabling Conveying rate counter active Volumetric Selected language OK Group alarm Group warning Adjustment active Calibrating Data type Def.
WORD 16#0000 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-59
Connection (parameters) Empfang.Status.ID300B9_WaageNullstellen Empfang.Status.ID300BA_Gewichtskontroll Empfang.Status.ID300BB_ImpulsBandumlauf Empfang.Status.ID300BC_Justage_DAE Empfang.Status.ID300BD_Auto_NullAktiv Empfang.Status.ID300BE_Vol_AustragsAdap Empfang.Status.ID300BF_ReglerOptimierun Empfang.Status.ID300B0_WahlChargierung Empfang.Status.ID300B1_ChargierungAktiv Empfang.Status.ID300B2_AuslaufCharge Empfang.Status.ID300B3_ChargierLeerFahr Empfang.Status.ID300B4_NONSI_Aktiv Empfang.Status.ID300B5_TotzeitAktiv Empfang.Status.ID300B6_TotzeitSollAktiv Empfang.Status.ID300B7_TotzeitEin_AusAk Empfang.Istwert Empfang.Status_2.ID310B8_FoerderStaerMax Empfang.Status_2.ID310B9_FoerderStaerMin Empfang.Status_2.ID310BA_BandbelMax Empfang.Status_2.ID310BB_BandbelMin Empfang.Status_2.ID310BC_GeschwMax Empfang.Status_2.ID310BD_GeschwMin Empfang.Status_2.ID310BE_BehaelWaageMax Empfang.Status_2.ID310BF_BehaelWaageMin Empfang.Status_2.ID310B0_MessendesSystem Empfang.Status_2.ID310B1_FuellendesSystem Empfang.Status_2.ID310B2_FuellenAktiv
Meaning Zeroising Weight monitoring Pulse / Belt circuit DAE adjustment Auto zero active Vol. discharge adapter Controller optimisation Charging preselected Charging active Batch discharge (series contact) Charging with empty running NONSI active Dead time active Dead time setpoint value active Dead time ON / OFF active Actual value kgh Flow rate > max. Flow rate > min. Belt load > max. Belt load > min. Speed > max. Speed < min. Batch weigher > max. Batch weigher > min. Measuring system Filling system Filling active
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Real BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-60
Connection (parameters) Empfang.Status-_2.ID310B3_LeerenAktiv Empfang.Status_2.ID310B4_Klappe_Offen Empfang.Status_2.ID310B5_Klappe_Zu Empfang.Status_2.ID310B6_ChargiereinAktiv Empfang.Status_2.ID310B7_BehaelWaageAktiv Empfang.Status_2.ID320B8_KME_Vorhanden Empfang.Status_2.ID320B9_KME_TaraRelUeber Empfang.Status_2.ID320BA_KME_TaraAbsUeber Empfang.Status_2.ID320BB_KME_BereRelUeber Empfang.Status_2.ID320BC_KME_BereAbsUeber
Meaning Emptying active Flap open Flap closed 2nd charging unit active Batch weigher active KME provided KME Tara relatively exceeded KME Tara absolutely exceeded KME range relatively exceeded KME range absolutely exceeded
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BD_KME_MessungAngem KME measurement announced Empfang.Status_2.ID320BE_KME_Vorbereiten Empfang.Status_2.ID320BF_KME_Laeuft Empfang.Status_2.ID320B0_FuellRegelVorh Empfang.Status_2.ID320B1_FuellstandMax Empfang.Status_2.ID320B2_LuellstandMin Empfang.Status_2.ID320B3_MesslastMax Empfang.Status_2.ID320B4_MesslastMin Empfang.Status_2.ID320B5_DrehzahlMax Empfang.Status_2.ID320B6_DrehzahlMin Empfang.Status_2.ID320B7_KME_WartetQuitt Empfang.Zaehler_1 Empfang.Zaehler_2 KME prepare KME running Filling level control provided Filling level > max. Filling level < min
Measuring load > max. BOOL Measuring load < min. Speed > max. Speed < min. KME waiting for acknowledgement Conveying rate counter 1 Conveying rate counter 2 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-61
Connection (parameters) Empfang.Drehzahl Empfang.Bunker_Fuellstand Empfang.Fuellgewicht Empfang.Reserve123 Empfang.Reserve24
Meaning Speed (not requested here) Bin filling level (not requested here) Batch weigher filling weight Spare Spare
Data type REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-62
3.13 SEND_DB_KME: Values from the Disocont master block to the Disocont master PC (MKME)
Description of SEND_DB_KME Object name (Type + Number) DB 43 Function Via the data block DB43 the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) transmits data for the multi-weigher control measuring device (MKME) to the Disocont master PC. Connections of SEND_DB_KME Connection (parameters) Send.Telegramm_ID Send.Kommando.not_available Send.Kommando.Start_KME_tare Send.Kommando.Start_KME_range Start KME with target=Tara Start KME with target=range Meaning Special telegram for MKME Data type Def.
WORD 16#2400 BYTE BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 16#0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Send.Kommando.Correct_continuous_Scale Correct continuous weigher Send.Kommando.Reject_check_result Send.Kommando.Release_KME Send.Kommando.Prefeeder_Off Send.Kommando.not_available1 Send.Kommando.not_available2 Send.Kommando.Scale09_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale10_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale11_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale12_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale13_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale14_T_check_result Weigher 09: Result is transferred Weigher 10: Result is transferred Weigher 11: Result is transferred Weigher 12: Result is transferred Weigher 13: Result is transferred Weigher 14: Result is Reject monitoring result Enabling KME Metering device is OFF
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-63
Meaning transferred
Data type
Def.
Send.Kommando.Scale15_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale16_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale01_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale02_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale03_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale04_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale05_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale06_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale07_T_check_result Send.Kommando.Scale08_T_check_result Send.KME_Status_Word3 Send.Check_quantity Send.KMS_Bin_weigher_measurem Send.KMK_measurem_value_total
Weigher 15: Result is transferred Weigher 16: Result is transferred Weigher 01: Result is transferred Weigher 02: Result is transferred Weigher 03: Result is transferred Weigher 04: Result is transferred Weigher 05: Result is transferred Weigher 06: Result is transferred Weigher 07: Result is transferred Weigher 08: Result is transferred KME Status 3 requested Test quantity requested KMS - measured value for batch weigher requested KMK - total of measured values of all continuous weighers requested REL (KMS) - relative total error of measurement regarding KMKS requested REL (KMK) - relative total error of measurement regarding KMK requested Container filling level requested
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
WORD 16#0A40 WORD 16#0B00 WORD 16#0B02 WORD 16#0B04
Send.REL_KMS
WORD 16#0B06
Send.REL_KMK
WORD 16#0B08
Send.Bin_level
WORD 16#0B0A
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-64
Connection (parameters) Send.KME_result_F_Z Send.Reserve123 Send.Reserve2438
Meaning KME - result F/Z requested Spare Spare
Data type
Def.
WORD 16#0B0C WORD 16#0000 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-65
3.14 RECEIVE_DB_KME: Values to the Disocont master block from the Disocont master PC (MKME)
Description of RECEIVE_DB_KME Object name (Type + Number) DB 44 Function Via the data block DB43 the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) receives data for the multi-weigher control measuring device (MKME) from the Disocont master PC. Connections of RECEIVE_DB_KME Connection (parameters) Empfang.Telegramm_ID Empfang.Status.No_Scale_selected Empfang.Status.No_Scale_started Empfang.Status.Bin_not_OK Empfang.Status.Start_Stop_during_measur Empfang.Status.Error_ABS Empfang.Status.Error_REL Empfang.Status.No_prefeeder_echo Empfang.Status.Master_parameter_wrong Meaning Echo Error: No weigher participating Error: No weigher ON Error: Container not OK Error: Weigher ON/OFF during KME Data type WORD BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 16#0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Error: ABS faulty > max. BOOL (min. 1 weigher) Error: REL faulty > max. (min. 1 weigher) Error: Lack of metering device echo Error: Master parameters wrong or weigher parameters are not transferred KME active Metering device is OFF KME waiting for enabling Bin is filled for BOOL BOOL BOOL
Empfang.Status.KME_active Empfang.Status.Prefeeder_OFF Empfang.Status.KME_waits_for_release Empfang.Status.Bin_filled
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
0 0 0 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-66
Meaning preparation
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status.Settling_time_ON Empfang.Status.Check_measurement_ON Empfang.Status.C_m_waits_f_corr_release
Stabilisation time running Check measurement running Check measurement waiting for correction enabling Correction running
BOOL BOOL BOOL
0 0 0
Empfang.Status.Correction_ON Empfang.Status.not_available Empfang.Status.not_available1 Empfang.Status.not_available2 Empfang.Status.not_available3 Empfang.Status.not_available4 Empfang.Status.not_available5 Empfang.Status.not_available6 Empfang.Status.not_available7 Empfang.Status.Error_Bin_level_MIN Empfang.Status. not_available8 Empfang.Status. not_available9 Empfang.Status.Automatic_correction_acq Empfang.Status.Corr_in_acc_w_act_feed_r Empfang.Status.Equal_corr_f_all_Scales Empfang.Status.Corr_in_acc_w_nom_fedd_r Empfang.Status.not_available10 Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale09_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale10_Relativ_error
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Error: Container filling level < min.
BOOL BOOL BOOL
Correction taken over automatically Correction according to actual flow rate Correction is the same for all involved Correction according to nominal flow rate
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Weigher 09: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 10: Error
BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-67
Meaning relatively exceeded
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale11_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale12_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale13_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale14_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale15_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale16_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale01_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale02_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale03_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale04_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale05_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale06_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale07_Relativ_error Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale08_Relativ_error
Weigher 11: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 12: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 13: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 14: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 15: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 16: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 01: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 02: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 03: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 04: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 05: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 06: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 07: Error relatively exceeded Weigher 08: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale09_Absolute_error Weigher 09: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale10_Absolute_error Weigher 10: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale11_Absolute_error Weigher 11: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale12_Absolute_error Weigher 12: Error
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-68
Meaning absolutely exceeded
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale13_Absolute_error Weigher 13: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale14_Absolute_error Weigher 14: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale15_Absolute_error Weigher 15: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale16_Absolute_error Weigher 16: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale01_Absolute_error Weigher 01: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale02_Absolute_error Weigher 02: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale03_Absolute_error Weigher 03: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale04_Absolute_error Weigher 04: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale05_Absolute_error Weigher 05: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale06_Absolute_error Weigher 06: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale07_Absolute_error Weigher 07: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale08_Absolute_error Weigher 08: Error absolutely exceeded Empfang.Check_quantity Empfang.KMS_Bin_weigher_measurem Empfang.KMK_measurem_value_total Test quantity KMS - measured value for batch weigher
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0
KMK - total of measured REAL values of all continuous weighers REL (KMS) - relative total error of measurement regarding KMS REL (KMK) - relative REAL
Empfang.REL_KMS
0.0
Empfang.REL_KMK
REAL
0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-69
Meaning total error of measurement regarding KMK
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Bin_level Empfang.KME_result_F_Z Reserve.Reserve122 Reserve.TelegrammDiagnose
Container filling level KME - result F/Z Spare Value must be zero
REAL REAL
0.0 0.0
DWORD 0.0 WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-70
3.15 DIRIS_PA: Parameter data for measuring device DIRIS A40

Description of DIRIS_PA Object name (Type + Number) DB 12 Function This block is used by the function block DIRISA40 (FB 547) which is used for communicating with the multifunctional performance measuring device Diris A40 by Socomec. This measuring device records a.o. voltages, currents and power. The communication takes place such that the function block transmits a parameter set for specific measured values to the measuring device, with the measuring device then returning the corresponding measured values. For its correct functioning, the function block requires three data blocks, of which one contains the parameters, one contains the calibration values, and the other the measured values transmitted. The parameter data block is normally DB 12 (DIRIS_PA) and contains the parameters for requesting all measured values. Connections of DIRIS_PA Connection (parameters) Meaning Cycle 00: Parameter settings RELAY1B RELAY2B RELAY3B RELAY4B CH_REL_CON RES_ONE_MES SPARE FRAME_MODE RELAY1 Byte0 bit0 relay 1 Byte0 bit1 relay 2 Byte0 bit2 relay 3 Byte0 bit3 relay 4 Byte0bit4 Changing the configuration of one relay Byte0 bit5 Resetting of a variable Byte0 bit6 not used Byte0 bit7 0 -> Table for parametering Byte1 status in resting position relay 1 0 : Open 1 : Closed Byte2 status in resting position relay 1 0 : Open 1 : Closed BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BYTE B#16#0 Data type Def.
RELAY2
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-71
Connection (parameters) RELAY3
Meaning Byte3 status in resting position relay 1 0 : Open 1 : Closed Byte4 status in resting position relay 1 0 : Open 1 : Closed
Data type
Def.
BYTE B#16#0
RELAY4
BYTE B#16#0
ALL_OUT1
Byte5 assignment OUT 1 BYTE B#16#0 (0=Command,1=I,2=U,3=P+,4=Q+,5=S,6=F,7=PFL,8=Thd 3I, 9=Thd 3U,10=In,11=TIME,12=V,13=Thd In,14=Thd 3V,15=P-,16= Q-,17=PFC) Byte6 lower threshold OUT 1 Byte7 lower threshold OUT 1 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0
LOW_TH_OUT1_1 LOW_TH_OUT1_2
LOW_TH_UNIT_OUT1 Byte8 unit lower threshold OUT 1 0:/ 1:k 2:M UP_TH_OUT1_1 UP_TH_OUT1_2 UP_TH_UNIT_OUT1 Byte9 upper threshold OUT 1 Byte10 upper threshold OUT 1 Byte11 unit upper threshold OUT 1 0:/ 1:k 2:M Byte12 hysteresis 0 to 99 OUT 1 (%) Byte13 delay OUT 1 (s) Byte14 delay OUT 1 (s)
BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0
HY_OUT1 TIM_DEL_OUT1_1 TIM_DEL_OUT1_2 ALL_OUT2
Byte15 assignment OUT 2 BYTE B#16#0 (0=Command,1=I,2=U,3=P+,4=Q+,5=S,6=F,7=PFL,8=Thd 3I, 9=Thd 3U,10=In,11=TIME,12=V,13=Thd In,14=Thd 3V,15=P-,16= Q-,17=PFC) Byte16 lower threshold OUT 2 Byte17 lower threshold OUT 2 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0
LOW_TH_OUT2_1 LOW_TH_OUT2_2
LOW_TH_UNIT_OUT2 Byte18 unit lower threshold OUT 2 0:/ 1:k 2:M
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-72
Connection (parameters) UP_TH_OUT2_1 UP_TH_OUT2_2 UP_TH_UNIT_OUT2
Meaning Byte19 upper threshold OUT 2 Byte20 upper threshold OUT 2 Byte21 unit upper threshold OUT 2 0:/ 1:k 2:M Byte22 hysteresis 0 to 99 OUT 2 (%) Byte23 delay OUT 2 (s) Byte24 delay OUT 2 (s) Byte25 Bit0 resetting kvarh+ Byte25 Bit1 resetting kVA Byte25 Bit2 resetting kWhByte25 Bit3 resetting kvarh+ Byte25 Bit4 resetting all parameters Byte25 Bit5 resetting input 1 Byte25 Bit6 resetting input 2 Byte25 bit7 not used Byte26 bit0 resetting Max 3I Byte26 bit1 resetting max P+ Byte26 bit2 resetting max PByte26 bit3 resetting max Q+ Byte26 bit4 resetting max QByte26 bit5 resetting max S Byte26 bit6 resetting hour counter Byte26 bit7 resetting kWh+ Byte27 bit0 resetting min max U Byte27 bit1 resetting minimum / maximum frequency Byte27 bit2 resetting min max PF Byte27 bit3 resetting min max P Byte27 bit4 resetting min max Q Byte27 bit5 resetting min max Thd I
Data type
Def.
HY_OUT2 TIM_DEL_OUT2_1 TIM_DEL_OUT2_2 KVARH_PLUS KVA KWH_MINUS KVARH_MINUS ALL_PARA INPUT1_1 INPUT2_1 NOTUSED_1 MAX3I MAXP_PLUS MAXP_MINUS MAXQ_PLUS MAXQ_MINUS MAXS H_METER KWH_PLUS MINMAXU MINMAXF MINMAXPF MINMAXP MINMAXQ MINMAXTHDI
BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-73
Connection (parameters) MINMAXTHDIN MINMAXTHDU INPUT1 INPUT2 INPUT3 INPUT4 INPUT5 INPUT6 MINMAXI MINMAXIN NOTUSED_2 NOTUSED_3 NOTUSED_4 NOTUSED_5
Meaning Byte27 bit6 resetting min max Thd In Byte27 bit7 resetting min max Thd U Byte28 Bit0 resetting input 1 Byte28 Bit1 resetting input 2 Byte28 Bit2 resetting input 3 Byte28 Bit3 resetting input 4 Byte28 Bit4 resetting input 5 Byte28 Bit5 resetting input 6 Byte28 bit6 resetting min max I Byte28 bit7 resetting min max In Byte29 not used Byte30 not used Byte31 not used Byte32 not used Query cycle 01: Requesting 16 values (1-16)
Data type
Def.
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0
FRAME_NO1 A_VAL_01_001_M A_VAL_01_001_L A_VAL_01_002_M A_VAL_01_002_L A_VAL_01_003_M A_VAL_01_003_L A_VAL_01_004_M A_VAL_01_004_L A_VAL_01_005_M A_VAL_01_005_L A_VAL_01_006_M A_VAL_01_006_L A_VAL_01_007_M
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table Address: Current phase 1 (msb) Address: Current phase 1 (lsb) Address: Current phase 2 (msb) Address: Current phase 2 (lsb) Address: Current phase 3 (msb) Address: Current phase 3 (lsb) Address: Current neutral conductor (msb) Address: Current neutral conductor (lsb) Address: Line-to-line voltage U12 (msb) Address: Line-to-line voltage U12 (lsb) Address: Line-to-line voltage U23 (msb) Address: Line-to-line voltage U23 (lsb) Address: Line-to-line voltage U31 (msb)
BYTE B#16#81 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#1 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#2 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#3 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#4 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#5 BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-74
Connection (parameters) A_VAL_01_007_L A_VAL_01_008_M A_VAL_01_008_L A_VAL_01_009_M A_VAL_01_009_L A_VAL_01_010_M A_VAL_01_010_L A_VAL_01_011_M A_VAL_01_011_L A_VAL_01_012_M A_VAL_01_012_L A_VAL_01_013_M A_VAL_01_013_L A_VAL_01_014_M A_VAL_01_014_L A_VAL_01_015_M A_VAL_01_015_L A_VAL_01_016_M A_VAL_01_016_L
Meaning Address: Line-to-line voltage U31 (lsb) Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 1 (msb) Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 1 (lsb) Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 2 (msb) Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 2 (lsb) Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 3 (msb) Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 3 (lsb) Address: Frequency (msb) Address: Frequency (lsb) Address: effective power (msb) Address: effective power (lsb) Address: reactive power (msb) Address: reactive power (lsb) Address: apparent power (msb) Address: apparent power (lsb) Address: power factor L/C (msb) Address: power factor L/C (lsb) Address: I1 maximum (msb) Address: I1 maximum (lsb) Query cycle 02: Requesting 16 values (17-32)
Data type
Def.
BYTE B#16#6 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#7 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#8 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#9 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#A BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#B BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#C BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#D BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#E BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#F
FRAME_NO2 A_VAL_02_017_M A_VAL_02_017_L A_VAL_02_018_M A_VAL_02_018_L A_VAL_02_019_M A_VAL_02_019_L A_VAL_02_020_M A_VAL_02_020_L
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table Address: I2 maximum (msb) Address: I2 maximum (lsb) Address: I3 maximum (msb) Address: I3 maximum (lsb) Address: Max. value effective power + (msb) Address: Max. value effective power + (lsb) Address: Max. value effective power - (msb) Address: Max. value effective power - (lsb)
BYTE B#16#82 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#11 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#12 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#13
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-75
Connection (parameters) A_VAL_02_021_M A_VAL_02_021_L A_VAL_02_022_M A_VAL_02_022_L A_VAL_02_023_M A_VAL_02_023_L A_VAL_02_024_M A_VAL_02_024_L A_VAL_02_025_M A_VAL_02_025_L A_VAL_02_026_M A_VAL_02_026_L A_VAL_02_027_M A_VAL_02_027_L A_VAL_02_028_M A_VAL_02_028_L A_VAL_02_029_M A_VAL_02_029_L A_VAL_02_030_M A_VAL_02_030_L A_VAL_02_031_M A_VAL_02_031_L A_VAL_02_032_M A_VAL_02_032_L
Meaning Address: Max. value reactive power + (msb) Address: Max. value reactive power + (lsb) Address: Max. value reactive power - (msb) Address: Max. value reactive power - (lsb) Address: Max. value apparent power (msb) Address: Max. value apparent power (lsb) Address: Active energy + <10000 (msb) Address: Active energy + <10000 (lsb) Address: Active energy + <10000 (msb) Address: Active energy + <10000 (lsb) Address: Reactive energy + <10000 (msb) Address: Reactive energy + <10000 (lsb) Address: Reactive energy + <10000 (msb) Address: Reactive energy + <10000 (lsb) Address: Apparent energy + <10000 (msb) Address: Apparent energy + <10000 (lsb) Address: Apparent energy + <10000 (msb) Address: Apparent energy + <10000 (lsb) Address: Effective power phase 1 (msb) Address: Effective power phase 1 (lsb) Address: Effective power phase 2 (msb) Address: Effective power phase 2 (lsb) Address: Effective power phase 3 (msb) Address: Effective power phase 3 (lsb) Query cycle 03: Requesting 16 values (33-48)
Data type
Def.
BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#14 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#15 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#16 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#17 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#18 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#19 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#1A BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#1B BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#1C BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#1D BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#1E BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#1F
FRAME_NO3 A_VAL_03_033_M A_VAL_03_033_L A_VAL_03_034_M
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table Address: Reactive power phase 1 (msb) Address: Reactive power phase 1 (lsb) Address: Reactive power phase 2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#83 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#20 BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-76
Connection (parameters) A_VAL_03_034_L A_VAL_03_035_M A_VAL_03_035_L A_VAL_03_036_M A_VAL_03_036_L A_VAL_03_037_M A_VAL_03_037_L A_VAL_03_038_M A_VAL_03_038_L A_VAL_03_039_M A_VAL_03_039_L A_VAL_03_040_M A_VAL_03_040_L A_VAL_03_041_M A_VAL_03_041_L A_VAL_03_042_M A_VAL_03_042_L A_VAL_03_043_M A_VAL_03_043_L A_VAL_03_044_M A_VAL_03_044_L A_VAL_03_045_M A_VAL_03_045_L A_VAL_03_046_M A_VAL_03_046_L A_VAL_03_047_M A_VAL_03_047_L A_VAL_03_048_M A_VAL_03_048_L
Meaning Address: Reactive power phase 2 (lsb) Address: Reactive power phase 3 (msb) Address: Reactive power phase 3 (lsb) Address: Apparent power phase 1 (msb) Address: Apparent power phase 1 (lsb) Address: Apparent power phase 2 (msb) Address: Apparent power phase 2 (lsb) Address: Apparent power phase 3 (msb) Address: Apparent power phase 3 (lsb) Address: Power factor phase 1 (msb) Address: Power factor phase 1 (lsb) Address: Power factor phase 2 (msb) Address: Power factor phase 2 (lsb) Address: Power factor phase 3 (msb) Address: Power factor phase 3 (lsb) Address: I1 average (msb) Address: I1 average (lsb) Address: I2 average (msb) Address: I2 average (lsb) Address: I3 average (msb) Address: I3 average (lsb) Address: Average value effective power + (msb) Address: Average value effective power + (lsb) Address: Average value effective power - (msb) Address: Average value effective power - (lsb) Address: Average value reactive power + (msb) Address: Average value reactive power + (lsb) Address: Average value reactive power - (msb) Address: Average value reactive power - (lsb)
Data type
Def.
BYTE B#16#21 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#22 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#23 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#24 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#25 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#26 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#27 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#28 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#29 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#2A BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#2B BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#2C BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#2D BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#2E BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#2F
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-77
Meaning Query cycle 04: Requesting 16 values (49-64)
Data type
Def.
FRAME_NO4 A_VAL_04_049_M A_VAL_04_049_L A_VAL_04_050_M A_VAL_04_050_L A_VAL_04_051_M A_VAL_04_051_L A_VAL_04_052_M A_VAL_04_052_L A_VAL_04_053_M A_VAL_04_053_L A_VAL_04_054_M A_VAL_04_054_L A_VAL_04_055_M A_VAL_04_055_L A_VAL_04_056_M A_VAL_04_056_L A_VAL_04_057_M A_VAL_04_057_L A_VAL_04_058_M A_VAL_04_058_L A_VAL_04_059_M A_VAL_04_059_L A_VAL_04_060_M A_VAL_04_060_L A_VAL_04_061_M A_VAL_04_061_L A_VAL_04_062_M
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table Address: Average value apparent power (msb) Address: Average value apparent power (lsb) Address: Active energy - <10000 (msb) Address: Active energy - <10000 (lsb) Address: Active energy - <10000 (msb) Address: Active energy - <10000 (lsb) Address: Reactive energy - <10000 (msb) Address: Reactive energy - <10000 (lsb) Address: Reactive energy - <10000 (msb) Address: Reactive energy - <10000 (lsb) Address: Pulse counter input 1 <10000 (msb) Address: Pulse counter input 1 <10000 (lsb) Address: Pulse counter input 1 <10000 (msb) Address: Pulse counter input 1 <10000 (lsb) Address: Pulse counter input 2 <10000 (msb) Address: Pulse counter input 2 <10000 (lsb) Address: Pulse counter input 2 <10000 (msb) Address: Pulse counter input 2 <10000 (lsb) Address: Pulse counter input 3 <10000 (msb) Address: Pulse counter input 3 <10000 (lsb) Address: Pulse counter input 3 <10000 (msb) Address: Pulse counter input 3 <10000 (lsb) Address: Pulse counter input 4 <10000 (msb) Address: Pulse counter input 4 <10000 (lsb) Address: Pulse counter input 4 <10000 (msb) Address: Pulse counter input 4 <10000 (lsb) Address: Status of inputs 1,2,3,4 (msb)
BYTE B#16#84 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#30 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#31 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#32 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#33 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#34 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#35 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#36 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#37 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#38 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#39 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#3A BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#3B BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#3C BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-78
Connection (parameters) A_VAL_04_062_L A_VAL_04_063_M A_VAL_04_063_L A_VAL_04_064_M A_VAL_04_064_L
Meaning Address: Status of inputs 1,2,3,4 (lsb) Address: Hour counter <10000 (msb) Address: Hour counter >10000 (lsb) Address: Hour counter >10000 (msb) Address: Hour counter >10000 (lsb) Query cycle 05-subcycle 00: Requesting 16 values (65-80)
Data type
Def.
BYTE B#16#3D BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#91 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#92
FRAME_NO50 A_VAL_05_065_M A_VAL_05_065_L A_VAL_05_066_M A_VAL_05_066_L A_VAL_05_067_M A_VAL_05_067_L A_VAL_05_068_M A_VAL_05_068_L A_VAL_05_069_M A_VAL_05_069_L A_VAL_05_070_M A_VAL_05_070_L A_VAL_05_071_M A_VAL_05_071_L A_VAL_05_072_M A_VAL_05_072_L A_VAL_05_073_M A_VAL_05_073_L A_VAL_05_074_M A_VAL_05_074_L A_VAL_05_075_M A_VAL_05_075_L
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table Address: Thd I1 (msb) Address: Thd I1 (lsb) Address: Thd I2 (msb) Address: Thd I2 (lsb) Address: Thd I3 (msb) Address: Thd I3 (lsb) Address: Thd In (msb) Address: Thd In (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 3 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 3 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 3 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 3 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 3 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 3 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 3 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 3 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 5 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 5 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 5 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 5 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 5 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#85 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#3E BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#3F BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#40 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#41 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#42 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#43 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#44 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#45 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#46 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#47 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#48
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-79
Connection (parameters) A_VAL_05_076_M A_VAL_05_076_L A_VAL_05_077_M A_VAL_05_077_L A_VAL_05_078_M A_VAL_05_078_L A_VAL_05_079_M A_VAL_05_079_L A_VAL_05_080_M A_VAL_05_080_L
Meaning Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 5 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 5 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 7 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 7 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 7 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 7 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 7 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 7 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 7 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 7 (lsb) Query cycle 05-subcycle 01: Requesting 16 values (81-96)
Data type
Def.
BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#49 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#4A BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#4B BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#4C BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#4D
FRAME_NO51 A_VAL_05_081_M A_VAL_05_081_L A_VAL_05_082_M A_VAL_05_082_L A_VAL_05_083_M A_VAL_05_083_L A_VAL_05_084_M A_VAL_05_084_L A_VAL_05_085_M A_VAL_05_085_L A_VAL_05_086_M A_VAL_05_086_L A_VAL_05_087_M A_VAL_05_087_L A_VAL_05_088_M A_VAL_05_088_L A_VAL_05_089_M
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 9 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 9 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 9 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 9 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 9 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 9 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 9 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 9 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 11 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 11 l(sb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 11 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 11 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 11 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 11 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 11 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 11 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#86 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#4E BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#4F BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#50 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#51 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#52 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#53 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#54 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#55 BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-80
Connection (parameters) A_VAL_05_089_L A_VAL_05_090_M A_VAL_05_090_L A_VAL_05_091_M A_VAL_05_091_L A_VAL_05_092_M A_VAL_05_092_L A_VAL_05_093_M A_VAL_05_093_L A_VAL_05_094_M A_VAL_05_094_L A_VAL_05_095_M A_VAL_05_095_L A_VAL_05_096_M A_VAL_05_096_L
Meaning Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 13 l(sb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 13 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 13 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 13 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 13 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 13 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 13 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 15 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 15 l(sb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 15 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 15 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 15 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 15 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 15 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 15 (lsb) Query cycle 05-subcycle 02: Requesting 16 values (97-112)
Data type
Def.
BYTE B#16#56 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#57 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#58 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#59 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#5A BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#5B BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#5C BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#5D
FRAME_NO52 A_VAL_05_097_M A_VAL_05_097_L A_VAL_05_098_M A_VAL_05_098_L A_VAL_05_099_M A_VAL_05_099_L A_VAL_05_100_M A_VAL_05_100_L A_VAL_05_101_M A_VAL_05_101_L A_VAL_05_102_M A_VAL_05_102_L
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table Address: Thd U12 (msb) Address: Thd U12 (lsb) Address: Thd U23 (msb) Address: Thd U23 (lsb) Address: Thd U31 (msb) Address: Thd U31 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 3 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 3 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 3 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 3 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 3 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#87 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#5E BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#5F BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#60 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#61 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#62 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#63
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-81
Connection (parameters) A_VAL_05_103_M A_VAL_05_103_L A_VAL_05_104_M A_VAL_05_104_L A_VAL_05_105_M A_VAL_05_105_L A_VAL_05_106_M A_VAL_05_106_L A_VAL_05_107_M A_VAL_05_107_L A_VAL_05_108_M A_VAL_05_108_L A_VAL_05_109_M A_VAL_05_109_L A_VAL_05_110_M A_VAL_05_110_L A_VAL_05_111_M A_VAL_05_111_L A_VAL_05_112_M A_VAL_05_112_L
Meaning Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 5 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 5 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 5 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 5 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 5 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 5 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 7 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 7 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 7 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 7 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 7 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 7 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 9 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 9 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 9 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 9 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 9 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 9 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 11 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 11 (lsb) Query cycle 05-subcycle 03: Requesting 16 values (113-128)
Data type
Def.
BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#64 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#65 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#66 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#67 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#68 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#69 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#6A BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#6B BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#6C BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#6D
FRAME_NO53 A_VAL_05_113_M A_VAL_05_113_L A_VAL_05_114_M A_VAL_05_114_L A_VAL_05_115_M A_VAL_05_115_L A_VAL_05_116_M
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 11 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 11 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 11 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 11 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 13 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 13 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#88 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#6E BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#6F BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#70 BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-82
Connection (parameters) A_VAL_05_116_L A_VAL_05_117_M A_VAL_05_117_L A_VAL_05_118_M A_VAL_05_118_L A_VAL_05_119_M A_VAL_05_119_L A_VAL_05_120_M A_VAL_05_120_L A_VAL_05_121_M A_VAL_05_121_L A_VAL_05_122_M A_VAL_05_122_L A_VAL_05_123_M A_VAL_05_123_L A_VAL_05_124_M A_VAL_05_124_L A_VAL_05_125_M A_VAL_05_125_L A_VAL_05_126_M A_VAL_05_126_L A_VAL_05_127_M A_VAL_05_127_L A_VAL_05_128_M A_VAL_05_128_L
Meaning Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 13 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 13 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 13 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 15 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 15 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 15 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 15 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 15 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 15 (lsb) Address: Thd V1 (msb) Address: Thd V1 (lsb) Address: Thd V2 (msb) Address: Thd V2 (lsb) Address: Thd V3 (msb) Address: Thd V3 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 3 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 3 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 3 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 3 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 3 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 3 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 5 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 5 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 5 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 5 (lsb) Query cycle 05-subcycle 04: Requesting 16 values (129-144)
Data type
Def.
BYTE B#16#71 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#72 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#73 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#74 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#75 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#76 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#77 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#78 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#79 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#7A BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#7B BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#7C BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#7D
FRAME_NO54 A_VAL_05_129_M A_VAL_05_129_L
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 5 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#89 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#7E
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-83
Connection (parameters) A_VAL_05_130_M A_VAL_05_130_L A_VAL_05_131_M A_VAL_05_131_L A_VAL_05_132_M A_VAL_05_132_L A_VAL_05_133_M A_VAL_05_133_L A_VAL_05_134_M A_VAL_05_134_L A_VAL_05_135_M A_VAL_05_135_L A_VAL_05_136_M A_VAL_05_136_L A_VAL_05_137_M A_VAL_05_137_L A_VAL_05_138_M A_VAL_05_138_L A_VAL_05_139_M A_VAL_05_139_L A_VAL_05_140_M A_VAL_05_140_L A_VAL_05_141_M A_VAL_05_141_L A_VAL_05_142_M A_VAL_05_142_L A_VAL_05_143_M A_VAL_05_143_L A_VAL_05_144_M
Meaning Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 7 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 7 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 7 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 7 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 7 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 7 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 9 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 9 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 9 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 9 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 9 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 9 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 11 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 11 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 11 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 11 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 11 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 11 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 13 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 13 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 13 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 13 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 13 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 13 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 15 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 15 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 15 (msb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 15 (lsb) Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 15 (msb)
Data type
Def.
BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#7F BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#80 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#81 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#82 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#83 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#84 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#85 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#86 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#87 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#88 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#89 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#8A BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#8B BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#8C BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-84
Connection (parameters) A_VAL_05_144_L
Meaning Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 15 (lsb) Query cycle 05-subcycle 05: Requesting 16 values (145-160)
Data type
Def.
BYTE B#16#8D
FRAME_NO55 A_VAL_05_145_M A_VAL_05_145_L A_VAL_05_146_M A_VAL_05_146_L A_VAL_05_147_M A_VAL_05_147_L A_VAL_05_148_M A_VAL_05_148_L A_VAL_05_149_M A_VAL_05_149_L A_VAL_05_150_M A_VAL_05_150_L A_VAL_05_151_M A_VAL_05_151_L A_VAL_05_152_M A_VAL_05_152_L A_VAL_05_153_M A_VAL_05_153_L A_VAL_05_154_M A_VAL_05_154_L A_VAL_05_155_M A_VAL_05_155_L A_VAL_05_156_M A_VAL_05_156_L A_VAL_05_157_M A_VAL_05_157_L
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table Address: I system (msb) Address: I system (lsb) Address: U system (msb) Address: U system (lsb) Address: V system (msb) Address: V system (lsb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold (msb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold (lsb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold (msb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8A BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#8E BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#8F BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#90 BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#00 BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#01
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10 Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (lsb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (msb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (lsb) BYTE B#16#02 BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#03
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10 Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (lsb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (msb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (lsb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 duration (msb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 duration (lsb) Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold (msb) Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold (lsb) Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold (msb) Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold (lsb) BYTE B#16#04 BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#05 BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#06 BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#07 BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#08
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10 Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#09
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-85
Connection (parameters) A_VAL_05_158_M A_VAL_05_158_L A_VAL_05_159_M A_VAL_05_159_L A_VAL_05_160_M A_VAL_05_160_L
Meaning Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (msb) Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
Data type
Def.
BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#0A
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10 Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#0B Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (msb) Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (lsb) Query cycle 05-subcycle 06: Requesting 16 values (161-176) BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#0C
FRAME_NO56 A_VAL_05_161_M A_VAL_05_161_L A_VAL_05_162_M A_VAL_05_162_L A_VAL_05_163_M A_VAL_05_163_L A_VAL_05_164_M A_VAL_05_164_L A_VAL_05_165_M A_VAL_05_165_L A_VAL_05_166_M A_VAL_05_166_L A_VAL_05_167_M A_VAL_05_167_L A_VAL_05_168_M A_VAL_05_168_L A_VAL_05_169_M A_VAL_05_169_L A_VAL_05_170_M A_VAL_05_170_L A_VAL_05_171_M
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 duration (msb) Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 duration (lsb) Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold (msb) Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold (lsb) Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold (msb) Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8B BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#0D BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#0E BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#0F
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-86
Connection (parameters) A_VAL_05_171_L A_VAL_05_172_M A_VAL_05_172_L A_VAL_05_173_M A_VAL_05_173_L A_VAL_05_174_M A_VAL_05_174_L A_VAL_05_175_M A_VAL_05_175_L A_VAL_05_176_M A_VAL_05_176_L
Meaning Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (lsb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (msb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
Data type
Def.
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10 Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (lsb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (msb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (lsb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 duration (msb) Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 duration (lsb) Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold (msb) Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold (lsb) Query cycle 05-subcycle 07: Requesting 16 values (177-192) BYTE B#16#19 BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#1A BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#1B BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#1C
FRAME_NO57 A_VAL_05_177_M A_VAL_05_177_L A_VAL_05_178_M A_VAL_05_178_L A_VAL_05_179_M A_VAL_05_179_L A_VAL_05_180_M A_VAL_05_180_L A_VAL_05_181_M A_VAL_05_181_L A_VAL_05_182_M A_VAL_05_182_L A_VAL_05_183_M A_VAL_05_183_L A_VAL_05_184_M A_VAL_05_184_L
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold (msb) Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8C BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#0D
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10 Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (lsb) Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (msb) Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (lsb) BYTE B#16#0E BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#0F
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-87
Connection (parameters) A_VAL_05_185_M A_VAL_05_185_L A_VAL_05_186_M A_VAL_05_186_L A_VAL_05_187_M A_VAL_05_187_L A_VAL_05_188_M A_VAL_05_188_L A_VAL_05_189_M A_VAL_05_189_L A_VAL_05_190_M A_VAL_05_190_L A_VAL_05_191_M A_VAL_05_191_L A_VAL_05_192_M A_VAL_05_192_L
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10 Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (lsb) Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (msb) Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (lsb) Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 duration (msb) Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 duration (lsb) Address: Not used Address: Not used Address: Not used Address: Not used Address: Not used Address: Not used BYTE B#16#17 BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#18 BYTE B#16#10 BYTE B#16#19 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0 BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-88
3.16 DIRIS_DA: Measured values for measuring device DIRIS A40

Description of DIRIS_DA Object name (Type + Number) DB 13 Function This block is used by the function block DIRISA40 (FB 547) which is used for communicating with the multifunctional performance measuring device Diris A40 by Socomec. This measuring device records a.o. voltages, currents and power. The communication takes place such that the function block transmits a parameter set for specific measured values to the measuring device, with the measuring device then returning the corresponding measured values. For its correct functioning, the function block requires three data blocks, of which one contains the parameters, one contains the calibration values, and the other the measured values transmitted. The measured value data block is normally DB 13 (DIRIS_DA) and contains the receiving and calibrated measured values. The receiving values are multiplied by the corresponding calibration value from DB14. Currents are additionally multiplied by the transmission ratio RATIO_I, voltages are multiplied by RATIO_U and power with RATIO_I and RATIO_U. Connections of DIRIS_DA Connection (parameters) Meaning Reception cycle 01: Receiving 16 values (1-16) PHASE_1_I PHASE_2_I PHASE_3_I NEUTRAL_I PH_TO_PH_U12 PH_TO_PH_U23 PH_TO_PH_U31 PH_TO_N_PH1 PH_TO_N_PH2 PH_TO_N_PH3 FREQ Current phase 1 (A) Current phase 2 (A) Current phase 3 (A) Current neutral conductor (A) Line-to-line voltage U12 (V) Line-to-line voltage U23 (V) Line-to-line voltage U31 (V) Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 1 (V) Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 2 (V) Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 3 (V) Frequency (Hz) REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 Data type Def.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-89
Connection (parameters) ACT_POWER REACT_POWER APPARENT_POWER POWER_FAC_LC MAX_VAL_I1
Meaning effective power (kW) reactive power (kvar) apparent power (kVA) power factor L/C I1 maximum (A) Reception cycle 02: Receiving 16 values (17-32)
Data type
Def.
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
MAX_VAL_I2 MAX_VAL_I3 MAX_ACT_POW_P MAX_ACT_POW_M
I2 maximum (A) I3 maximum (A) Max. value effective power + (kW) Max. value effective power - (kW)
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
MAX_REACT_POW_P Max. value reactive power + (kvar) MAX_REACT_POW_M Max. value reactive power - (kvar) MAX_APPAR_POW ACT_EN_P_LESS ACT_EN_P_MORE REACT_EN_P_LESS REACT_EN_P_MORE APPAR_EN_P_LESS APPAR_EN_P_MORE ACT_POW_PH1 ACT_POW_PH2 ACT_POW_PH3 Max. value apparent power (kVA) Active energy + <10000 (kWh) Active energy + >10000 (kWh) Reactive energy + <10000 (kvarh) Reactive energy + >10000 (kvarh) Apparent energy + <10000 (kVAh) Apparent energy + >10000 (kVAh) Effective power phase 1 (kW) Effective power phase 2 (kW) Effective power phase 3 (kW) Reception cycle 03: Receiving 16 values (33-48) REACT_POW_PH1 REACT_POW_PH2 REACT_POW_PH3 APPAR_POW_PH1 APPAR_POW_PH2 APPAR_POW_PH3 Reactive power phase 1 (kvar) Reactive power phase 2 (kvar) Reactive power phase 3 (kvar) Apparent power phase 1 (kVA) Apparent power phase 2 (kVA) Apparent power phase 3 (kVA)
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-90
Connection (parameters) POW_FAC_PH1 POW_FAC_PH2 POW_FAC_PH3 AVG_VAL_I1 AVG_VAL_I2 AVG_VAL_I3 AVG_ACT_POW_P AVG_ACT_POW_M
Meaning Power factor phase 1 Power factor phase 2 Power factor phase 3 I1 average (A) I2 average (A) I3 average (A) Average value effective power + (kW) Average value effective power - (kW)
Data type
Def.
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
AVG_REACT_POW_P Average value reactive power + (kvar) AVG_REACT_POW_M Average value reactive power - (kvar) Reception cycle 04: Receiving 16 values (49-64) AVG_APPAR_POW ACT_EN_M_LESS ACT_EN_M_MORE REACT_EN_M_LESS Average value apparent power (kVA) Active energy - <10000 (kWh) Active energy - >10000 (kWh) Reactive energy - <10000 (kvarh)
REACT_EN_M_MORE Reactive energy - >10000 (kvarh) IN_PU_M1_LESS IN_PU_M1_MORE IN_PU_M2_LESS IN_PU_M2_MORE IN_PU_M3_LESS IN_PU_M3_MORE IN_PU_M4_LESS IN_PU_M4_MORE STAT_IN HOUR_M_LESS HOUR_M_MORE Pulse counter input 1 <10000 Pulse counter input 1 >10000 Pulse counter input 2 <10000 Pulse counter input 2 >10000 Pulse counter input 3 <10000 Pulse counter input 3 >10000 Pulse counter input 4 <10000 Pulse counter input 4 >10000 Status of inputs 1,2,3,4 Hour counter <10000 (h) Hour counter >10000 (h) Reception cycle 05, subcycle 00: Receiving 16 values (65-80) THD_I1 Thd I1 (%)
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-91
Connection (parameters) THD_I2 THD_I3 THD_IN HAR_I1_R3 HAR_I2_R3 HAR_I3_R3 HAR_IN_R3 HAR_I1_R5 HAR_I2_R5 HAR_I3_R5 HAR_IN_R5 HAR_I1_R7 HAR_I2_R7 HAR_I3_R7 HAR_IN_R7
Meaning Thd I2 (%) Thd I3 (%) Thd In (%) Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 3 (%) Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 3 (%) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 3 (%) Harmonic oscillation IN rank 3 (%) Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 5 (%) Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 5 (%) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 5 (%) Harmonic oscillation IN rank 5 (%) Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 7 (%) Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 7 (%) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 7 (%) Harmonic oscillation IN rank 7 (%) Reception cycle 05, subcycle 01: Receiving 16 values (81-96)
Data type
Def.
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
HAR_I1_R9 HAR_I2_R9 HAR_I3_R9 HAR_IN_R9 HAR_I1_R11 HAR_I2_R11 HAR_I3_R11 HAR_IN_R11 HAR_I1_R13 HAR_I2_R13 HAR_I3_R13 HAR_IN_R13 HAR_I1_R15
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 9 (%) Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 9 (%) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 9 (%) Harmonic oscillation IN rank 9 (%) Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 11 (%) Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 11 (%) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 11 (%) Harmonic oscillation IN rank 11 (%) Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 13 (%) Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 13 (%) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 13 (%) Harmonic oscillation IN rank 13 (%) Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-92
Connection (parameters) HAR_I2_R15 HAR_I3_R15 HAR_IN_R15
Meaning Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 15 (%) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 15 (%) Harmonic oscillation IN rank 15 (%) Reception cycle 05, subcycle 02: Receiving 16 values (97-112)
Data type
Def.
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
THD_U12 THD_U23 THD_U31 HAR_U12_R3 HAR_U23_R3 HAR_U31_R3 HAR_U12_R5 HAR_U23_R5 HAR_U31_R5 HAR_U12_R7 HAR_U23_R7 HAR_U31_R7 HAR_U12_R9 HAR_U23_R9 HAR_U31_R9 HAR_U12_R11
Thd U12 (%) Thd U23 (%) Thd U31 (%) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 3 (%) Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 3 (%) Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 3 (%) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 5 (%) Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 5 (%) Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 5 (%) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 7 (%) Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 7 (%) Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 7 (%) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 9 (%) Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 9 (%) Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 9 (%) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 11 (%) Reception cycle 05, subcycle 03: Receiving 16 values (113-128)
HAR_U23_R11 HAR_U31_R11 HAR_U12_R13 HAR_U23_R13 HAR_U31_R13 HAR_U12_R15 HAR_U23_R15
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 11 (%) Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 11 (%) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 13 (%) Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 13 (%) Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 13 (%) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 15 (%) Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-93
Connection (parameters) HAR_U31_R15 THD_V1 THD_V2 THD_V3 HAR_V1_R3 HAR_V2_R3 HAR_V3_R3 HAR_V1_R5 HAR_V2_R5
Meaning Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 15 (%) Thd V1 (%) Thd V2 (%) Thd V3 (%) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 3 (%) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 3 (%) Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 3 (%) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 5 (%) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 5 (%) Reception cycle 05, subcycle 04: Receiving 16 values (129-144)
Data type
Def.
REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0 REAL 0.0
HAR_V3_R5 HAR_V1_R7 HAR_V2_R7 HAR_V3_R7 HAR_V1_R9 HAR_V2_R9 HAR_V3_R9 HAR_V1_R11 HAR_V2_R11 HAR_V3_R11 HAR_V1_R13 HAR_V2_R13 HAR_V3_R13 HAR_V1_R15 HAR_V2_R15 HAR_V3_R15
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 5 (%) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 7 (%) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 7 (%) Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 7 (%) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 9 (%) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 9 (%) Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 9 (%) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 11 (%) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 11 (%) Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 11 (%) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 13 (%) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 13 (%) Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 13 (%) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 15 (%) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 15 (%) Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 15 (%) Reception cycle 05, subcycle 05: Receiving 16 values (145-160)
I_SYSTEM
I system (A)
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-94
Connection (parameters) U_SYSTEM V_SYSTEM AL1_OUT1_LO_THD AL1_OUT1_UP_THD AL1_OUT1_LO_MSB AL1_OUT1_LO_LSB AL1_OUT1_UP_MSB AL1_OUT1_UP_LSB AL1_OUT1_DUR AL2_OUT1_LO_THD AL2_OUT1_UP_THD AL2_OUT1_LO_MSB AL2_OUT1_LO_LSB AL2_OUT1_UP_MSB AL2_OUT1_UP_LSB
Meaning U system (V) V system (V) Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB Alarm1 OUT 1 duration Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB Reception cycle 05, subcycle 06: Receiving 16 values (161-176)
Data type
Def.
AL2_OUT1_DUR AL3_OUT1_LO_THD AL3_OUT1_UP_THD AL3_OUT1_LO_MSB AL3_OUT1_LO_LSB AL3_OUT1_UP_MSB AL3_OUT1_UP_LSB AL3_OUT1_DUR AL1_OUT2_LO_THD AL1_OUT2_UP_THD AL1_OUT2_LO_MSB AL1_OUT2_LO_LSB AL1_OUT2_UP_MSB
Alarm2 OUT 1 duration Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB Alarm3 OUT 1 duration Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-95
Connection (parameters) AL1_OUT2_UP_LSB AL1_OUT2_DUR AL2_OUT2_LO_THD
Meaning Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB Alarm1 OUT 2 duration Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold Reception cycle 05, subcycle 07: Receiving 16 values (177-192)
Data type
Def.
AL2_OUT2_UP_THD AL2_OUT2_LO_MSB AL2_OUT2_LO_LSB AL2_OUT2_UP_MSB AL2_OUT2_UP_LSB AL2_OUT2_DUR AL3_OUT2_LO_THD AL3_OUT2_UP_THD AL3_OUT2_LO_MSB AL3_OUT2_LO_LSB AL3_OUT2_UP_MSB AL3_OUT2_UP_LSB AL3_OUT2_DUR SPARE190 SPARE191 SPARE192
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB Alarm2 OUT 2 duration Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB Alarm3 OUT 2 duration Not used Not used Not used
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-96
3.17 DIRIS_CA: Calibration values for measuring device DIRIS A40

Description of DIRIS_CA Object name (Type + Number) DB 14 Function This block is used by the function block DIRISA40 (FB 547) which is used for communicating with the multifunctional performance measuring device Diris A40 by Socomec. This measuring device records a.o. voltages, currents and power. The communication takes place such that the function block transmits a parameter set for specific measured values to the measuring device, with the measuring device then returning the corresponding measured values. For its correct functioning, the function block requires three data blocks, of which one contains the parameters, one contains the calibration values, and the other the measured values transmitted. The calibration values data block is normally DB 14 (DIRIS_CA) which contains the calibration values. Connections of DIRIS_CA Connection (parameters) Meaning Reception cycle 01: Calibrating 16 values (1-16) A_CAL_01_001 A_CAL_01_002 A_CAL_01_003 A_CAL_01_004 A_CAL_01_005 A_CAL_01_006 A_CAL_01_007 A_CAL_01_008 A_CAL_01_009 A_CAL_01_010 A_CAL_01_011 A_CAL_01_012 A_CAL_01_013 Current phase 1 (mA -> A) Current phase 2 (mA -> A) Current phase 3 (mA -> A) Current neutral conductor (mA -> A) Line-to-line voltage U12 (V/10 -> V) Line-to-line voltage U23 (V/10 -> V) Line-to-line voltage U31 (V/10 -> V) Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 1 (V/10 -> V) Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 2 (V/10 -> V) Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 3 (V/10 -> V) Frequency (Hz/100 -> Hz) effective power (kW/10 -> kW) reactive power (kvar/10 -> kvar) REAL 0.001 REAL 0.001 REAL 0.001 REAL 0.001 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.01 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 Data type Def.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-97
Connection (parameters) A_CAL_01_014 A_CAL_01_015 A_CAL_01_016
Meaning apparent power (kVA/10 -> kVA) power factor L/C (1/1000 -> 1) I1 maximum (mA -> A) Reception cycle 02: Calibrating 16 values (17-32)
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_02_017 A_CAL_02_018 A_CAL_02_019 A_CAL_02_020 A_CAL_02_021 A_CAL_02_022 A_CAL_02_023 A_CAL_02_024 A_CAL_02_025 A_CAL_02_026 A_CAL_02_027 A_CAL_02_028 A_CAL_02_029 A_CAL_02_030 A_CAL_02_031 A_CAL_02_032
I2 maximum (mA -> A) I3 maximum (mA -> A) Max. value effective power + (kW/100 -> kW) Max. value effective power - (kW/100 -> kW) Max. value reactive power + (kvar/100 -> kvar) Max. value reactive power - (kvar/100 -> kvar) Max. value apparent power - (kVA/100 -> kVA) Active energy + <10000 (kWh) Active energy + >10000 (kWh) Reactive energy + <10000 (kvarh) Reactive energy + >10000 (kvarh) Apparent energy + <10000 (kVAh) Apparent energy + >10000 (kVAh) Effective power phase 1 (kW/10 -> kW) Effective power phase 2 (kW/10 -> kW) Effective power phase 3 (kW/10 -> kW) Reception cycle 03: Calibrating 16 values (33-48)
A_CAL_03_033 A_CAL_03_034 A_CAL_03_035 A_CAL_03_036 A_CAL_03_037 A_CAL_03_038 A_CAL_03_039 A_CAL_03_040
Reactive power phase 1 (kvar/10 -> kvar) Reactive power phase 2 (kvar/10 -> kvar) Reactive power phase 3 (kvar/10 -> kvar) Apparent power phase 1 (kVA/10 -> kVA) Apparent power phase 2 (kVA/10 -> kVA) Apparent power phase 3 (kVA/10 -> kVA) Power factor phase 1 (1/1000 -> 1) Power factor phase 2 (1/1000 -> 1)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-98
Connection (parameters) A_CAL_03_041 A_CAL_03_042 A_CAL_03_043 A_CAL_03_044 A_CAL_03_045 A_CAL_03_046 A_CAL_03_047 A_CAL_03_048
Meaning Power factor phase 3 (1/1000 -> 1) I1 average (mA -> A) I2 average (mA -> A) I3 average (mA -> A) Average value effective power + (kW/100 -> kW) Average value effective power - (kW/100 -> kW) Average value reactive power + (kvar/100 -> kvar) Average value reactive power - (kvar/100 -> kvar) Reception cycle 04: Calibrating 16 values (49-64)
Data type
Def.
Average value apparent power (kVA/100 -> kVA) Active energy - <10000 (kWh) Active energy - >10000 (kWh) Reactive energy - <10000 (kvarh) Reactive energy - >10000 (kvarh) Pulse counter input 1 <10000 Pulse counter input 1 >10000 Pulse counter input 2 <10000 Pulse counter input 2 >10000 Pulse counter input 3 <10000 Pulse counter input 3 >10000 Pulse counter input 4 <10000 Pulse counter input 4 >10000 Status of inputs 1,2,3,4 Hour counter <10000 (H/100) Hour counter >10000 (H/100) Reception cycle 05, subcycle 00: Calibrating 16 values (65-80)
A_CAL_05_065 A_CAL_05_066 A_CAL_05_067
Thd I1 (%/10 -> %) Thd I2 (%/10 -> %) Thd I3 (%/10 -> %)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-99
Connection (parameters) A_CAL_05_068 A_CAL_05_069 A_CAL_05_070 A_CAL_05_071 A_CAL_05_072 A_CAL_05_073 A_CAL_05_074 A_CAL_05_075 A_CAL_05_076 A_CAL_05_077 A_CAL_05_078 A_CAL_05_079 A_CAL_05_080
Meaning Thd In (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 3 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 3 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 3 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation IN rank 3 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 5 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 5 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 5 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation IN rank 5 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 7 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 7 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 7 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation IN rank 7 (%/10 -> %) Reception cycle 05, subcycle 01: Calibrating 16 values (81-96)
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_05_081 A_CAL_05_082 A_CAL_05_083 A_CAL_05_084 A_CAL_05_085 A_CAL_05_086 A_CAL_05_087 A_CAL_05_088 A_CAL_05_089 A_CAL_05_090 A_CAL_05_091 A_CAL_05_092 A_CAL_05_093 A_CAL_05_094 A_CAL_05_095
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 9 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 9 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 9 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation IN rank 9 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 11 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 11 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 11 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation IN rank 11 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 13 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 13 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 13 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation IN rank 13 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 15 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 15 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-100
Connection (parameters) A_CAL_05_096
Meaning Harmonic oscillation IN rank 15 (%/10 -> %) Reception cycle 05, subcycle 02: Calibrating 16 values (97-112)
Data type
Def.
REAL 0.1
Thd U12 (%/10 -> %) Thd U23 (%/10 -> %) Thd U31 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 3 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 3 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 3 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 5 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 5 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 5 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 7 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 7 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 7 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 9 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 9 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 9 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 11 (%/10 -> %) Reception cycle 05, subcycle 03: Calibrating 16 values (113-128)
A_CAL_05_113 A_CAL_05_114 A_CAL_05_115 A_CAL_05_116 A_CAL_05_117 A_CAL_05_118 A_CAL_05_119 A_CAL_05_120 A_CAL_05_121
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 11 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 11 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 13 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 13 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 13 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 15 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 15 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 15 (%/10 -> %) Thd V1 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-101
Connection (parameters) A_CAL_05_122 A_CAL_05_123 A_CAL_05_124 A_CAL_05_125 A_CAL_05_126 A_CAL_05_127 A_CAL_05_128
Meaning Thd V2 (%/10 -> %) Thd V3 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 3 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 3 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 3 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 5 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 5 (%/10 -> %) Reception cycle 05, subcycle 04: Calibrating 16 values (129-144)
Data type
Def.
REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1 REAL 0.1
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 5 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 7 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 7 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 7 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 9 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 9 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 9 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 11 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 11 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 11 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 13 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 13 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 13 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 15 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 15 (%/10 -> %) Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-102
Meaning Reception cycle 05, subcycle 05: Calibrating 16 values (145-160)
Data type
Def.
I system (mA -> A) U system (V/100 -> V) V system (V/100 -> V) Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB Alarm1 OUT 1 duration Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB Reception cycle 05, subcycle 06: Calibrating 16 values (161-176)
A_CAL_05_161 A_CAL_05_162 A_CAL_05_163 A_CAL_05_164 A_CAL_05_165 A_CAL_05_166 A_CAL_05_167 A_CAL_05_168 A_CAL_05_169 A_CAL_05_170
Alarm2 OUT 1 duration Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB Alarm3 OUT 1 duration Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold
REAL 1.0 REAL 1.0 REAL 10 REAL 1.0 REAL 1.0 REAL 1.0 REAL 1.0 REAL 1.0 REAL 1.0 REAL 1.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-103
Connection (parameters) A_CAL_05_171 A_CAL_05_172 A_CAL_05_173 A_CAL_05_174 A_CAL_05_175 A_CAL_05_176
Meaning Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB Alarm1 OUT 2 duration Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold Reception cycle 05, subcycle 07: Calibrating 16 values (177-192)
Data type
Def.
REAL 1.0 REAL 1.0 REAL 1.0 REAL 1.0 REAL 1.0 REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_017 A_CAL_05_018 A_CAL_05_019 A_CAL_05_020 A_CAL_05_021 A_CAL_05_022 A_CAL_05_023 A_CAL_05_024
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB Alarm2 OUT 2 duration Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-104
3.18 General block POLCID: General control of the drives

Description of POLCID Object name (Type + Number) FB 510 Calling OBs The OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 1). This may be a time interrupt OB or OB1. Additionally in the OB40, OB 80 (see time error), OB82, OB86, OB 100 (see starting characteristics), OB101 and OB102. Function The block monitors the communication with the superordinate master control system and deactivates all drives after communication fails. In addition, it can monitor the function of the I/O system and, in the event of any failure, also deactivate the drives. On the other hand, it registers all calls from relevant error OBs and sets corresponding bits in DB_SYS. These bits are evaluated by other blocks. In this way, only the POLCID block needs to be called in the error OBs. Note In a POLCID project, a POLCID block must be installed.
Operating principle The inputs TOGGLIN1 and TOGGLIN2 are cyclically set and reset by the master control system (normally WinCC-Server). The block checks whether the input changes. Optionally, the input WREC1 and WREC2 can be used for monitoring. It is monitored by the block for any changes. If no further change is detected in TOGGLIN1, TOGGLIN2, WREC1 and WREC2, then all drives will be deactivated on expiry of an adjustable waiting time TIMEOUT. The block is designed for co-operation with a redundant WinCC server pair. Here, the master server sets the inputs TOGGLIN1 and WREC1, and the standby server sets the inputs TOGGLIN2 and WREC2. The outputs ERR1 and ERR2 indicate when communication monitoring has been triggered. Here, ERR1 indicates the failure of the communication to the master server and ERR2 the failure of the communication to the standby server. The output CYCLE is set as long as the drives are activated. If the drives should be deactivated by e.g. communication failure, then CYCLE is reset. In the outputs ACT1 and ACT2, the waiting time is indicated which remains after communication failure to the master server (ACT1) and standby server (ACT2) until the drives are deactivated. The drives are deactivated only if the communication to both servers has failed. In addition, the function of the I/O system is monitored via the input IO_RUN. Even when IO_RUN is reset, the drives are deactivated.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-105
By means of the input FORCE the communication monitoring to the master control system can be deactivated. If FORCE is set, then a failure of the communication monitoring no longer leads to a deactivation of the drives. The inlet TEST_MODE switches all drives to a test operation mode. These can then be operated without any external circuits and simulate operating feedback messages and other things on an internal basis. This function is used for testing a program without any I/O hardware. Using GRESET the faults of all blocks can be reset. A POLCID PCS7 block will only be released after the faults have been acknowledged. These faults will normally be acknowledged via the master control system. Using GRESET all faults can be reset without acknowledgement by the master control system. The input C_ALARM_EROP enables the alarms for malfunction (EROP) in all blocks. With C_ALARM_EROP = 0 the malfunction is not alarmed. The input C_ALARM_GROC_MDA suppresses the alarms "Mode n not available" of the GROC block. In the case C_ALARM_EROP = 0 these faults are not alarmed.
Fig. 2:
POLCID block
Starting characteristics When the CPU starts up, all times and internal state flags of the POLCID block are reset. To this end, the block must be called up also in the starting OB. In the case of the CFC configuration this is done automatically. In the case of a simple STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error The block must also be installed in the time error OB. During CFC configuration this is done automatically, only in the case of STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-106
Connections of POLCID Connection (parameters) FORCE IO_RUN TEST_MODE GRESET C_ALARM_EROP Meaning Bridging communication monitoring E/A system in operation Drives in test operation General alarm acknowledgement EROP alarm suppression Data type Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I B Q Q
C_ALARM_GROC_MDA MDA alarm suppression TOGGLEIN1 Alternating signal communication master server Alternating signal communication standby server Alternating signal communication master server Alternating signal communication standby server
TOGGLEIN2
BOOL 0
WREC1
INT
WREC2
INT
TIMEOUT GRESET ERR1 ERR2 CYCL TOGGLOUT
Communication monitoring REAL 20.0 I time Resetting the fault of all blocks Communication failure master server Communication failure standby server Drives activated (cycle running) Alternating signal for monitoring communication to server BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 IO O O O O BQ Q Q Q BQ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-107
Connection (parameters) WSND
Meaning Alternating signal for monitoring communication to server Current communication monitoring time Current communication monitoring time
Data type INT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 O BQ
ACT1 ACT2
BOOL 0 BOOL 0
O O
Q Q
Operation and observation of POLCID The POLCID block does not have any block symbol and no faceplate either. It generates exclusively tags in the WinCC data pool. These can then be used in order to represent and animate symbols in the plant displays. Also, it is necessary to install a function in WinCC which changes cyclically the inputs TOGGLlN1 and TOGGLIN2 or WREC of the POLCID block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-108
3.19 General block TIME_GEN: Time base generator

Description of TIME_GEN Object name (Type + Number) FB 513 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB, into which the block is installed. The block must be installed mandatorily into a time interrupt OB. Function The block generates a time base by means of which all other POLCID blocks make their internal time monitoring. Note In a POLCID project, a TIME_GEN block must be installed.
Operating principle Via the input SAMPLE_T, the cycle time of the calling time interrupt OB is communicated to the block. By means of this cycle time, the block determines the difference between two calls. Using this difference time, the output SYS_TIME is incremented. Using this output, the system time is incremented in seconds. If the output reaches the value 999999 seconds, it is reset to zero. In addition, the system time of the CPU is read out. As the CPU contains the system time in GMT (General Mean Time of Greenwich, Great Britain), the inputs SUTI (selection whether it is now summer time =1 or winter time =0) and ZONE (time difference in hours in relation to GMT) are required in order to indicate the local time. In addition, the value of SYS_TIME is written into the same name input of the DB_SYS. The system time is also written into the DB_SYS, in the inputs DAT_TIM and ADATE. There, it is read by all blocks which use this value.
Fig. 3:
TIME_GEN block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-109
Connections of TIME_GEN Connection Meaning (parameters) SAMPLE_T SUTI ZONE SYS_TIME Opening time of time interrupt OB Selection for summer time Time difference to GMT System time output Data type Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I O Q >0 >0
REAL 1.0 BOOL 0 INT -1
REAL 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-110
3.20 General block GLO_R_OB: Global-Reset generation

Description of GLO_R_OB Object name (Type + Number) FB 511 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB, into which the block is installed. Function The block detects that a general alarm acknowledgement has been set and generates a signal acknowledgement with the same length as the time interrupt OB cycle, into which the block has been installed. In addition, it treats the time error and start-up bits from DB_SYS in the same way. Operating principle The block determines in which time interrupt OB it is called. It then reads the associated parameter from DB_SYS, C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB3n. If it is called e.g. in OB35, then it reads the parameter C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB35. If this is set, then the block sets the parameter GLOBAL_RESET_OB35 for exactly one cycle. The parameter C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB35 is reset immediately. All POLCID blocks located in OB35 read the parameter GLOBAL_RESET_OB35 from DB_SYS and thus reset their own faults. In DB_SYS there are also corresponding bits for calling OB80 (time fault), OB100 (warm start), OB101 (restart) and OB102 (cold start). These bits are structured in the same way and are treated in the same way as the bits for the GLOBAL_RESET. Note In each time interrupt OB or in OB1, in which POLCID blocks are installed, there must also be a GLO_R_OB block. Otherwise the superordinate alarm acknowledgement and the fault evaluation of the blocks do not function.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-111
Fig. 4:
GLO_R_OB block
Connections of GLO_R_OB Connection Meaning (parameters) GRESET Data type Def. Type O Attr. Q O&O Perm. values
General alarm BOOL 0 acknowledgement signal
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-112
3.21 General block CYC_BEG: Start cycle time measurement

Description of CYC_BEG
Object name (Type + Number) FB 517 Calling OBs The OB, into which the block is installed. This block can be operated in all possible OBs Function This block is the start of a cycle time measurement. It requires the block CYC_END, in order to function. Operating principle In conjunction with the block CYC_END, the difference time between the call of the block CYC_BEG and the call of the block CYC_END is determined. This block reads the system time of the PLC and provides the same as a value in the format DINT at the output OTIM.
Fig. 5:
CYC_BEG block
Connections of CYC_BEG Connection Meaning (parameters) OTIM System time Data type Def. DINT 0 Type O Attr. Q O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-113
3.22 General block CYC_END: Stop cycle time measurement

Description of CYC_END Object name (Type + Number) FB 518 Calling OBs The OB, into which the block is installed. This block can be operated in all possible OBs Function This block is the end of a cycle time measurement. It requires the block CYC_BEG, in order to function. Operating principle In conjunction with the block CYC_BEG, the difference time between the call of the block CYC_BEG and the call of the block CYC_END can be determined. This block receives the system time linked as DINT value at the input ITIM (normally from the OTIM output of a CYC_BEG block). This block reads the system time of the PLC and, with the time ITM read in, determines the difference between calling CYC_BEG and CYC_END. As outputs, the current cycle time, as well as minimum, maximum and average cycle times are made available. By means of an R input the minimum, maximum and average values can be reset.
Fig. 6:
CYC_END block
Connections of CYC_END Connection Meaning (parameters) ITIM R System time start Resetting stored values Data type Def. DINT BOOL 0 0 Type I I Attr. Q Q O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-114
Connection Meaning (parameters) ACT_TIM MIN_TIM AVE_TIM MAX_TIM
Data type Def. 0 0 0 0
Type O O O O
Attr. Q Q Q Q
O&O
Perm. values
Current INT cycle time Minimum INT cycle time Average INT cycle time Maximum INT cycle time
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-115
3.23 General drive control UNID: setting drive

Description of UNID Object name (Type + Number) FB 501 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive with a control signal (on/off). The operation feedback of the drive is monitored and must be connected as a digital signal to the input of the block. Operating principle A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time TIME1 at the start of the drive in seconds states in which time the check-back signal RCR1 and the rotary monitoring signal must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping after which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-116
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signal is pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag RESET CLEROP AVAIL Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP : : : : -PMI1 -CVON/PMI1_&RESET (STA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA -CVON/CLEROP (STA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA -CVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM -CVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&STOP -CVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL -CVON/-RCR1/-ILC1 := := := -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1
: : : : : :
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-117
S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF
: : : : : : := : :
-OLPT -CVON/OLPT_&RESET -AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO -CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT/LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO -CVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&AVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL) -CLEROP
: : : : : : := := := :=
STA1_&ILC1 -CVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1 -OPS1 PWON OSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&CVON EROP -OSG1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-118
Block view
Fig. 7:
UNID block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-119
Message actions The block UNID internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload protection (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameters 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 EROP EROL ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-120
Connections of UNID Connection Meaning (parameters) STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 PMI1 SPCL LEMO CSF LST1 LSP1 SWRE ESST SWLO RLSA TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR EV_SIG1 EV_SIG2 Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine availability Check-back signal Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Control system error Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 5.0 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO M BQ B B B + + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ + >0 +
DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT 0 0 0 0 1 2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-121
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV_SIG3 EV_SIG4 EV_SIG5 EV_SIG6 EV_SIG7 EV_SIG8 PWON OSG1 SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST ACT1 PW DW SW Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Run command for drive Operating message Start enabling Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0
Operation and observation of UNID See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-122
PW, DW and SW of UNID The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > UNID < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 SSTP SWRE SST1 LSP1 SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 ERRC PMI1 ERPI EREO ETIM STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 EROL ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-123
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
CSF
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block UNID does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-124
3.24 General drive control REVD: Reversible drive

Description of REVD Object name (Type + Number) FB 503 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive by means of a control signal (on/off) and two activation signals for both directions of the drive. The operating feedback messages of the drive are monitored and must be connected as digital signals at the input of the block. Operating principle A valid starting command exists if the signals STA1, ILC1, AVBL, OLPT, LEMO, PMI1 or STA2, ILC2, AVBL, OLPT, LEMO, PMI2 have been set and the stopping command STOP has been reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set and the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is being reset while the run command 'PWON' is active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. Via the parameter PSEN it can be defined, that in the case of pending checkback signal the output signals SEN1/2 are not reset. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-125
After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-126
Auxiliary flag GO1 GO2 RUN1 RUN2 RESET PMNOT CLEROP AVAIL RUNSTP Data word S ERPI C ERPI : : PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_& ILC1_&(RUN1/STA1)_&RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/STA2_&-RUN1_&GO1) -CVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/-PMNOT _&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/ PMI2_&-GO1)) PWON_&AVAIL_&STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-STA1_& SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-STA2_&SEN2))_&SPCL -CVON/CLEROP PWON_&AVAIL_&STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-STA1_& SEN1)_&-RCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/STA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2) -CVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERPI/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM -CVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI_&RESET (RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA_&STOP/ ERSP/-PMNOT_&ERPI (-CVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI) SEN1_&RCR1_&SPCL -ILC1/-CVON/EROP/-RCR1 SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL -ILC2/-CVON/EROP/-RCR2 := := := := := := := := := STA1_&ILC1 STA2_&ILC2 SEN1/OSG1 SEN2/OSG2 -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) -PMI1_&-PMI2 EROP_&ERES AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO CVON/EROP/STOP
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S OPS2 C OPS2
: : : : : : : :
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-127
S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 OPL2 S ETIM C ETIM
: : : : : : := := : :
-OLPT -CVON/OLPT_&RESET -AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO -CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET -LEMO -CVON/LEMO_&RESET -PWON_&-OPS1_&RCR1_&OLPT_&AVBL -PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&OLPT_&AVBL LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL))) CLEROP
Status word OSG1 OSG2 S SEN1 C SEN1 S SEN2 C SEN2 EMOF DAVB EROR S PWON C PWON DOFF := := : : : : := := := : : := OPS1 OPS2 GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2 RUNSTP/NOTA/ILC1/OSG1_&PSEN GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1 RUNSTP/NOTA/ILC2/OSG2_&PSEN EREO CVON_&-NOTA EROP SEN1/SEN2 RUNSTP/NOTA/(RUN1_&ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2) -OSG1_&-OSG2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-128
Block view
Fig. 8:
REVD block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU start-up. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-129
The block REVD internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload protection (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1/2) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1/2) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameters 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 EROP EROL ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-130
Connections of REVD Connection Meaning (parameters) STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2 SPCL LEMO CSF LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP1 SWRE ESST Start drive in direction 1 Start drive in direction 2 Process-technological interlock, direction 1 Process-technological interlock, direction 2 Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine availability Check-back signal for direction 1 Check-back signal for direction 2 Machine protection interlock for direction 1 Machine protection interlock for direction 2 Speed monitor Local emergency off Control system error Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2 Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-131
Connection Meaning (parameters) PSEN SWLO RLSA TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID LSER SST1 SST2 SSTP SUPR EV_SIG1 EV_SIG2 EV_SIG3 EV_SIG4 EV_SIG5 EV_SIG6 EV_SIG7 EV_SIG8 SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF Selection of permanent SEN1 and SEN2 Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID Enabling of local operation Single start for direction 1 Single start for direction 2 Single stop Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Enabling start for direction 1 Enabling start for direction 2 Operating message for direction 1 Operating message for direction 2 Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Run command for drive Drive is off
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 1 0 1 5.0 3 I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q M BQ B B B B + + + + + Q Q BQ + >0
DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-132
Connection Meaning (parameters) SWST ACT1 PW DW SW Start start-up warning Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type BOOL REAL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0.0 O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q + + + +
Operation and observation of REVD See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVD The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > REVD < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2 SPCL ERPI EREO ETIM OPL1 OPL2 EROL ERMS ERSP Parameter word STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA Status word SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-133
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
LEMO LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SST1 SST2 SSTP SWRE CSF ERRC
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block REVD does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-134
3.25 General drive control RVDL: reversible drive with limit switches
Description of REVD Object name (Type + Number) FB 504 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive with limit switches by means of two activation signals for both directions of the drive. The operating feedback messages and limit switches of the drive must be connected as digital signals at the input of the block. The travel time of the drive is monitored until the limit switch is reached. Operating principle If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-135
After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can then be started. The parameter SWLO is used to select whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration when evaluating the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag GO1 GO2 NOSEN RESET CLEROP CLERPS LSWALL LSWPOS AVAIL := := := := := := := := := STA1_&ILC1 STA2_&ILC2 -(SEN1/SEN2) NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES ERPS_&ERES LSW1_&LSW2 -LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2 _&SEN1_&-OSG1 AVBL_&OLPT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-136
Data word S ERPS C ERPS : : (LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/ (LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(STA2/AVAIL _&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_& (STA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/( (LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&STA1_&ILC1 /SEN2_&-STA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM -CVON/-LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET (-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_& (-PMI1_&LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/-SEN2 _&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&LSW2_&GO2_& (SEN2/-SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1)) -CVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS_&(PMI1/PMI2)/ PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1) /PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2)) _&RESET AVAIL_&-ERPI_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_& GO1_&-RCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_& GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2) -CVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERPI/ERPS/ERRC -CVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI_&-ERPS_&RESET ((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&-LSW2) _&NOTA)/(ERPS/ERRC_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2)) -CVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS) GO1_&SEN1_&RCR1 -CVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2 -CVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA -OLPT -CVON/OLPT_&RESET -AVBL_&OLPT -CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT)_&RESET LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2)) -CVON/RESET LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS) -CVON/LSWALL/-LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2/OSG2/ERPS_&LSW1) LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS) -CVON/LSWALL/-LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1/OSG1/ERPS_&LSW2) -SEN1_&-OPS1_&RCR1 -SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S OPS2 C OPS2 S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S ETIM C ETIM S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 OPL1 OPL2
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := :=
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-137
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1 S SEN2 C SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 DAVB EROR : : : : := := := := Block view GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2 -CVON/-GO1/NOTA/LSW1/EROP GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1 -CVON/-GO2/NOTA/LSW2/EROP OPS1 OPS2 CVON_&-NOTA EROP
Fig. 9:
REVL block
Starting characteristics
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-138
During the CPU start-up the RVDL block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload protection (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Machine protection (PMI1/2) Position monitoring (ERPS) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1/2) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 EROP EROL ERMS ERPI ERPS $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-139
Message Block Default message text no. parameter 6 7 8 ETIM ERRC $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH Yes Yes
Connections of RVDL Connection Meaning (parameters) STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2 CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2 CSF LST1 LST2 LSP1 Start drive in direction 1 Start drive in direction 2 Process-technological interlock, direction 1 Process-technological interlock, direction 2 Limit switch for direction 1 Limit switch for direction 2 Control voltage on Overload protection Machine availability Check-back signal for direction 1 Check-back signal for direction 2 Machine protection interlock for direction 1 Machine protection interlock for direction 2 Control system error Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2 Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1 Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-140
Connection Meaning (parameters) LSP1 SWRE ESST RLSA TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID LSER SST1 SST2 SUPR EV_SIG1 EV_SIG2 EV_SIG3 EV_SIG4 EV_SIG5 EV_SIG6 EV_SIG7 EV_SIG8 SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 DAVB EROR DOFF SWST ACT1 Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Enabling alarm generation Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID Enabling of local operation Single start for direction 1 Single start for direction 2 Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Enabling start for direction 1 Enabling start for direction 2 Operating message for direction 1 Operating message for direction 2 Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Current monitoring time
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 1 0 1 5.0 3 I I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + M BQ B B B + + + + Q Q Q Q BQ + >0 +
DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 5 9 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-141
Connection Meaning (parameters) PW DW SW Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O Q Q Q + + +
Operation and observation of RVDL See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVL The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > RVDL< Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 LSER ERRC CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2 ERPI ERPS ETIM Parameter word STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2 Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA POS1 POS2 OPL1 OPL2 EROL ERMS DOFF SWST DAVB EROR Status word SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-142
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SST1 SST2
SWRE CSF
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 The block RVDL has the COLOUR operating states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-143
3.26 General drive control VALV: Valve control

Description of VALV Object name (Type + Number) FB 505 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Operating principle Apart from the initial state, a valve must always be activated in one of the two directions, i.e. the related output signal must be issued to the valve. If a valve is active in one direction, the starting command 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be reset without loss of the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2'. Only a valid starting command for the other direction causes the valve to switch to the changed direction. The values of the limit switches 'LSW1' and 'LSW2' have no influence on the issue of control commands and serve only to generate position signals. If, however, both limit switches are set, the position error signal 'ERPS' is generated. If, in the case of a valve, one of the two limit switches is available, and simultaneously starting commands for both directions are given, then there will be no reaction. If the valve is active in one direction and starting commands are issued for both directions simultaneously, the command for the opposite direction is ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the valve from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the valve can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate associated with the valve, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the valve is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the valve via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the valve is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the valve can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-144
Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the valve can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the valve is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON and OLPT are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the valve operates, if the start signal changes to zero the valve is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag NOSEN RESET CLEROP LSWALL GO1 := := := := := -(SEN1/SEN2) NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES LSW1_&LSW2 STA1_&ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-145
Data word S ERPS C ERPS S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S EROL C EROL S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 S ETIM C ETIM OPS1 OPS2 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := := Status word S SEN1 C SEN1 S SEN2 C SEN2 DAVB EROR : : : : := := GO1_&-GO2 -CVON/-ILC1/NOTA/GO2_&-STA1/EROP GO2_&-GO1) -CVON/-ILC2/NOTA/GO1_&-STA2/EROP CVON_&-NOTA EROP LSWALL/ETIM/(SUPS_&(POS1_&SEN1_&-LSW1_&-GO2/ (POS2_&SEN2_&-LSW2_&-GO1)) -CVON/-LSWALL_&RESET -OLPT/ERPS -CVON/OLPT_&-ERPS_&RESET NOTA_&(SEN1_&ILC1/SEN2_&ILC2/ERPS&(SEN1/SEN2)) -CVON/CLEROP -OLPT -CVON/OLPT_&RESET LSW1 -CVON/-LSW1/LSW2 LSW2 -CVON/-LSW2/LSW1 LCT1_&((SEN1_&LSW1)/(SEN2_&LSW2)) -CVON/RESET SEN1 SEN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-146
Block view
Fig. 10: VALV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the VALV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-147
Message actions The block VALV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload protection (OLPT) Position monitoring (ERPS) Monitoring time (ETIM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 EROP EROL ERPS ETIM $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-148
Connections of VALV Connection Meaning (parameters) STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2 CVON OLPT CSF LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP1 SWRE ESST SWLO RLSA TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID LSER SST1 SST2 Start drive in direction 1 Start drive in direction 2 Process-technological interlock, direction 1 Process-technological interlock, direction 2 Limit switch for direction 1 Limit switch for direction 2 Control voltage on Overload protection Control system error Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2 Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID Enabling of local operation Single start for direction 1 Single start for direction 2 Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 5.0 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IO IO IO M BQ B B + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ + >0 +
DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-149
Connection Meaning (parameters) SUPR EV_SIG1 EV_SIG2 EV_SIG3 EV_SIG4 EV_SIG5 EV_SIG6 EV_SIG7 EV_SIG8 SEN1 SEN2 DAVB EROR SWST ACT1 PW DW SW Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Enabling start for direction 1 Enabling start for direction 2 Drive is available Drive is faulty Start start-up warning Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 1 2 9 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + B +
Operation and observation of VALV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-150
PW, DW and SW of VALV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: >VALV< Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 SWRE LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SST1 SST2 ERPS ETIM CVON OLPT EROL SWST Parameter word STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2 Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA POS1 POS2 DAVB EROR Status word SEN1 SEN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-151
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
CSF
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 The block VALV has the COLOUR operating states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-152
3.27 General drive control CONT_DO: Actuator with digital outputs

Description of CONT_DO Object name (Type + Number) FB 506 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control an actuator by means of two digital output signals for More or Less. The block features as an input the analogue value of the position of the actuator and a setpoint value. In this way, using the more/less outputs, it controls the actuator to the preset setpoint value. Operating principle If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-153
The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed. The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-154
Data word S URO1 C URO1 S URO2 C URO2 S EROP C EROP NOTA S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 CMAN EROL ERMS ERPI S ERPS C ERPS ERDS : : : : : : := : : : : := := := := : : := Status word URG1 URG2 DAVB EROR MANU := := := := := URO1 URO2 -NOTA_&CVON EROP CMAN HILI -CVON/(-HILI/LOLI) LOCI -CVON/(-LOLI/HILI) (-IODS/LCT-OLPT/-AVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN) ERES/-CVON -CVON/ERMS/ERPI/ERPS/ERDS/EROL/EROP LSW1 -CVON/(-LSW1/LSW2) LSW2 -CVON/(-LSW2/LSW1) URO1/URO2 -OLPT_&CVON -AVBL_&CVON (-PMI1/-PMI2)_&CVON LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE) -CVON/(-LSW1/-LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP) IODS_&CVON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-155
Block view
Fig. 11: CONT_DO block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_DO block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-156
Message actions The block CONT_DO internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload protection (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Position monitoring (ERPS) Machine protection (PMI1/2) Position check-back (IODS) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Message Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 EROP EROL ERMS ERPS ERPI ETIM $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-157
Connections of CONT_DO Connection Meaning (parameters) HILI LOLI LSW1 LSW2 CVON OLPT AVBL PMI1 PMI2 AUTO IODS RLS CSF LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 RLSA ASET ACT HIGH LOW Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value Limit switch for direction 1 Limit switch for direction 2 Control voltage on Overload protection Machine availability Machine protection interlock for direction 1 Machine protection interlock for direction 2 Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Fault input value ACT Enabling outputs SEN1/2 Control system error Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2 Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2 Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Current position check-back value Upper limit value for setpoint value Lower limit value for setpoint value Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ BQ + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-158
Connection Meaning (parameters) SWIT SAFE TIMEOUT RUNUPCYC EV_ID LSER SUPR SET EV_SIG1 EV_SIG2 EV_SIG3 EV_SIG4 EV_SIG5 EV_SIG6 EV_SIG7 EV_SIG8 SEN1 SEN2 URG1 URG2 DAVB EROR MANU CSET PW DW Switching hysteresis for comparing setpoint value/actual value Safety position in case of system failure Monitoring time for position change Waiting cycles at start Message ID Enabling of local operation Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Enabling start for direction 1 Enabling start for direction 2 Forced open command pending (HILI) Forced close command pending (LOLI) Drive is available Drive is faulty Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI) Active internal setpoint value Parameter word Data word
Data type REAL REAL REAL INT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0.0 0.0 0.0 3 I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + M BQ B B + + + BQ BQ BQ + + + >0 >0
DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL 0 0 0.0 1 2 3 9 5 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0
DWORD 0 DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-159
Connection Meaning (parameters) SW Status word
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O Q +
DWORD 0
Operation and observation of CONT_DO See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of CONT_DO The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > CONT_DO < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 AUTO IODS RLS CLSE OPEN PMI1 PMI2 ERPI ERPS ERDS CVON OLPT AVBL EROL ERMS LSW1 LSW2 Parameter word HILI LOLI Data word URO1 EROP URO2 NOTA POS1 POS2 CMAN DAVB EROR MANU Status word URG1 URG2 SEN1 SEN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-160
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 The block CONT_DO has the COLOUR operating states from 1 to 11. LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 CSF
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-161
3.28 General drive control CONT_AO: Actuator with analogue output

Description of CONT_AO Object name (Type + Number) FB 507 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling an actuator by means of an analogue output signal. Operating principle A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. If no safety value and no forced limit are to be started up, then the value of the setpoint is switched to analogue output. After setting the forced limit the setpoint must first be changed, in order that it can be copied to the analogue output. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The current set output value is displayed in the variable CSET. The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed. The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Data word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-162
S URO1 C URO1 S URO2 C URO2 NOTA EROP S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 CMAN EROL ERMS ERPS ERPI ERDS
: : : : := := : : : : := := := := := := Status word
HILI -CVON/(-HILI/LOLI) LOLI -CVON/(-LOLI/HILI) -CVON/ERMS/ERPI/ERPS/ERDS/EROL/EROP IODS_&CVON LSW1 -CVON/(-LSW1/LSW2) LSW2 -CVON/(-LSW2/LSW1) URO1/URO2 -OLPT_&CVON -AVBL_&CVON (LSW1_&LSW2)_&CVON (-PMI1/-PMI2)_&CVON IODS_&CVON
URG1 URG2 DAVB EROR MANU
:= := := := :=
URO1 URO2 -NOTA EROP CMAN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-163
Block view
Fig. 12: CONT_AO block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-164
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_AO block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CONT_AO internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload protection (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Position monitoring (ERPS) Machine protection (PMI1/2) Position check-back (IODS) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 EROP EROL ERMS ERPS ERPI $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-165
Message Block Default message text no. parameter 6 7 8 ETIM $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH Yes
Connections of CONT_AO Connection Meaning (parameters) HILI LOLI LSW1 LSW2 CVON OLPT AVBL PMI1 PMI2 AUTO IODS CSF RLSA ASET ACT HIGH LOW SAFE Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value Limit switch for direction 1 Limit switch for direction 2 Control voltage on Overload protection Machine availability Machine protection interlock for direction 1 Machine protection interlock for direction 2 Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Fault input value ACT Control system error Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Current position check-back value Upper limit value for setpoint value Lower limit value for setpoint value Safety position in case of system Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ BQ BQ + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-166
Connection Meaning (parameters) failure RUNUPCYC EV_ID SUPR SET EV_SIG1 EV_SIG2 EV_SIG3 EV_SIG4 EV_SIG5 EV_SIG6 EV_SIG7 EV_SIG8 URG1 URG2 DAVB EROR MANU CSET PW DW SW Waiting cycles at start Message ID Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Forced open command pending (HILI) Forced close command pending (LOLI) Drive is available Drive is faulty Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI) Active internal setpoint value Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
INT
I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + M B B + +
DWORD 0 BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL 0 0.0 1 2 3 9 5 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0
Operation and observation of CONT_AO See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-167
PW, DW and SW of CONT_AO The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > CONT_AO < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 AUTO IODS CSF CLSE OPEN PMI1 PMI2 ERPI ERPS ERDS CVON OLPT AVBL EROL ERMS LSW1 LSW2 Parameter word HILI LOLI Data word URO1 EROP URO2 NOTA POS1 POS2 CMAN DAVB EROR MANU Status word URG1 URG2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-168
26 27 28 29 30 31 COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 The block CONT_AO has the COLOUR operating states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-169
3.29 General drive control GROC: Group control

Description of GROC Object name (Type + Number) FB 502 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block checks and controls a group of drives. This has the advantage that the plant operator does not need to start the drives individually, but can start a functional group of drives at the same time or successively within a single operating process. A group may comprise up to eight different operating modes, in which the drives can be started and stopped in various different ways Operating principle The functions of group control are as follows: Acceptance of start and stopping commands for drive groups from the control panel. Monitoring of the availability of the related operating modes. Control and monitoring of the starting and stopping phases of the activated groups. Transmission of the status signals of all groups to the control panel. Single drives which are functionally associated with one another in the process are consolidated into drive groups. It is characteristic of such groups that they can be operated in different (max. eight) operating modes (e.g. different transport routes to silos 1 -n, etc.). The operator is no longer responsible for switching each single drive on and off, but only determines the manner in which a group of several machines is operated or stopped. The start and stopping commands for these drive groups are transmitted to the GROC block where they are linked with all other significant status values. The results are values which represent the current status of the group and enabling signals for the starting and stopping operating sequences. For this reason, it is necessary to allocate every drive of a plant section to a drive group. In addition to the parameter, data and status words, for the fulfilment of its tasks, each GROC block is assigned several command bits in which the starting and stopping commands generated by the control panel for the up to max. eight different operating modes are stored. The significance of the parameter bits is as follows, the index (I) being used for one of the eight operating modes.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-170
GRSP: stopping command for the entire drive group, i.e. it applies without specification of an operating mode and is generated directly from the command flag CM00; RLST: Terminates the warning time (WATI) and starts the enabling time. GROF: Must always be set when all drives of the group are stationary. STM(I): starting command for an operating mode of the drive group. The starting command given by the operator is written to CM01 for Start and to CM08...CM15 for the selected operating mode, i.e. CM08 for operating mode 0, CM09 for operating mode 1, ...CM15 for operating mode 7. These and other possible flags like e.g. process interlocks are used to generate the starting command; MON(I): Input showing that all drives affected by the operating mode are running and that thereby the start-up phase is complete. The following measures must be taken in the program: To avoid inadvertent starting of an operating mode, it is advisable to link the starting command of the command word with a process-related condition and only then to transfer this to STM(I) so that - apart from non-availability - a start is only possible at times which are appropriate to the process. The parameter bits 'GROF' and 'MAV(I)' must be generated from the status data of the affected drives for each operating mode. The stopping command must be transferred from the command flag 'CM00' to 'GRSP'. It must be ensured that the signals for the end of the warning time are generated according to the specifications of the process for the bit 'RLST' (taking account of the status bits 'WATI' and 'TRES'). Determination of the conditions for 'MON(I)': The operating signals of the involved drives do not need to be combined in all cases. If, for example, the last drive in a starting operating sequence fails first by a process interlock as the result of a fault, its operating signal alone generates the condition for MON (I). Significance of the status bits: ACTM: Activation command to start the drive in the associated operating mode, terminates the preparation time. DACM: Command to stop the drives of a group. WATI: Defines the warning time phase after a valid starting command. MOAC: Defines the end of the start-up phase and the period of the stationary phase of the operating mode. EROR: Defines a fault during the 'ACTM' and 'MOAX' phase. TRES: If set alone, defines the state of rest or the end of the 'DACM' phase; is additionally set in an 'EROR' case and can therefore be used as a reset command for any active time commands. Significance of the command word bits:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-171
CM00: stopping command for the group (attention: CM08...CM15 can also be set). CM01: starting command for an operating mode of the group (attention: CM08...CM15 designate the selected operating mode). CM08: Selected operating mode 0. . . . CM15: Selected operating mode 7. Two times exist to monitor the starting and stopping phases: TIME1: Monitoring time in seconds when the group is started. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. TIME2: Monitoring time in seconds when the group is stopped. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the stop is employed. Using the signals CSM0 to CSM7, the respective operating modes of the group are started; the group is started with CSTP. The plant operator now sets the respective signal in the faceplate associated with the group. After the signal has been processed, it is reset within the block. The signals CSMx and CSTP are the commands of the plant operator for starting and stopping. These then generate the outputs CMxx. These outputs CMxx will then be used in the interlock system, in order to initiate the starting or stopping procedures of a GROC block. The signal CSM0 sets the outputs CM01 and CM08, the signal CSM 1 sets the outputs CM01 and CM09 up to the signal CSM7, which sets the outputs CM01 and CM15. The signal CSTP sets the output CM00. The outputs CMxx will only be set for a single processing cycle of the block and then reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-172
Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! (I) (J) (K) (L) : : : : Auxiliary flag S NOAV C NOAV : : -MAV(I)_&PRTI/EROR -EROR_&MAV(I)/(GRSP/STM(J)_&MAV(J)_&ERTI_HELP)/EROR_&GROF Index of the activated mode Index of all other modes Index of the selected mode Index of all modes not selected
Data word MIOP EROP STAT S STPT C STPT OMD(J) OMD(I) MDA(J) MDA(I) MAV(I) S ERTI C ERTI S ERAV C ERAV := := := : : := := := := := : : : : MOAC EROR/NOAV WATI/ACTM DACM/-GROF_&(WATI_&GRSP/NOAV_&-EROR_&ERTI_&(GRSP/MAV(I))) GROF/STAT MOD(J) MOD(I) MAV(J) MAV(I) MAV(I)_&-ERTI_HELP ERTI_HELP -EROR_&(-NOAV/STPT)_&-ERTI_HELP STM(I)_&MAV(I)_&-ACTM_&-SWAV SWAV
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-173
Status word S ACTM C ACTM S DACM C DACM S PRT C PRT S MOAC C MOAC S TRES C TRES S EROR C EROR S MOD(J) C MOD(I) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : WATI_&RLST -MAV(I)/(MON(K)_&-WATI)/GRSP GRSP_&((MOAC/ACTM)_&MAV(I)/EROR) GROF STM(J)_&MAV(J)_&-ACTM_&-ERAV GRSP/(NOAV/(RLST_&WATI)) ACTM_&MON(K) -MAV(I)/GRSP/STM(L)_&MAV(L)/-MON(K) WATI_&GRSP/DACM_&GROF/-MAV(I)_& (WATI/ACTM/MOAC) WATI_&-NOAV/DACM/STM(L)_&MAV(L) -MAV(I)_&(ACTM/MOAC/DACM)/MOAC_&-MON(I) GROF/STM(J)_&MAV(J)_&-ERTI_HELP/ MAV(I)_&(STM(I)/DACM)/GRSP STM(J)_&MAV(J)_&-ACTM MOD(L)/-MOAC_&-ACTM_&GROF_&WATI_&-ERTI_HELP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-174
Block view
Fig. 13: GROC block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-175
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block GROC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Monitoring time (TIME1, TIME2) Start-up warning (STAV) Mode 0 available (MAV0) Mode 1 available (MAV1) Mode 2 available (MAV2) Mode 3 available (MAV3) Mode 4 available (MAV4) Mode 5 available (MAV5) Mode 6 available (MAV6) Mode 7 available (MAV7) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-176
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Message Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 MDA0 MDA1 MDA2 MDA3 MDA4 MDA5 MDA6 MDA7 EROP ERTI ERAV $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Message Suppressable class AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-177
Connections of GROC Connection Meaning (parameters) GRSP GROF RLST SWAV STM0 STM1 STM2 STM3 STM4 STM5 STM6 STM7 MAV0 MAV1 MAV2 MAV3 MAV4 MAV5 MAV6 MAV7 MON0 Stop group All drives of the group have been stopped Data type BOOL BOOL Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Warning time expired, start enabling BOOL time Start-up warning available Start group in operating mode 0 Start group in operating mode 1 Start group in operating mode 2 Start group in operating mode 3 Start group in operating mode 4 Start group in operating mode 5 Start group in operating mode 6 Start group in operating mode 7 Operating mode 0 of the group is available Operating mode 1 of the group is available Operating mode 2 of the group is available Operating mode 3 of the group is available Operating mode 4 of the group is available Operating mode 5 of the group is available Operating mode 6 of the group is available Operating mode 7 of the group is available Operating mode 0 of the group is running BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-178
Connection Meaning (parameters) MON1 MON2 MON3 MON4 MON5 MON6 MON7 RLSA TIME1 TIME2 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 SUPR CSM0 CSM1 CSM2 CSM3 CSM4 CSM5 Operating mode 1 of the group is running Operating mode 2 of the group is running Operating mode 3 of the group is running Operating mode 4 of the group is running Operating mode 5 of the group is running Operating mode 6 of the group is running Operating mode 7 of the group is running Enabling alarm generation Monitoring time setpoint value for start Monitoring time setpoint value for stop Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Suppression of alarms
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL INT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.0 0.0 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M M B B B B B B B + + + + + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ BQ + +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 0 Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 1 Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 2 Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 3 Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 4 Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 5
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-179
Connection Meaning (parameters) CSM6 CSM7 CSTP EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 CM00 CM01 CM08 CM09 CM10 CM11 CM12 CM13 CM14
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 1 11 12 0 0 0 0 0 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q B B B + + +
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 6 Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 7 Stop of the group Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Stop the group Start the group Selection operating mode 0 Selection operating mode 1 Selection operating mode 2 Selection operating mode 3 Selection operating mode 4 Selection operating mode 5 Selection operating mode 6 BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-180
Connection Meaning (parameters) CM15 ACTM DACM WATI MOAC EROR NOAV TRES MOD0 MOD1 MOD2 MOD3 MOD4 MOD5 MOD6 MOD7 ACT1 ACT2 PW DW SW Selection operating mode 7 Activate operating mode (starting the drives) Deactivate operating mode (stopping the drives) Activate warning time (start start-up warning) Group is operating in selected operating mode Fault of the group Group is not available Resetting the start-up process Operating mode 0 is selected Operating mode 1 is selected Operating mode 2 is selected Operating mode 3 is selected Operating mode 4 is selected Operating mode 5 is selected Operating mode 6 is selected Operating mode 7 is selected Current monitoring time of start Current monitoring time of stop Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + >0 >0
Operation and observation of GROC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-181
PW, DW and SW of GROC The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > GROC < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 STM0 STM1 STM2 STM3 STM4 STM5 STM6 STM7 MAV0 MAV1 MAV2 MAV3 MAV4 MAV5 MAV6 MAV7 MON0 MON1 OMD0 OMD1 OMD2 OMD3 OMD4 OMD5 OMD6 OMD7 MDA0 MDA1 MDA2 MDA3 MDA4 MDA5 MDA6 MDA7 Parameter word GRSP GROF RLST SWAV Data word MIOP EROP STAT STPT ERTI ERAV EROR TRES MOD0 MOD1 MOD2 MOD3 MOD4 MOD5 MOD6 MOD7 MOAC Status word ACTM DACM WATI
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-182
26 27 28 29 30 31
MON2 MON3 MON4 MON5 MON6 MON7 COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4
In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block GROC does not have all possible states. It only has the operating status with the number 3. As the operating states for drives are defined, it is not possible to simply take over all the other states for the GROC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-183
3.30 General drive control SEQU: operating sequence

Description of SEQU Object name (Type + Number) FB 512 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Up to 32 individual steps are available in the block of an operating sequence. Internal logic of the block of an operating sequence: If the release input SQRE in the parameter word is not reset, all step outputs SPxx in the status word are reset. Because the data word is a copy of the status word, the following applies: DSxx:= SPxx (xx = 00...31) and therefore all bits of the data words are also reset. If the enable input SQRE changes from 0 to 1, then the first step flag SP00 is set in the status word, provided that the first step input SI01 is 0. If the first step input is subsequently set to 1, then the first step flag SP00 is reset and the next step flag SP01 is set. When one step switches to the next, the associated step input can return from 1 to 0 without influencing the status and data words. If several step inputs are set in sequence, the step flags are passed over. If a step is reached and the input conditions for the subsequent step are set, the waiting time is not started. A delay time (in seconds) exists for each step. The next step is only activated when this time has expired, i.e. if the time is 5 seconds, the input signal of the step must be active for 5 seconds before the step and status flags are set. If the input signal is active for less than 5 seconds, the time is terminated and must be restarted. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! (I) (J) (J-1) (J+1) : : : : Index of all steps from 0 to 31 Index of all steps from 1 to 31, not step 0 Index of the previous step Index of the next step
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-184
Auxiliary flag TDS(J) : Data word DS(I) : Status word S SP00 C SP00 S SP(J) C SP(J) : : : : SQRE_&-SP00&-SP01...&-SP31 -SQRE/SP01 SP(J-1)_&(TD(J)/SI(J))_&SI(J) -SQRE/SP(J+1) SP(I) SP(J-1)_&SI(J)_&-SI(J+1)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-185
Block view
Fig. 14: SEQU block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-186
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Connections of SEQU Connection (parameters) SQRE SI01 SI02 SI03 SI04 SI05 SI06 SI07 SI08 SI09 SI10 SI11 SI12 SI13 SI14 SI15 SI16 SI17 SI18 SI19 SI20 SI21 SI22 SI23 SI24 Meaning Enabling operating sequence Step input 01 Step input 02 Step input 03 Step input 04 Step input 05 Step input 06 Step input 07 Step input 08 Step input 09 Step input 10 Step input 11 Step input 12 Step input 13 Step input 14 Step input 15 Step input 16 Step input 17 Step input 18 Step input 19 Step input 20 Step input 21 Step input 22 Step input 23 Step input 24 Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Type Attr. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-187
Connection (parameters) SI25 SI26 SI27 SI28 SI29 SI30 SI31 TIMER01 TIMER02 TIMER03 TIMER04 TIMER05 TIMER06 TIMER07 TIMER08 TIMER09 TIMER10 TIMER11 TIMER12 TIMER13 TIMER14
Meaning Step input 25 Step input 26 Step input 27 Step input 28 Step input 29 Step input 30 Step input 31
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
O&O Perm. values
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 01 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 02 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 03 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 04 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 05 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 06 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 07 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 08 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 09 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 10 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 11 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 12 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 13 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 14
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-188
Connection (parameters) TIMER15 TIMER16 TIMER17 TIMER18 TIMER19 TIMER20 TIMER21 TIMER22 TIMER23 TIMER24 TIMER25 TIMER26 TIMER27 TIMER28 TIMER29 TIMER30 TIMER31
Meaning
Data type
Def. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
O&O Perm. values
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 15 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 16 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 17 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 18 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 19 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 20 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 21 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 22 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 23 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 24 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 25 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 26 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 27 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 28 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 29 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 30 Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 31 STRING[40]
NO_SQRE_INFO Operating sequence
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-189
Meaning information text off
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
O&O Perm. values
STEP00_INFO STEP01_INFO STEP02_INFO STEP03_INFO STEP04_INFO STEP05_INFO STEP06_INFO STEP07_INFO STEP08_INFO STEP09_INFO STEP10_INFO STEP11_INFO STEP12_INFO STEP13_INFO STEP14_INFO STEP15_INFO STEP16_INFO STEP17_INFO
Step 00 information STRING[40] text active Step 01 information STRING[40] text active Step 02 information STRING[40] text active Step 03 information STRING[40] text active Step 04 information STRING[40] text active Step 05 information STRING[40] text active Step 06 information STRING[40] text active Step 07 information STRING[40] text active Step 08 information STRING[40] text active Step 09 information STRING[40] text active Step 10 information STRING[40] text active Step 11 information STRING[40] text active Step 12 information STRING[40] text active Step 13 information STRING[40] text active Step 14 information STRING[40] text active Step 15 information STRING[40] text active Step 16 information STRING[40] text active Step 17 information STRING[40]
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-190
Meaning text active
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
O&O Perm. values
STEP18_INFO STEP19_INFO STEP20_INFO STEP21_INFO STEP22_INFO STEP23_INFO STEP24_INFO STEP25_INFO STEP26_INFO STEP27_INFO STEP28_INFO STEP29_INFO STEP30_INFO STEP31_INFO SP00 SP01 SP02 SP03 SP04 SP05
Step 18 information STRING[40] text active Step 19 information STRING[40] text active Step 20 information STRING[40] text active Step 21 information STRING[40] text active Step 22 information STRING[40] text active Step 23 information STRING[40] text active Step 24 information STRING[40] text active Step 25 information STRING[40] text active Step 26 information STRING[40] text active Step 27 information STRING[40] text active Step 28 information STRING[40] text active Step 29 information STRING[40] text active Step 30 information STRING[40] text active Step 31 information STRING[40] text active Step output 00 Step output 01 Step output 02 Step output 03 Step output 04 Step output 05 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 0 0
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I O O O O O O
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-191
Connection (parameters) SP06 SP07 SP08 SP09 SP10 SP11 SP12 SP13 SP14 SP15 SP16 SP17 SP18 SP19 SP20 SP21 SP22 SP23 SP24 SP25 SP26 SP27 SP28 SP29 SP30 SP31 STEP PW DW
Meaning Step output 06 Step output 07 Step output 08 Step output 09 Step output 10 Step output 11 Step output 12 Step output 13 Step output 14 Step output 15 Step output 16 Step output 17 Step output 18 Step output 19 Step output 20 Step output 21 Step output 22 Step output 23 Step output 24 Step output 25 Step output 26 Step output 27 Step output 28 Step output 29 Step output 30 Step output 31 Number of the active step Parameter word Data word
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT DWORD DWORD
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
O&O Perm. values
+ + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-192
Connection (parameters) SW ACT INFO
Meaning Status word
Data type DWORD
Def. 0 0.0
Type Attr. O O O Q Q Q
O&O Perm. values + + +
Current waiting time REAL of the active step Information text of the active step STRING[40]
Operation and observation of SEQU See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of SEQU The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > SEQU < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Parameter word SQRE SI01 SI02 SI03 SI04 SI05 SI06 SI07 SI08 SI09 SI10 SI11 SI12 SI13 SI14 SI15 Data word DS00 DS01 DS02 DS03 DS04 DS05 DS06 DS07 DS08 DS09 DS10 DS11 DS12 DS13 DS14 DS15 Status word SP00 SP01 SP02 SP03 SP04 SP05 SP06 SP07 SP08 SP09 SP10 SP11 SP12 SP13 SP14 SP15
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-193
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SI16 SI17 SI18 SI19 SI20 SI21 SI22 SI23 SI24 SI25 SI26 SI27 SI28 SI29 SI30 SI31
DS16 DS17 DS18 DS19 DS20 DS21 DS22 DS23 DS24 DS25 DS26 DS27 DS28 DS29 DS30 DS31
SP16 SP17 SP18 SP19 SP20 SP21 SP22 SP23 SP24 SP25 SP26 SP27 SP28 SP29 SP30 SP31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-194
3.31 General drive control SISV: Signal alarming

Description of SISV Object name (Type + Number) FB 508 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the alarming of up to eight individual signals. The signals can be suppressed or provided with a bridging time. Operating principle Each of the eight signals of an SISV block is monitored in the following manner: If the input SGIn is not set, then the data bit ERSn is set. This is the memory for the detected fault. This bit is used to generate an alarm. The output SGOn follows the input SGIn, but will only be reset after acknowledgement. By means of the input RLSn the respective alarm can be suppressed, that is, the data bit ERSn will only be set if the input SGIn is not set and the input RLSn is set. The output SGOn will then also be reset. By means of a bridging time TIMEn the triggering of an alarm can be delayed. If the time = 0, then the alarm will be triggered without delay. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! (I) : Auxiliary flag TDS(I) := Data word S ERS(I) C ERS(I) : : Status word S SGO(I) C SGO(I) : : -SGI(I)_&RLS(I)_&-ERS(I)&_ERES ERS(I)/-RLS(I) -SGI(I)_&RLS(I)_&TD(I) (SGI(I) / -RLS(I))&_ERES -SG(I)_&RLS(I) Index of all alarms from 0 to 7
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-195
Block view
Fig. 15:
SISV block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up, all times of the SISV block are deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-196
Message actions The block SISV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Fault input 0 (SGI0) Fault input 1 (SGI1) Fault input 2 (SGI2) Fault input 3 (SGI3) Fault input 4 (SGI4) Fault input 5 (SGI5) Fault input 6 (SGI6) Fault input 7 (SGI7) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Message Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ERS0 ERS1 ERS2 ERS3 ERS4 ERS5 ERS6 ERS7 $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-197
Connections of SISV Connection Meaning (parameters) SGI0 RLS0 SGI1 RLS1 SGI2 RLS2 SGI3 RLS3 SGI4 RLS4 SGI5 RLS5 SGI6 RLS6 SGI7 RLS7 TIME0 TIME1 TIME2 TIME3 TIME4 TIME5 TIME6 Signal input alarm channel 0 Enabling alarm channel 0 Signal input alarm channel 1 Enabling alarm channel 1 Signal input alarm channel 2 Enabling alarm channel 2 Signal input alarm channel 3 Enabling alarm channel 3 Signal input alarm channel 4 Enabling alarm channel 4 Signal input alarm channel 5 Enabling alarm channel 5 Signal input alarm channel 6 Enabling alarm channel 6 Signal input alarm channel 7 Enabling alarm channel 7 Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 0 Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 1 Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 2 Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 3 Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 4 Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 5 Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 6 Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ + + + + + + + >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0 >0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-198
Connection Meaning (parameters) TIME7 RUNUPCYC EV_ID SUPR0 SUPR1 SUPR2 SUPR3 SUPR4 SUPR5 SUPR6 SUPR7 EV_SIG1 EV_SIG2 EV_SIG3 EV_SIG4 EV_SIG5 EV_SIG6 EV_SIG7 EV_SIG8 SGO0 SGO1 SGO2 SGO3 SGO4 Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 7 Waiting cycles at start Message ID Alarm suppression for alarm channel 0 Alarm suppression for alarm channel 1 Alarm suppression for alarm channel 2 Alarm suppression for alarm channel 3 Alarm suppression for alarm channel 4 Alarm suppression for alarm channel 5 Alarm suppression for alarm channel 6 Alarm suppression for alarm channel 7 Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Signal output alarm channel 0 Signal output alarm channel 1 Signal output alarm channel 2 Signal output alarm channel 3 Signal output alarm channel 4
Data type REAL INT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0.0 3 I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q M BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ + + + + + + + + I BQ + >0
DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 0 0 0 0 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-199
Connection Meaning (parameters) SGO5 SGO6 SGO7 ERS0 ERS1 ERS2 ERS3 ERS4 ERS5 ERS6 ERS7 BLINK0 BLINK1 BLINK2 BLINK3 BLINK4 BLINK5 BLINK6 BLINK7 ACT0 ACT1 ACT2 Signal output alarm channel 5 Signal output alarm channel 6 Signal output alarm channel 7 Alarm channel 0 set Alarm channel 1 set Alarm channel 2 set Alarm channel 3 set Alarm channel 4 set Alarm channel 5 set Alarm channel 6 set Alarm channel 7 set Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 0 Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 1 Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 2 Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 3 Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 4 Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 5 Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 6 Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 7
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ >0 >0 >0
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 0 Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 1 Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-200
Connection Meaning (parameters) ACT3 ACT4 ACT5 ACT6 ACT7
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 O O O O O BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ >0 >0 >0 >0 >0
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 3 Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 4 Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 5 Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 6 Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 7
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-201
3.32 General drive control SITR: Signal transfer

Description of SITR Object name (Type + Number) FB 509 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the transmission of up to eight signals to the operator interface. Operating principle The SITR block has eight input signals, SI0 to SI7. These signals are copied to the respectively associated output signals SG0 to SG7. Here, input 0 is copied to output 0, input 1 to output 1 etc. The outputs are shown in the display surface (WinCC) and can be used there for the animation and representation of symbols. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! (I) : Index of all inputs and outputs from 0 to 7 Outputs SG(I) := SI(I)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-202
Block view
Fig. 16: SITR block
Connections of SITR Connection (parameters) SI0 SI1 SI2 SI3 SI4 SI5 SI6 SI7 SG0 SG1 SG2 SG3 Meaning Input signal 0 Input signal 1 Input signal 2 Input signal 3 Input signal 4 Input signal 5 Input signal 6 Input signal 7 Output signal 0 Output signal 1 Output signal 2 Output signal 3 Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Type I I I I I I I I O O O O Attr. Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-203
Connection (parameters) SG4 SG5 SG6 SG7
Meaning Output signal 4 Output signal 5 Output signal 6 Output signal 7
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0 0 0
Type O O O O
Attr. Q Q Q Q
O&O + + + +
Perm. values
Operation and observation of SITR The SITR block does not have any block symbol and no faceplate either. It generates exclusively tags in the WinCC data pool. These can then be used in order to represent and animate symbols in the plant displays.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-204
3.33 AILIM analogue value processing: Analogue limit value monitoring

Description of AILIM Object name (Type + Number) FB 550 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the monitoring and alarming of limit values for an input value. In addition, the input value is transmitted to display. Operating principle The input value is expected to be a physical quantity. As a rule, calibration is effected by means of the block CH_AI (FC 275). As in most cases this input value is a measured value which is subject to fluctuations or faults, the value will first be filtered in the block. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL Y(n) ) ) (n) (n+1) VAL FF Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1) The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The calculated value is now compared with the limit value. If a limit is violated, the associated limit marker is reset. At the input CSF a signal is connected which represents the quality of the input value (this is usually connected to the QBAD output of the calibration block CH_AI). CSF = 0 signifies that the input signal is not faulty and CSF = 1 signifies that the input signal is faulty. The signal CSF forms the output DST by inversion, which can then be connected further within the program. Using the input DTE it can be influenced whether, as far as the output DST is available, the limit value flags (ILH, ALH, OLH, OLL, ALL and ILL) are reset ( DTE=1) or whether they keep their original state (DTE=0).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-205
The infringement of the limit values or the fault condition of the value can be issued as an alarm. By means of corresponding input bits these alarms can be suppressed individually, however. In addition, all alarms can be suppressed simultaneously via the faceplate. For the alarms, a delay time can be defined by which, in the event of any infringement of the limit values, the triggering of the alarm is delayed. In addition, a no action area around the limit value can be defined. Following the occurrence of a limit value alarm, the analogue value must first have left the no action area again before it can trigger another alarm. This prevents any continuous repeated triggering of alarms in the event of any fluttering of the analogue value around the limit value. Using the input F, a replacement value RVAL can be connected to the output. If the input F is set, then the input VAL is connected through to the output A1. However, if the input F is not set, then the input RVAL is connected to the output A1. Furthermore, the block offers the option to set the output value and status bits to a fixed value (to fix the same). If the input X is set, it is not the input VAL which is copied to the output value but the input FIX. This permits defective input values to be bridged, for e.g. the time needed for the repair of the connected measuring transducer. Internal logic The output A1 is formed with the filtered input value VAL. Outputs A1 ILH ALH OLH OLL ALL ILL DST IA1 := := := := := := := := := ( VAL_&-X ) / (FIX_&X) A1 <= ILH_F A1 <= ALH_F A1 <= OLH_F A1 >= OLL_F A1 >= ALL_F A1 >= ILL_F -CSF / X VAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-206
Block view
Fig. 17: AILIM block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up, all times of the AILIM block are deactivated. All internal state flags are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block AILIM internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Upper instrument limit exceeded (ILH) Upper alarm limit exceeded (ALH) Upper operating limit exceeded (OLH) Lower operating limit not reached (OLL) Lower alarm limit not reached (ALL) Lower instrument limit not reached (ILL) Input signal faulty (DST) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-207
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Message Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ILH ALH OLH OLL ALL ILL DST
Message Suppressable class Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
$$BlockComment$$ PF @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ AH @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ WH @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ WL @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ AL @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ PF @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ PF @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Connections of AILIM Connection Meaning (parameters) VAL QC_VAL ILH_F ALH_F OLH_F OLL_F ALL_F ILL_F SUPR_ILH SUPR_ALH Analogue input value Quality code for input VAL Upper instrument limit for VAL Upper alarm limit for VAL Upper operating limit for VAL Lower operating limit for VAL Lower alarm limit for VAL Lower instrument limit for VAL Upper instrument limit alarm suppression Upper alarm limit alarm Data type REAL BYTE REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL BOOL BOOL Def. 0.0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ B B + + + + + + + +
16#80 I 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0 I I I I I I I I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-208
Connection Meaning (parameters) suppression SUPR_OLH SUPR_OLL SUPR_ALL SUPR_ILL SUPR_DST DTE X CSF F RLSA BW FF FIX NOAC RVAL TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID SUPR EV_SIG1 EV_SIG2 EV_SIG3 EV_SIG4 Upper operating limit alarm suppression Lower operating limit alarm suppression Lower alarm limit alarm suppression Lower instrument limit alarm suppression Channel fault alarm suppression At CSF resetting all limit value flags Bridging VAL with FIX Control system error Activating the substitute value RVAL at output A1 Enabling alarm generation Belt width for recalculation Filter factor Bridging value for VAL No action range for alarm triggering Substitute value if F has been set Setpoint value for alarm delay time Waiting cycles at start Message ID Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL INT
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO
B B B B B
+ + + + +
B Q Q Q B B B B Q B
+ + + +
DWORD 0 BOOL INT INT INT INT 0 155 156 157 158
M B +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-209
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV_SIG5 EV_SIG6 EV_SIG7 EV_SIG8 A1 ILH_O ILL_O ILH ALH OLH OLL ALL ILL DST BLINK IA1 ACT1 COLOUR Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Filtered analogue output value Upper instrument limit for calibration Lower instrument limit for calibration Analogue value is greater than ILH_F Analogue value is greater than ALH_F Analogue value is greater than OLH_F Analogue value is less than OLL_F Analogue value is less than ALL_F
Data type INT INT INT INT REAL REAL REAL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 159 160 161 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + +
Analogue value is less than ILL_F BOOL Analogue input channel is faulty Display flashing (for WinCC) Internal analogue output value Current alarm delay time value Colour for display (for WinCC) BOOL BOOL REAL REAL
DWORD 16#0
Operation and observation of AILIM See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-210
3.34 SETP analogue value processing: Analogue setpoint value

Description of SETP Object name (Type + Number) FB 551 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block reads an input value and transmits the same onwards to the output. From there, it can e.g. be output to the I/O hardware. Operating principle The input value is expected to be a physical quantity and is passed on without change to the output of the block. Generally, the output is then connected to the block CH_AO (FC 276), which then carries out the conversion for the requirements of the I/O hardware. The output value VAL is formed from the automatic input A_IN (can be connected in the program) and the input from the faceplate IN. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two inputs is activated. With AUTO = 0 the input IN is active and with AUTO = 1 the input A_IN is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the input is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of IN is equalled to the value of A_IN. By setting the input LIM_O, the output value VAL can be additionally limited. If LIM_O = 1, then the output value is limited upwards to the top limit value HIGH and downwards to the bottom limit value LOW. At LIM_O = 0 no limit is set. If the input NO_SAFE = 0, then the output VAL is set to the value of the input SAFE, if the communication to the master control system fails. At NO_SAFE = 1 the output value is not changed in the event of a communications failure.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-211
Block view
Fig. 18: SETP block
Connections of SETP Connection (parameters) A_IN SAFE HIGH LOW AUTO Meaning Automatic input value Data type REAL Def. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 Type I I I I I Attr. Q Q Q Q Q O&O + + + + + Perm. values
Safety position REAL Upper limit value Lower limit value REAL REAL
Activate A_IN BOOL ( = 1 ) or IN ( = 0 ) input Limitation output value VAL BOOL
LIM_O
NO_SAFE IN
Safety position BOOL not activated Manual input value REAL
0 0.0
I I
+ +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-212
Connection (parameters) VAL
Meaning Output value
Data type BOOL
Def. 0
Type I
Attr. Q
O&O
Perm. values
Operation and observation of SETP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-213
3.35 OPER analogue value processing: Operating hour counter

Description of OPER Object name (Type + Number) FB 552 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block forms an operating hour counter which counts the duration of the input signal in hours. Operating principle The block counts the duration of input I. At I = 1 the block counts the time during which the signal maintains the level 1. If I changes to level 0, then the operating hour counter stops. If the input changes back to 1 then the counter runs on starting from the last value. The value of the current runtime is shown in output C1. By means of input R the operating hour counter can be reset. If input R changes from 0 to 1, the value in output C1 is copied into output CL, with the output C1 then being reset to zero. The time of the most recent resetting of the counter is shown in the outputs RDATE, RHOUR, RMINUTE and RSECOND. With RDATE being the date, RHOUR the hour, RMINUTE the minute and RSECOND the second of the last reset process. By means of the input SET the value of the counter (output C1) can be set to a specific value. With an edge alternation from 0 to 1 at the input SET the value of the input SET_VAL is taken over into output C1. Using the input TIM, an automatic reset of the counter can be initiated at each hour change. If the input TIM = 1 and the hour changes (for example from 1:59 pm to 2:00 pm), then the counter value will be copied automatically from C1 to CL, and C1 will then be reset. Note If automatic resetting (TIM is set) has been selected, then manual resetting (R input) is deactivated. Using input CNT_NR, the counter value can be taken over in a permanent counter of the PLC. In the case of the value CNT_NR = B#16#FF (decimal 255), permanent storage is deactivated. Then, for example, the counter value is reset when a program is loaded completely into the PLC. If CNT_NR has a different value than 255, then this value is interpreted as the number of the permanent counter memory in the PLC. Then the counter value will also be written into the corresponding permanent counter memory and will also be available again after the complete loading of the PLC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-214
Note A PLC always has a limited number of permanent memory locations. For a S7416 e.g., there are eight memory locations. Thus, for a S7-416, the permitted numbers of CNT_NR are 0 to 7. This is the maximum number of permanent memory locations which can be stored for each PLC. This value must be taken from the documentation of the PLC used. Block view
Fig. 19: OPER block
Connections of OPER Connection (parameters) I R TIM Meaning Input (activate counter) Reset counter Reset counter at hour change (=1) Set counter to initial value (SET_VAL) Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 1 Type I I I Attr. Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
SET
BOOL
CNT_NR
Number of the BYTE permanent
B#16#FF I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-215
Meaning PLC counter
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
O&O
Perm. values
SET_VAL C1 CL
Initial value for REAL counter Current counter value Counter value before last reset Date of last reset Hour of last reset Minute of last reset Second of last reset REAL REAL
0.0 0.0 0.0
I O O
Q Q Q
RDATE RHOUR RMINUTE RSECOND
DATE INT INT INT
0 0 0 0
O O O O
Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-216
3.36 NCOU analogue value processing: Counter

Description of NCOU Object name (Type + Number) FB 553 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block forms a counter which calibrates the changes at the input value and adds the same to the counter output. Operating principle The block determines the changes at the input CI by computing the difference of the current value CI and the value CI from the preceding processing cycle. This difference is multiplied by the calibration factor CAL and adds the same to the counter output. A resetting of the input CI to zero will be interpreted as a change by the value 1 and will, accordingly, be added to the output C1. By means of input R the counter can be reset. If input R changes from 0 to 1, the value in output C1 is copied into output CL, with the output C1 then being reset to zero. The time of the most recent resetting of the counter is shown in the outputs RDATE, RHOUR, RMINUTE and RSECOND. With RDATE being the date, RHOUR the hour, RMINUTE the minute and RSECOND the second of the last reset process. By means of the input SET the value of the counter (output C1) can be set to a specific value. With an edge alternation from 0 to 1 at the input SET the value of the input SET_VAL is taken over into output C1. Using the input TIM, an automatic reset of the counter can be initiated at each hour change. If the input TIM = 1 and the hour changes (for example from 1:59 pm to 2:00 pm), then the counter value will be copied automatically from C1 to CL, and C1 will then be reset. Note If automatic resetting (TIM is set) has been selected, then manual resetting (R input) is deactivated. Using input CNT_NR, the counter value can be taken over in a permanent counter of the PLC. In the case of the value CNT_NR = B#16#FF (decimal 255), permanent storage is deactivated. Then, for example, the counter value is reset when a program is loaded completely into the PLC. If CNT_NR has a different value than 255, then this value is interpreted as the number of the permanent counter memory in the PLC. Then the counter value will also be written into the corresponding permanent counter memory and will also be available again after the complete loading of the PLC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-217
Note A PLC always has a limited number of permanent memory locations. For a S7416, there are eight memory locations. Thus, for a S7-416, the permitted numbers of CNT_NR are 0 to 7. This is the maximum number of permanent counters which can be stored for each PLC. This value must be taken from the documentation of the PLC used. Block view
Fig. 20: NCOU block
Connections of NCOU Connection (parameters) CI CAL R TIM Meaning Counter input value Calibration factor Reset counter Reset counter at hour change (=1) Set counter to initial value (SET_VAL) Data type INT REAL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 1.0 0 1 Type I I I I Attr. Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
SET
BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-218
Connection (parameters) CNT_NR
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr. Q
O&O
Perm. values
Number of the BYTE permanent PLC counter Initial value for REAL counter Current counter value Counter value before last reset Date of last reset Hour of last reset Minute of last reset Second of last reset REAL REAL
B#16#FF I
SET_VAL C1 CL
0.0 0.0 0.0
I O O
Q Q Q
RDATE RHOUR RMINUTE RSECOND
DATE INT INT INT
0 0 0 0
O O
Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-219
3.37 RCOU analogue value processing: Resettable reverse counter

Description of RCOU Object name (Type + Number) FB 554 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block forms the reverse counter which calibrates the changes at the input value and subtracts the same from the counter output. Operating principle The block determines the changes at the input CI by computing the difference of the current value CI and the value CI from the preceding processing cycle. This difference is multiplied by the calibration factor CAL and subtracts the same from the counter output. A resetting of the input CI to zero will be interpreted as a change by the value 1 and will, accordingly, be subtracted from the output C1. By means of the input R the counter can be reset to an initial value. If input R changes from 0 to 1, the value of the input SET is copied to the output C1. From this initial value the changes will then be subtracted again from CI. Block view
Fig. 21: RCOU block
Connections of RCOU Connection (parameters) CI CAL Meaning Counter input value Calibration Data type INT REAL Def. 0 1.0 Type I I Attr. Q Q O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-220
Meaning factor
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
O&O
Perm. values
R SET C1
Reset counter Initial value of the counter Current counter value
BOOL REAL REAL
0 0.0 0.0
I I O
Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-221
3.38 AIDPL analogue value processing: Analogue value display

Description of AIDPL Object name (Type + Number) FB 555 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block reads an input value and transmits the same onwards to the output. From there, it can then be indicated in the display (WinCC). Operating principle The input value is passed on as a floating point value to the output. The output is configured such that the output value is shown in the display. The block is used for indicating e.g. analogue values which do not require any limit value monitoring and alarming such as e.g. in the case of the block AILIM. Block view
Fig. 22: AIDPL block
Connections of AIDPL Connection Meaning (parameters) VAL A1 Input value Output value Data type REAL REAL Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0.0 0.0 I O Q BQ
Operation and observation of AIDPL See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-222
3.39 STASTP analogue value processing: Start/stop with analogue value

Description of STASTP Object name (Type + Number) FB 556 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling drives by means of the limit values of an analogue value. Operating principle The input value VAL is compared with the two values VALSTA and VALSTP. Using this comparison and the parameter INV the two outputs START and STOP are set. In general, the block is used for controlling the drives across the limits of analogue values. Parameter INV = 0 : If VAL is greater than VALSTA, then the output START is set. If the value VAL is less than VALSTP, then the output STOP is set. Parameter INV = 1 : If VAL is less than VALSTA, then the output START is set. If the value VAL is greater than VALSTP, then the output STOP is set. The input CSF indicates whether or not the value VAL is in a fault condition. If the input CSF is set, then the output START is reset and the output STOP is set, irrespective of all other values. Block view
Fig. 23: STASTP block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-223
Connections of STASTP Connection Meaning (parameters) VAL VALSTA VALSTP ILHSTA ILLSTA ILHSTP ILLSTP INV CSF START STOP Input value Limit value for controlling output START Limit value for controlling output STOP Upper instrument limit for VALSTA Lower instrument limit for VALSTA Upper instrument limit for VALSTP Lower instrument limit for VALSTP Inverting start/stop function Control system error Start of a drive Stop of a drive Data type REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 I I I I I I I I I O O BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ Q BQ BQ + +
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
Operation and observation of STASTP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-224
3.40 SIDDPL: Analogue value display

Description of SIDDPL Object name (Type + Number) FB 557 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block reads an input value and transmits the same onwards to the output. From there, it can then be indicated in the display (WinCC). Operating principle The input value is passed to the output as a character string with 15 characters. The output is configured such that the output value is shown in the display. The block is used for indicating e.g. the sample ID of the POLAB system which is transmitted as a 15 digit character string. Block view
Fig. 24: SIDDPL block
Connections of SIDDPL Connection Meaning (parameters) INP OUT Input value Output value Data type STRING[15] STRING[15] Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I O Q BQ
Operation and observation of SIDDPL See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-225
3.41 Interlock system logic CCOP: Conditioned bit copying

Description of CCOP Object name (Type + Number) FB 570 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises the conditioned copying of a bit from the input to the output. Operating principle If the input F = 1, then the value of input I will be copied to output O. If the input F = 0, then the output will no longer be changed. Internal logic Outputs SO CO Block view = = I_&F -I_&F
Fig. 25: CCOP block
Connections of CCOP Connection (parameters) I F O Meaning Input Enabling Output Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 Type I I O Attr. Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-226
3.42 Interlock system logic CCOW: Conditioned bit copying with indication
Description of CCOW Object name (Type + Number) FB 571 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises the conditioned copying of a bit from the input to the output. Operating principle If the input F = 1, then the value of input I will be copied to output O. If the input F = 0, then the output will no longer be changed. In addition to the function of the block CCOP, the output O is present in the display. If the input F = 0, then it is possible to change the output O from the faceplate. If F = 1 then input I will again be copied to O and the changes in the faceplate will be overwritten. Internal logic Outputs SO CO Block view = = I_&F -I_&F
Fig. 26: CCOW block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-227
Connections of CCOW Connection (parameters) I F O Meaning Input Enabling Output Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 Type I I O Attr. Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
Operation and observation of CCOW See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-228
3.43 Interlock system logic CNT: Pulse counter

Description of CNT Object name (Type + Number) FB 572 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is a pulse counter which is able to count upwards as well as downwards. Operating principle If at the input UP an edge alternation from 0 to 1 is detected, then the block of output ACT increments by the value 1. If, vice versa, an edge alternation from 0 to 1 is detected at the input DN, then the block decrements the output ACT by the value 1. If the output ACT changes to the value 32767, then an overflow takes place and the output is reset to zero. The output ACT is compared with the input SET. If ACT is greater or equal SET, then the output O is set to 1. If ACT is less or equal SET, then the output O is set to 0. Using input R, the counter is reset to the initial value INI. If an edge alternation from 0 to 1 is detected at input R, then the input INI is copied to the output ACT.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-229
Block view
Fig. 27: CNT block
Connections of CNT Connection (parameters) SET INI R UP DN ACT O Meaning Counter setpoint value Counter initial value Reset counter Count upwards Count downwards Current counter value Counter setpoint value reached Data type INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL INT BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Type I I I I I O O Attr. Q Q Q Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-230
3.44 Interlock system logic NSD: Non-storing delay

Description of NSD Object name (Type + Number) FB 573 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises a non-storing delay. Operating principle If the input flag I is set, the defined delay SET is started. The output O is set after expiry of this time. Resetting the input flag I clears the output flag O. The time is reset if the input signal is not set. A resetting of the enable flag whilst the output flag is set, resets the output flag, but does not stop any currently running waiting time. Internal logic Auxiliary flag TDS1 Outputs O := I _& TD1 & F := I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-231
Block view
Fig. 28: NSD block
Connections of NSD Connection (parameters) SET I F ACT O Meaning Waiting time setpoint value Input start waiting time Enabling output Current waiting time Data type REAL BOOL BOOL REAL Def. 0.0 0 0 0.0 0 Type I I I O O Attr. Q Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
Output waiting BOOL time finished
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-232
3.45 Interlock system logic S: Storing

Description of S Object name (Type + Number) FB 574 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises storing. Operating principle Setting the input I whilst simultaneously resetting input R will set the internal memory. When input I is reset, the internal memory remains set. Only after input R has been set, will the internal memory be reset. Output O is set if the internal memory is set and the enable input F is set. When resetting input F, output O is reset but the internal memory remains set. If input F is set again, then output O is also set. Internal logic Auxiliary flag S I_O C I_O Outputs O := F _& I_O = = I R
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-233
Block view
Fig. 29: S block
Connections of S Connection (parameters) I R F O Meaning Set storing Reset storing Enabling output Output storing set Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 1 0 Type I I I O Attr. Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-234
3.46 Interlock system logic SD: Memory with delay

Description of SD Object name (Type + Number) FB 575 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises a memory with delayed output. (Storing Delayed). Operating principle Setting the input "I" whilst simultaneously resetting input "R" will set the internal memory. When input "I" is reset, the internal memory remains set. Only after input "R" has been set, will the internal memory be reset. Output "O" is set if the internal memory has been set, enable input "F" has been set and the waiting time "SET" has expired. When resetting input "F", output O is reset but the internal memory remains set. If input "F" is set again, then output "O" is also set. The internal memory will only be cleared by setting the reset input "R". Simultaneously, this resets the output. Internal logic Auxiliary flag S I_S C I_S TDS1 I_O Outputs O := F _& I_O = = := := I R I_S I_S _& TD1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-235
Block view
Fig. 30: SD block
Connections of SD Connection (parameters) SET I R F ACT O Meaning Delay time setpoint value Set storing Reset storing Enabling output Current delay time value Output storing set Data type REAL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL BOOL Def. 0.0 0 0 1 0.0 0 Type I I I I O O Attr. Q Q Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-236
3.47 Interlock system logic ST: Storing pulse

Description of ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 576 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block generates a storing pulse. (Storing Timed). Operating principle Setting the input I sets the internal memory. When input I is reset, the internal memory remains set. On expiry of the waiting time defined in input SET, the internal memory is reset. Output O is set if the internal memory is set and the enable input F is set. When resetting input F, output O is reset but the internal memory remains set. If input F is set again, then output O is also set. The expiry of the internal time is not related to the enable input F. If, during the phase in which the waiting time is running, input F should be reset, then the time will not be stopped. Internal logic Auxiliary flag S I_S C I_S TDS1 I_O Outputs O := F _& I_O = = := := I TD1 I_S I_S
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-237
Block view
Fig. 31: ST block
Connections of ST Connection (parameters) SET I F ACT O Meaning Pulse time setpoint value Set storing Enabling output Current pulse time value Output storing set Data type REAL BOOL BOOL REAL BOOL Def. 0.0 0 1 0.0 0 Type I I I O O Attr. Q Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-238
3.48 Interlock system logic T: Pulse

Description of T Object name (Type + Number) FB 577 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block generates a pulse. (Timed). Operating principle Setting the input I sets the internal flag. On expiry of the waiting time defined in input SET, the internal flag is reset. In addition, it will also be reset when input I is reset. Output O is set if the internal flag and the enable input F are set. When resetting input F, output O is reset but the internal flag remains set. If input F is set again, then output O is also set. The expiry of the internal time is not related to the enable input F. If, during the phase in which the pulse time is running, input F should be reset, then the time will not be stopped. Internal logic Auxiliary flag TDS1 I_O Outputs O := F _& I_O := := I TDA1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-239
Block view
Fig. 32: T block
Connections of T Connection (parameters) SET I F ACT O Meaning Pulse time setpoint value Start pulse time Enabling output Current pulse time value Output pulse time running Data type REAL BOOL BOOL REAL BOOL Def. 0.0 0 1 0.0 0 Type I I I O O Attr. Q Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-240
3.49 Interlock system logic T_SYS: System time indicator

Description of T_SYS Object name (Type + Number) FB 578 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block reads the PLC system time and outputs the same. Operating principle The block reads the PLC system time and outputs the same at various outputs. All outputs are numerical values of the type integer and indicate a part of the system time. The output SCND contains the current second of the system time, the output MINU contains the current minute, and the output HOUR the current hour, of the system time. In DAY, the day of the month is indicated, in MONTH the month of the year and in YEAR the year. Finally, in DAY_W the day of the week is indicated. The corresponding values will be read from DB_SYS where they are stored by the block TIME_GEN. For the function of this block it is therefore absolutely necessary that the block TIME_GEN is present in the project. Block view
Fig. 33: T_SYS block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-241
Connections of T_SYS Connection (parameters) SCND MINU HOUR DAY MONTH YEAR DAY_W Meaning Current second Data type INT Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Type O O O O O O O Attr. Q Q Q Q Q Q Q 1 to 7 O&O Perm. values 0 to 59 0 to 59 0 to 23 1 to 31 1 to 12
Current minute INT Current hour Current day INT INT
Current month INT Current year Current week day INT INT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-242
3.50 Interlock system logic TON: On-delay

Description of TON Object name (Type + Number) FB 579 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block generates an on-delay. (Timer ON delay). Operating principle Setting of the input I starts the internal time whose length is specified at input SET. Setting the input R resets the internal time and clears all outputs. During the runtime of the internal time output TT is set and on expiry of this time output DN is set. Output TT is also a pulse for a specific period and output DN is a delay. Resetting the output I or setting the input R resets the internal time and clears the two outputs TT and DN. Internal logic Auxiliary flag TDS1 Outputs TT DN := := TDA1 TD1 := I_&-R
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-243
Block view
Fig. 34: TON block
Connections of TON Connection (parameters) SET I R ACT TT DN Meaning Pulse time setpoint value Start pulse time Resetting pulse time Current pulse time value Output pulse time running Data type REAL BOOL BOOL REAL BOOL Def. 0.0 0 1 0.0 0 0 Type I I I O O O Attr. Q Q Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
Output pulse BOOL time is finished
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-244
3.51 Interlock system logic TOF: Switch-off delay

Description of TOF Object name (Type + Number) FB 580 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block generates a switch-off delay. (Timer OFF delay). Operating principle Resetting of the input I starts the internal time whose length is specified at input SET. Setting the input R resets the internal time and clears all outputs. During the runtime of the internal time output TT is set and on expiry of this time output DN is reset. Output TT is also a pulse for a specific period and output DN is a delay. Setting the input I or setting the input R resets the internal time and clears the output TT and sets the output DN. Internal logic Auxiliary flag TDS1 Outputs TT DN := := TDA1 I / TDA1 := I_&-R
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-245
Block view
Fig. 35: TOF block
Connections of TOF Connection (parameters) SET I R ACT TT DN Meaning Pulse time setpoint value Start pulse time Resetting pulse time Current pulse time value Output pulse time running Data type REAL BOOL BOOL REAL BOOL Def. 0.0 0 1 0.0 0 0 Type I I I O O O Attr. Q Q Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
Output pulse BOOL time is finished
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-246
3.52 Interlock system logic DBL_FLAP: Double flap valve with valves
Description of DBL_FLAP Object name (Type + Number) FB 581 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block drives two valve blocks which control a double flap valve. The block first opens the top valve, closes the same again, then opens the bottom valve and closes the same again. After a waiting time the cycle restarts with the top valve. Operating principle The block is activated with the setting of the input REL and starts its internal cycle. First the output LSTA2 is set for opening the bottom valve. Thereafter, input LLSW2 must be set which indicates the open position of the valve. Then the time for the opening duration of the bottom valve LO_TIM starts to run. On expiry of this time, output LSTA2 is reset and output LSTA1 is set for closing the top valve. If input LLSW1 is then set, which indicates the closed position of the valve, then the output USTA1 is reset. Then cycle pause time PA_TIM starts up. On expiry of this time period the top valve is opened. To this end, first the output USTA2 is set for opening the top valve. Thereafter, input ULSW2 must be set which indicates the open position of the valve. Then the time for the opening duration of the top valve UP_TIM starts to run. On expiry of this time, output USTA2 is reset and output USTA1 is set for closing the top valve. If input ULSW1 is then set, which indicates the closed position of the valve, then the output USTA1 is reset. If the bottom valve is closed again, waiting time WA_TIM starts to run. Then the cycle is restarted with the opening of the top valve. A waiting time does not run now.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-247
Block view
Fig. 36: DBL_FLAP block
Connections of DBL_FLAP Connection Meaning (parameters) REL ULSW1 ULSW2 LLSW1 LLSW2 UP_TIM LO_TIM PA_TIM WA_TIM USTA1 USTA2 LSTA1 LSTA2 Enabling operation Limit switch closed upper valve Limit switch open upper valve Limit switch closed lower valve Limit switch open lower valve Opening time setpoint value upper valve Opening time setpoint value lower valve Pause interval setpoint value Waiting time setpoint value upper/lower valve Output close upper valve Output open upper valve Output close lower valve Output open lower valve Data type Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 1 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 REAL 3.0 REAL 5.0 REAL 20.0 REAL 1.0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-248
Connection Meaning (parameters) ACT Current active time value
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O Q
REAL 0.0
3.53 Interlock system logic CHA_OPTI: Alternate operation of two devices

Description of CHA_OPTI Object name (Type + Number) FB 588 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block controls two devices. One of the two is activated. The change occurs after a selected runtime. If one of the two devices is not available, the other one will be automatically activated. Operating principle The block is activated by setting the input STA1. Using this signal, output REL is set. Now the function of the block is activated. With the input STOP the output REL is reset. If the output REL is not set, then the inputs STA1_OUT and STOP_OUT do not have any function. If REL is set, and if the input STA1_OUT is set, the outputs PWON1 or PWON2 are set. If the corresponding check-back signal is available (RCR1 for PWON1 and RCR2 for PWON2) the outputs PWON1 and PWON2 are reset. If STOP_OUT is now set, then the output PWOFF will be activated until both inputs RCR1 and RCR2 have been reset. Via the setpoint value TIME1 the runtime (in hours) is entered following which the other device is activated. The current runtime of the devices is counted by setting the inputs RCR1 and RCR2. The runtime of device 1 (RCR1) is shown in the output ACT1, and the runtime of device 2 (RCR2) is shown in the output ACT2. If device 1 is in operation, then the output PWON2 is set on expiry of the waiting time. This signal must be used to start the second device and to stop the first device. This is normally done by starting another mode from a GROC block. If RCR2 is available, PWON2 is reset. If runtime TIME1 for device 2 has now been reached, then the output PWON1 is set by means of which device 1 must be started and device 2 must be stopped. If RCR1 is available, PWON1 will be reset. If device 1 or 2 should not be available ( inputs AVBL1 or AVBL2 have been reset), then only the available device will be activated and no alternate operation will be carried out. If one of the devices should be in operation, the runtime not yet expired, and the associated availability signal (AVBL1 or AVBL2) be cancelled, then there will be a switchover to the other device without delay.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-249
Using the edge alternation from 0 to 1 of the input R, the current runtimes ACT1 and ACT2 are reset. In this case, the runtime counter starts to increment again from zero for the active device.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-250
Internal logic Auxiliary flag ACT1_END ACT2_END ACT1_HIGH ACT2_HIGH S REL_OUT C REL_OUT S PWON1_I C PWON1_I := := := := : : : : ACT1 >= TIME1 ACT2 >= TIME1 ACT1 >= ACT2 ACT2 > ACT1 STA1_OUT_&RELSTOP_OUT/-REL (REL_OUT_&AVBL1_&AVBL2_&-PWON1_I&-PWON2_I_&ACT1_HIGH)/(PWON2_I_&ACT2_END_&ACT2_HIGH)/(AVBL1&_AVBL2)(REL_OUT_&AVBL1_&AVBL2_&-PWON1_I&PWON2_I_&ACT1_HIGH)/(PWON1_I_&ACT1_END_&ACT1_HIGH)/AVBL1 (REL_OUT_&AVBL1_&AVBL2_&-PWON1_I&PWON2_I_&ACT1_HIGH)/(PWON1_I_&ACT1_END_&ACT1_HIGH)/(AVBL1&_AVBL2)(REL_OUT_&AVBL1_&AVBL2_&-PWON1_I&PWON2_I_&-ACT1_HIGH)/(PWON2_I_&ACT2_END_&ACT2_HIGH)/AVBL2
S PWON2_I C PWON2_I
: :
Outputs S REL C REL PWON1 PWON2 PWOFF : : := := := STA1 STOP PWON1_I_&REL_OUT_&-RCR1 PWON2_I_&REL_OUT_&-RCR2 -REL_OUT_&(RCR1/RCR2)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-251
Block view
Fig. 37: CHA_OPTI block
Connections of CHA_OPTI Connection Meaning (parameters) STA1 STOP STA1_OUT STOP_OUT AVBL1 AVBL2 RCR1 RCR2 R TIME1 RUNUPCYC REL PWON1 PWON2 PWOFF ACT1 Start enabling for operation Stop enabling for operation Start operation of the devices Stop operation of the devices Device 1 is available Device 2 is available Device 1 is in operation Device 2 is in operation Reset running time counter Running time setpoint value until device change Waiting cycles at start Enabling for operation Starting the first device Starting the second device Stopping both devices Current running time of device 1 Data type Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 REAL 24.0 INT 3
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-252
Connection Meaning (parameters) ACT2 Current running time of device 2
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O Q
REAL 0.0
3.54 Interlock system logic STA_SEQ: Sequential start and stop

Description of STA_SEQ Object name (Type + Number) FB 589 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block controls up to 10 devices. In the event of a start request one device after another will be started successively until the request is no longer available. If the stop request is available, one device after another will also be stopped until the request is no longer available Operating principle The block is activated by setting the input STA1. Using this signal, output REL is set. Now the function of the block is activated. With the input STOP the output REL is reset. If the output REL is not set, then the inputs STA1_OUT and STOP_OUT do not have any function. With REL set, and if input is STA1_OUT, a device is started. If STOP_OUT is now set, then a device is stopped. Each of the maximum 10 devices has a set of signals by means of which it is driven or by means of which the current status of the device is represented. Here, the signals are numbered from 01 to 10. For simplification, an x is inserted into the name instead of the number. If the input AVBLx is set, then the corresponding device is available. The input RCRx indicates that the corresponding device is in operation. Using output PWONx the corresponding device is started, and it is stopped with PWOFx. With the start request of the corresponding device, the output PWONx is set if AVBLx is set. It is reset, if the check-back signal RCRx is available. In the case of a stop request, the output PWOFx is set until the check-back signal RCRx has been reset. This procedure will always be carried out, when device starting and stopping are talked about. If the input STA1_OUT is available, and output REL is set, then the first device is started. On expiry of the waiting time which is specified in input TIME2, the next device is started. If the input STA1_OUT and the output REL should still be available, then the next device will be started on renewed expiry of the waiting time. The action is repeated until all 10 devices are in operation or the input STA1_OUT has been reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-253
During stopping the devices are stopped again in reverse start sequence. If the input STOP_OUT is available, and output REL is set, then the most recently started device is stopped. On expiry of the waiting time TIME2, the last but one device started is stopped. This action is repeated until STOP_OUT has been reset or all 10 devices have been stopped. The actions described above show that the device started first has the longest runtime, and the device started last the shortest. In order to compensate for the different runtimes, a base load alternation operation is implemented. On expiry of the waiting time TIME1 there will be a change in the device which, if required, is started first and stopped last. In the output BASE_DEV the number of the device is indicated which is started first. Output ACT_DEV indicates the number of the devices which are activated. If a device should not be available (input AVBLx has been reset), it is skipped in the start and stop sequence. If, for example, the base load device is number 1, then the start sequence is Device 1, Device 2 etc. up to Device 10. The stop sequence will then be device 10, device 9 to device 1. However, if the base load device is number 4 then the start sequence will be Device 4 to Device 10 and thereafter Device 1 to Device 3. The stop sequence will then be device 3 to 1 and then again devices 10 to 4. Input R resets the waiting time 1 between the start of two devices as well as the waiting time 2 until the next change of the base load device.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-254
Block view
Fig. 38: Connections of STA_SEQ
Connections of STA_SEQ Connection Meaning (parameters) STA1 STOP STA1_OUT STOP_OUT AVBL01 AVBL02 AVBL03 AVBL04 Start enabling for operation Stop enabling for operation Start operation of the devices Stop operation of the devices Device 1 is available Device 2 is available Device 3 is available Device 4 is available Data type Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-255
Connection Meaning (parameters) AVBL05 AVBL06 AVBL07 AVBL08 AVBL09 AVBL10 RCR01 RCR02 RCR03 RCR04 RCR05 RCR06 RCR07 RCR08 RCR09 RCR10 R TIME1 TIME2 RUNUPCYC REL PWON01 PWON02 PWON03 PWON04 PWON05 PWON06 PWON07 Device 5 is available Device 6 is available Device 7 is available Device 8 is available Device 9 is available Device 10 is available Device 1 is in operation Device 2 is in operation Device 3 is in operation Device 4 is in operation Device 5 is in operation Device 6 is in operation Device 7 is in operation Device 8 is in operation Device 9 is in operation Device 10 is in operation Reset running time counter Waiting time setpoint value until basic load change
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 REAL 24.0
Waiting time setpoint value before REAL 15.0 starting or stopping the next device Waiting cycles at start Enabling for operation Starting command device 1 Starting command device 2 Starting command device 3 Starting command device 4 Starting command device 5 Starting command device 6 Starting command device 7 INT 3
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-256
Connection Meaning (parameters) PWON08 PWON09 PWON10 PWOF01 PWOF02 PWOF03 PWOF04 PWOF05 PWOF06 PWOF07 PWOF08 PWOF09 PWOF10 ACT1 ACT2 BASE_DEV ACT_DEV Starting command device 8 Starting command device 9 Starting command device 10 Stopping command device 1 Stopping command device 2 Stopping command device 3 Stopping command device 4 Stopping command device 5 Stopping command device 6 Stopping command device 7 Stopping command device 8 Stopping command device 9 Stopping command device 10 Current waiting time until basic load change
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 REAL 0.0
Current waiting time before starting REAL 0.0 or stopping the next device No. of the first device for start Number of devices in operation INT INT 0 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-257
3.55 Mathematical function CMP_DW: Comparator for double words

Description of CMP_DW Object name (Type + Number) FC 520 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block compares two inputs of the type DWORD (double word). Operating principle The block compares the two inputs IN1 and IN2. Depending on the result of the comparison, the corresponding output is set. There is an output GT for "Greater than", GE for "Greater or equal", EQ for "Equal", LE for "Less or equal", L for "Less than" and NE for "Not Equal". Internal logic Outputs GT GE EQ NE LE LT Block view := := := := := := IN1 > IN2 IN1 >= IN2 IN1 = IN2 IN1 <> IN2 IN1 <= IN2 IN1 < IN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-258
Fig. 39: CMP_DW block
Connections of CMP_DW Connection (parameters) IN1 IN2 GT GE Meaning Input value 1 Input value 2 IN1 is greater than IN2 IN1 is greater than or equal to IN2 Data type DWORD DWORD BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 Type I I O O Attr. Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
EQ NE LE
IN1 is equal to BOOL IN2 IN1 is not equal to IN2 IN1 is less than or equal to IN2 IN1 is less than IN2 BOOL BOOL
0 0 0
O O O
Q Q Q
LT
BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-259
3.56 Mathematical function CMP_R: Comparator for floating point numbers

Description of CMP_R Object name (Type + Number) FC 521 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block compares two inputs of the type REAL (floating point number). Operating principle The block compares the two inputs IN1 and IN2. Depending on the result of the comparison, the corresponding output is set. There is an output GT for "Greater than", GE for "Greater or equal", EQ for "Equal", LE for "Less or equal", LT for "Less than" and NE for "Not Equal". Internal logic Outputs GT GE EQ NE LE LT := := := := := := IN1 > IN2 IN1 >= IN2 IN1 = IN2 IN1 <> IN2 IN1 <= IN2 IN1 < IN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-260
Block view
Fig. 40: CMP_R block
Connections of CMP_R Connection (parameters) IN1 IN2 GT GE Meaning Input value 1 Input value 2 IN1 is greater than IN2 IN1 is greater than or equal to IN2 Data type REAL REAL BOOL BOOL Def. 0.0 0.0 0 0 Type I I O O Attr. Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
EQ NE LE
0 0 0
O O O
Q Q Q
LT
BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-261
3.57 Mathematical function CMP_W: Comparator for words

Description of CMP_W Object name (Type + Number) FC 522 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block compares two inputs of the type WORD (word). Operating principle The block compares the two inputs IN1 and IN2. Depending on the result of the comparison, the corresponding output is set. There is an output GT for "Greater than", GE for "Greater or equal", EQ for "Equal", LE for "Less or equal", LT for "Less than" and NE for "Not Equal". Internal logic Outputs GT GE EQ NE LE LT := := := := := := IN1 > IN2 IN1 >= IN2 IN1 = IN2 IN1 <> IN2 IN1 <= IN2 IN1 < IN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-262
Block view
Fig. 41: CMP_W block
Connections of CMP_W Connection (parameters) IN1 IN2 GT GE Meaning Input value 1 Input value 2 IN1 is greater than IN2 IN1 is greater than or equal to IN2 Data type WORD WORD BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 Type I I O O Attr. Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
EQ NE LE
0 0 0
O O O
Q Q Q
LT
BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-263
3.58 Mathematical function CMP_B: Comparator for byte

Description of CMP_B Object name (Type + Number) FC 523 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block compares two inputs of the type BYTE (byte). Operating principle The block compares the two inputs IN1 and IN2. Depending on the result of the comparison, the corresponding output is set. There is an output GT for "Greater than", GE for "Greater or equal", EQ for "Equal", LE for "Less or equal", LT for "Less than" and NE for "Not Equal". Internal logic Outputs GT GE EQ NE LE LT Block view := := := := := := IN1 > IN2 IN1 >= IN2 IN1 = IN2 IN1 <> IN2 IN1 <= IN2 IN1 < IN2
Fig. 42: CMP_B block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-264
Connections of CMP_B Connection (parameters) IN1 IN2 GT GE Meaning Input value 1 Input value 2 IN1 is greater than IN2 IN1 is greater than or equal to IN2 Data type BYTE BYTE BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 Type I I O O Attr. Q Q Q Q O&O Perm. values
EQ NE LE
0 0 0
O O O
Q Q Q
LT
BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-265
3.59 Mathematical function MOV_R: Conditioned copying of a floating point number

Description of MOV_R Object name (Type + Number) FB 582 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-266
Block view
Fig. 43: MOV_R block
Connections of MOV_R Connection Meaning (parameters) IN REL OUT Input value Enabling copying Output value Data type REAL Def. 0.0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I O Q Q Q
BOOL 0 REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-267
3.60 Mathematical function MOV_W: Conditioned copying of a data word

Description of MOV_W Object name (Type + Number) FB 583 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 44: MOV_W block
Connections of MOV_W Connection Meaning (parameters) IN REL OUT Input value Enabling copying Output value Data type Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I O Q Q Q
WORD 0 BOOL 0
WORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-268
3.61 Mathematical function MOV_DI: Conditioned copying of a double fixed point number
Description of MOV_DI Object name (Type + Number) FB 584 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 45: MOV_DI block
Connections of MOV_DI Connection Meaning (parameters) IN REL OUT Input value Enabling copying Output value Data type DINT Def. 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I O Q Q Q
BOOL 0 DINT 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-269
3.62 Mathematical Functions MOV_I: Conditioned copying of a fixed point number

Description of MOV_I Object name (Type + Number) FB 585 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 46: MOV_I block
Connections of MOV_I Connection Meaning (parameters) IN REL OUT Input value Enabling copying Output value Data type INT Def. 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I O Q Q Q
BOOL 0 INT 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-270
3.63 Mathematical Functions MOV_DW: Conditioned copying of a double data word

Description of MOV_DW Object name (Type + Number) FB 586 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 47: MOV_DW block
Connections of MOV_DW Connection Meaning (parameters) IN REL OUT Input value Enabling copying Output value Data type Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I O Q Q Q
DWORD 0 BOOL 0
DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-271
3.64 Mathematical Functions MOV_B: Conditioned copying of a data byte

Description of MOV_B Object name (Type + Number) FB 587 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 48: MOV_B block
Connections of MOV_B Connection Meaning (parameters) IN REL OUT Input value Enabling copying Output value Data type BYTE Def. 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I O Q Q Q
BOOL 0 BYTE 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-272
3.65 Simocode-DP drive control UNID_ST: setting drive

Description of UNID_ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 520 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODEDP motor controller. The SIMOCODE-DP is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODEDP. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders Further field equipment, switchgear and SIMOCODE are openedHere, the entry SIMOCODEDPV1 PDM is located.
Fig. 49: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-273
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block, DPV1: BasicType 2 compact is used. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
Fig. 50: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "Equipment-specific parameters" the entry "Diagnosing according to DPV1" must be activated with "Yes". Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE-DP have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE-DP is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-274
All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE-DP. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE-DP) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by SIMOCODE-DP or written to the SIMOCODE-DP. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE-DP generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-275
Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE-DP. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL Y(n) ) ) (n) : (n+1) : VAL : FF : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data provided by the SIMOCODE-DP. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE-DP. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up.For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-276
Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 RESET CLEROP AVAIL := := := = = := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S GFLT C GFLT S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := -PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1 -IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-277
S ETIM C ETIM TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH S IMAX C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM S UNSYM C UNSYM
: : := = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER QBAD LOCA : : : : : : := := := := := := := ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 IMIN -SLAVE_OK (-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-278
Block view
Fig. 51: UNID_ST block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_ST block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block UNID_ST internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE-DP group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-279
Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE-DP to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE-DP group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 EROP GFLT ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC BLOCK DOWNL GWARN $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ -
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH PF WH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-280
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ 12 13 14 15 16 EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class
AH AH AH AH AH
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Connections of UNID_ST Connection Meaning (parameters) SUNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON PMI1 SPCL CSF DOWNL TEST LST1 LSP1 Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Control system error Set SIMOCODE-DP to download mode Set SIMOCODE-DP to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-281
Connection Meaning (parameters) SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO LSEL Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
Data type BOOL BOOL
Def. 1 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I Q + +
Display of softkeys for faceplate BOOL reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Monitoring time setpoint value Belt width for filtering motor current value Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Activated page of the faceplate Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 BOOL BOOL
RLSA TIME1 BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC PAGE EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3
BOOL REAL INT REAL REAL REAL INT INT
1 5.0 1 0.5 100.0
I I I I I
Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + >0
10800.0 I 3 1 I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
B M M BQ BQ B B B
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 29 3
Resetting error SIMOCODE-DP BOOL Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT
+ + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-282
Connection Meaning (parameters) 3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
Data type
Def.
INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
4 5 6 7 8 30 31 32 33 34 2 35 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-283
Connection Meaning (parameters) QBAD LOCA ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST NOOV PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE-DP Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + + +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0
Operation and observation of UNID_ST See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_ST The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > UNID_ST < Bit 0 1 2 3 ILC1 NOTA Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-284
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SSTP SWRE CSF DOWNL TEST COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 SST1 LSP1 SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 ERRC TEST BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERM UNSYM PMI1 ERPI EREO ETIM STOP CVON GFLT AVBL RCR1 GFLT ERMS ERSP OPL1
EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA
In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block UNID_ST does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-285
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_ST The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-286
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE Extended information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller STATISTICS Statistics data and motor current of the SIMOCODE-DP With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. A content list follows below: > UNID_ST with PAGE = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_DPV1 SLAVE_SIMO SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-287
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> UNID_ST with PAGE = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Data word A ON1 OFF ON2 OVL_WAR AUTO LOCK_OT FAULT WARNING READY IDL_TIM INI_PAR PAR_ACT COOL_TI CST OPENING CLOSING POS_CLOS POS_OPEN Data word B WA_EARTH WA_OVLD WA_UNSYM WA_I1MAX WA_I1MIN WA_I2MAX WA_I2MIN EXT_WARN WA_THERM UNSYM SENS_SC Data word C ER_EARTH ER_OVLD ER_UNSYM ER_THERM ER_I1MAX ER_I1MIN ER_I2MAX ER_I2MIN CURR_ON CURR_OFF MOT_STAL POS_STAL ER_DOUB0 ER_DOUB1 ER_ENDPO ER_NONEQ RTS OPO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-288
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
TRQ_CLOS TRQ_OPEN DP_BLOCK DP_FAIL PLC_CPU EM_START HW_TEST EXT_SIG1 EXT_SIG2 EXT_SIG3
UVO EXT_FLT1 EXT_FLT2 ER_CST ER_RT_ON ER_RT_OF PARA_ER0 PARA_ER1 PARA_ER2 PARA_ER3 PARA_ER4 PARA_ER5 PARA_ER6 PARA_ER7
> UNID_ST with PAGE = 4 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Data word A RUN_TIME Data word B NO_START Data word C ACT_COLTI
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-289
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NO_OVLD
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-290
3.66 Simocode-DP drive control REVD_ST: Reversible drive

Description of REVD_ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 521 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. The SIMOCODE-DP is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE-DP. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders Further field equipment, switchgear and SIMOCODE are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-291
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-292
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "Equipment-specific parameters" the entry "Diagnosing according to DPV1" must be activated with "Yes". Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE-DP have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE-DP is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE-DP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-293
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE-DP) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by SIMOCODE-DP or written to the SIMOCODEDP. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE-DP generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG1', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-294
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE-DP. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL Y(n) ) ) (n) : (n+1) : VAL : FF : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data provided by the SIMOCODE-DP. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE-DP. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-295
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 ISTA2 GO1 GO2 RUN1 RUN2 RESET PMNOT CLEROP AVAIL RUNSTP := := := = = := := := := := := := := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY STA2_&READY ISTA1_&ILC1 ISTA2_&ILC2 SEN1/OSG1 SEN2/OSG2 -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) -PMI1_&-PMI2 EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO ICVON/EROP/STOP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-296
Data word S ERPI C ERPI : : PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/ISTA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/ISTA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)ICVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1)) PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/ISTA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLICVON/CLEROP PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-ISTA1_&SEN1)_&IRCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-ICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERPI/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI_&RESET (RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA_&-STOP/ERSP/PMNOT_&ERPI(-ICVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI) SEN1_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-ICVON/EROP/-IRCR1 SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-ICVON/EROP/-RCR2 -IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -PWON_&-OPS1_&IRCR1_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL -PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-IRCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S OPS2 C OPS2 S GFLT C GFLT S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 OPL2 S ETIM C ETIM TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := := : : := = = = = = =
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-297
S EARTH C EARTH S IMAX C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM
= = = = = = = =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
Status word OSG1 OSG2 S SEN1 C SEN1 S SEN2 C SEN2 EMOF DAVB EROR S PWON C PWON DOFF OPER QBAD LOCA := := : : : : := := := : : := := := := OPS1OPS2 GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA/-ILC1/OSG1_&PSEN GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA/-ILC2/OSG2_&PSEN EREOICVON_&-NOTAEROP
SEN1/SEN2RUNSTP/NOTA/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2) -OSG1_&-OSG2 IMIN -SLAVE_OK (-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-298
Block view
Fig. 54: REVD_ST block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_ST block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_ST internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE-DP group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-299
Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE-DP to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE-DP group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 EROP GFLT ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC BLOCK DOWNL $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH PF Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-300
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 11 12 13 14 15 16 GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class WH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Connections of REVD_ST Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 STOP CVON PMI1 PMI2 SPCL Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive direction 1 Start drive direction 2 Process-technological interlock direction 1 Process-technological interlock direction 2 Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock direction 1 Machine protection interlock direction 2 Speed monitor Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-301
Connection Meaning (parameters) CSF DOWNL TEST LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO LSEL Control system error Set SIMOCODE-DP to download mode Set SIMOCODE-DP to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop without PMI2 Local start/stop with PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI2 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
RLSA TIME1 BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC PAGE EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET
1 5.0 1 0.5 100.0
I I I I I
Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + >0
10800.0 I 3 1 I I I I IO
B M M BQ
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 0
Resetting error SIMOCODE-DP BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-302
Connection Meaning (parameters) LSER SST1 SST2 SSTP SUPR EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 Enabling of local operation Single start direction 1 Single start direction 2 Single stop Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 29 3 4 5 6 7 8 30 31 32 33 34 2 35
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO BQ B B B B + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-303
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV2_SIG8 OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST NOOV PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC Index variable for message no. 16 Operating message direction 1 Operating message direction 2 Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE-DP Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + + +
Operation and observation of REVD_ST See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-304
PW, DW and SW of REVD_ST The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > REVD_ST < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 STOP CVON GFLT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2 SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SST1 SST2 SSTP SWRE ERRC TEST BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERM ERPI EREO ETIM OPL1 OLP2 GFLT ERMS ERSP Parameter word STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA Status word SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-305
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
CSF DOWNL TEST
UNSYM
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block REVD_ST does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12.
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_ST The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE Extended information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller STATISTICS Statistics data and motor current of the SIMOCODE-DP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-306
With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. A content list follows below: > REVD_ST with PAGE = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_DPV1 SLAVE_SIMO SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-307
27 28 29 30 31
> REVD_ST with PAGE = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Data word A ON1 OFF ON2 OVL_WAR AUTO LOCK_OT FAULT WARNING READY IDL_TIM INI_PAR PAR_ACT COOL_TI CST OPENING CLOSING POS_CLOS POS_OPEN TRQ_CLOS TRQ_OPEN DP_BLOCK DP_FAIL PLC_CPU Data word B WA_EARTH WA_OVLD WA_UNSYM WA_I1MAX WA_I1MIN WA_I2MAX WA_I2MIN EXT_WARN WA_THERM UNSYM SENS_SC Data word C ER_EARTH ER_OVLD ER_UNSYM ER_THERM ER_I1MAX ER_I1MIN ER_I2MAX ER_I2MIN CURR_ON CURR_OFF MOT_STAL POS_STAL ER_DOUB0 ER_DOUB1 ER_ENDPO ER_NONEQ RTS OPO UVO EXT_FLT1 EXT_FLT2 ER_CST ER_RT_ON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-308
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
EM_START HW_TEST EXT_SIG1 EXT_SIG2 EXT_SIG3
ER_RT_OF PARA_ER0 PARA_ER1 PARA_ER2 PARA_ER3 PARA_ER4 PARA_ER5 PARA_ER6 PARA_ER7
> REVD_ST with PAGE = 4 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 NO_OVLD ACT_COLTI Data word A RUN_TIME Data word B NO_START Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-309
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-310
3.67 Simocode-DP drive control RVDL_ST: reversible drive with limit switches
Description of RVDL_ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 522 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive with limit switches which is driven by a SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. The SIMOCODE-DP is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE-DP. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders Further field equipment, switchgear and SIMOCODE are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-311
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-312
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "Equipment-specific parameters" the entry "Diagnosing according to DPV1" must be activated with "Yes". Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE-DP have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE-DP-DP motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE-DP is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE-DP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-313
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE-DP) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by SIMOCODE-DP or written to the SIMOCODE-DP. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE-DP generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-314
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE-DP. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL Y(n) ) ) (n) : (n+1) : VAL : FF : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data provided by the SIMOCODE-DP. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE-DP. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-315
Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 ISTA2 GO1 GO2 NOSEN RESET CLEROP CLERPS LSWALL LSWPOS AVAIL := := := = = := := := := := := := := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY STA2_&READY ISTA1_&ILC1 ISTA2_&ILC2 -(SEN1/SEN2) NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES ERPS_&ERES LSW1_&LSW2 -LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1 IAVBL_&IOLPT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-316
Data word S ERPS C ERPS : : (LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET (-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET AVAIL_&-ERPI_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERPI/ERPS/ERRC-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI_&ERPS_&RESET ((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA)/(ERPS/ERRC_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS) GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA -IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2/OSG2/-ERPS_&LSW1) LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1/OSG1/-ERPS_&LSW2) -SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1 -SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2 TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S ERPI C ERPI
::
S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S OPS2 C OPS2 S GFLT C GFLT S ERMS C ERMS S ETIM C ETIM S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 OPL1 OPL2 TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := := := = =
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-317
S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH S IMAX C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM
= = = = = = = = = = = =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-318
Block view
Fig. 57: RVDL_ST block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_ST block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_ST internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE-DP group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Machine protection (PMI1) Position monitoring (ERPS)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-319
Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE-DP to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE-DP group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. Including the inputs CVON (at value 0) Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 EROP GFLT ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC BLOCK DOWNL $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH PF Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-320
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 11 12 13 14 15 16 GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class WH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Connections of RVDL_ST Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON PMI1 SPCL CSF DOWNL TEST LST1 Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Control system error Set SIMOCODE-DP to download mode Set SIMOCODE-DP to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-321
Connection Meaning (parameters) LSP1 SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO LSEL Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 1 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I Q Q + +
RLSA TIME1 BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC PAGE EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2
1 5.0 1 0.5 100.0
I I I I I
Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + >0
10800.0 I 3 1 I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
B M M BQ BQ B B B
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 29
Resetting error SIMOCODE-DP BOOL Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT
+ + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-322
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 3 4 5 6 7 8 30 31 32 33 34 2 35 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-323
Connection Meaning (parameters) automatically) QBAD LOCA ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST NOOV PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE-DP Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type
Def.
BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + + +
Operation and observation of RVDL_ST See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_ST The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > RVDL_ST < Bit 0 1 2 ILC1 Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-324
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SSTP SWRE CSF DOWNL TEST SST1 LSP1 SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 PMI1 STOP CVON GFLT AVBL RCR1
NOTA EMOF DAVB OPL1 EROR PWON GFLT ERMS ERSP DOFF SWST OPER QBAD ERPI EREO ETIM LOCA
ERRC TEST BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERM UNSYM
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block RVDL_ST has all defined states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-325
DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_ST The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-326
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE Extended information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller STATISTICS Statistics data and motor current of the SIMOCODE-DP With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. A content list follows below: > RVDL_ST with PAGE = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_DPV1 SLAVE_SIMO SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-327
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> RVDL_ST with PAGE = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Data word A ON1 OFF ON2 OVL_WAR AUTO LOCK_OT FAULT WARNING READY IDL_TIM INI_PAR PAR_ACT COOL_TI CST OPENING CLOSING POS_CLOS POS_OPEN Data word B WA_EARTH WA_OVLD WA_UNSYM WA_I1MAX WA_I1MIN WA_I2MAX WA_I2MIN EXT_WARN WA_THERM UNSYM SENS_SC Data word C ER_EARTH ER_OVLD ER_UNSYM ER_THERM ER_I1MAX ER_I1MIN ER_I2MAX ER_I2MIN CURR_ON CURR_OFF MOT_STAL POS_STAL ER_DOUB0 ER_DOUB1 ER_ENDPO ER_NONEQ RTS OPO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-328
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
TRQ_CLOS TRQ_OPEN DP_BLOCK DP_FAIL PLC_CPU EM_START HW_TEST EXT_SIG1 EXT_SIG2 EXT_SIG3
UVO EXT_FLT1 EXT_FLT2 ER_CST ER_RT_ON ER_RT_OF PARA_ER0 PARA_ER1 PARA_ER2 PARA_ER3 PARA_ER4 PARA_ER5 PARA_ER6 PARA_ER7
> RVDL_ST with PAGE = 4 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Data word A RUN_TIME Data word B NO_START Data word C ACT_COLTI
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-329
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NO_OVLD
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-330
3.68 Simocode-DP drive control CONT_ST: Actuator

Description of CONT_ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 523 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling an actuator with limit switches which is driven by a SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. The SIMOCODE-DP is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE-DP. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders Further field equipment, switchgear and SIMOCODE are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-331
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-332
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "Equipment-specific parameters" the entry "Diagnosing according to DPV1" must be activated with "Yes". Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE-DP have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE-DP is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE-DP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-333
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block CONT_DO (FB 506). However, the block CONT_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODEDP) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by SIMOCODE-DP or written to the SIMOCODE-DP. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE-DP generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET. The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-334
The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE-DP. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL Y(n) ) ) (n) : (n+1) : VAL : FF : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data provided by the SIMOCODE-DP. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE-DP. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-335
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT IHILI ILOLI := := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT HILI_&READY LOLI_&READY
Data word S URO1 C URO1 S URO2 C URO2 S EROP C EROP NOTA S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 CMAN GFLT ERMS ERPI S ERPS C ERPS ERDS TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN : : : : : : := : : : : := := := := : : := := = = = = = = IHILI-ICVON/(-IHILI/ILOLI) ILOLI-ICVON/(-ILOLI/IHILI) (-IODS/LCT-IOLPT/-IAVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/ICVON -ICVON/ERMS/ERPI/ERPS/ERDS/EROL/EROP LSW1-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2) LSW2-ICVON/(-LSW2/LSW1) URO1/URO2 -IOLPT_&ICVON -IAVBL_&ICVON (-PMI1/-PMI2)_&ICVON LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP) IODS_&ICVON TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-336
= = = = = = = =
Status word URG1 URG2 DAVB EROR MANU OPER QBAD LOCA := := := := := := := := URO1 URO2 -NOTA_&ICVON EROP CMAN IMIN -SLAVE_OK (-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-337
Block view
Fig. 60: CONT_ST block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_ST block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CONT_ST internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE-DP group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-338
Position monitoring (ERPS) Machine protection (PMI1) Position check-back (IODS) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE-DP to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE-DP group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 BLOCK DOWNL EROP GFLT ERMS ERPS ERPI ERDS $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ -
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes AH PF Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-339
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ 11 12 13 14 15 16 GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH AH AH AH AH AH
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Connections of CONT_ST Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR HILI LOLI LSW1 LSW2 CVON PMI1 PMI2 Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value Limit switch direction 1 Limit switch direction 2 Control voltage on Machine protection interlock direction 1 Machine protection interlock direction 2 Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-340
Connection Meaning (parameters) AUTO IODS RLS CSF DOWNL TEST LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 ENRE LSEL
Data type
Def. 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q +
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = BOOL 0 ) input Fault input value ACT Enabling outputs SEN1/2 Control system error Set SIMOCODE-DP to download mode Set SIMOCODE-DP to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop without PMI2 Local start/stop with PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI2 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Display of softkeys for faceplate BOOL reset Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Current position check-back value Upper limit value for setpoint value Lower limit value for setpoint value BOOL
RLSA ASET ACT HIGH LOW SWIT
BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
I I I I I I
Q Q Q BQ BQ BQ + + + + >0
Switching hysteresis for REAL comparing setpoint value/actual value Safety position in case of system failure Monitoring time for position change Belt width for filtering motor current value REAL REAL INT
SAFE TIMEOUT BW
0.0 0.0 1
I I I
BQ BQ Q
+ + >0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-341
Connection Meaning (parameters) FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC PAGE EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET LSER SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Activated page of the faceplate Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2
Data type REAL REAL REAL INT INT
Def. 0.5 100.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I Q Q Q +
10800.0 I 3 1 I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
B M M BQ BQ B B
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 0 0 0 0.0 1 29 3 9 5 10 0 0 30 31
Resetting error SIMOCODE-DP BOOL Enabling of local operation Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT
+ + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-342
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 URG1 URG2 DAVB EROR MANU OPER QBAD LOCA LSW1I LSW2I TRQ1 TRQ2 LSW1E LSW2E CSET A1 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT
Def. 32 33 34 2 40 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
Forced open command pending BOOL (HILI) Forced close command pending BOOL (LOLI) Drive is available Drive is faulty Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI) Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Internal limit switch direction 1 Internal limit switch direction 2 Torque limit switch direction 1 Torque limit switch direction 2 External limit switch direction 1 External limit switch direction 2 Active internal setpoint value Current motor current BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-343
Connection Meaning (parameters) OPTI NOST NOOV PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC Current operating hours SIMOCODE-DP Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + +
Operation and observation of CONT_ST See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of CONT_ST The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > CONT_ST < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CVON LSW1 LSW2 Parameter word HILI LOLI Data word URO1 EROP URO2 NOTA POS1 POS2 CMAN DAVB EROR MANU Status word URG1 URG2 SEN1 SEN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-344
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
GFLT AVBL
GFLT ERMS OPER QBAD
PMI1 PMI2
ERPI ERPS ERDS
LSW1I LSW2I TRQ1 TRQ2
AUTO IODS RLS CLSE OPEN TEST BLOCK DOWNL LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 CSF TEST COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERM UNSYM
LSW1E LSW2E LOCA
In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block CONT_ST has all defined states from 1 to 11. DWA, DWB and DWC of CONT_ST The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-345
The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE Extended information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller STATISTICS Statistics data and motor current of the SIMOCODE-DP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-346
With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. A content list follows below: > CONT_ST with PAGE = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_DPV1 SLAVE_SIMO SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-347
27 28 29 30 31
> CONT_ST with PAGE = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Data word A ON1 OFF ON2 OVL_WAR AUTO LOCK_OT FAULT WARNING READY IDL_TIM INI_PAR PAR_ACT COOL_TI CST OPENING CLOSING POS_CLOS POS_OPEN TRQ_CLOS TRQ_OPEN DP_BLOCK DP_FAIL PLC_CPU Data word B WA_EARTH WA_OVLD WA_UNSYM WA_I1MAX WA_I1MIN WA_I2MAX WA_I2MIN EXT_WARN WA_THERM UNSYM SENS_SC Data word C ER_EARTH ER_OVLD ER_UNSYM ER_THERM ER_I1MAX ER_I1MIN ER_I2MAX ER_I2MIN CURR_ON CURR_OFF MOT_STAL POS_STAL ER_DOUB0 ER_DOUB1 ER_ENDPO ER_NONEQ RTS OPO UVO EXT_FLT1 EXT_FLT2 ER_CST ER_RT_ON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-348
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
EM_START HW_TEST EXT_SIG1 EXT_SIG2 EXT_SIG3
ER_RT_OF PARA_ER0 PARA_ER1 PARA_ER2 PARA_ER3 PARA_ER4 PARA_ER5 PARA_ER6 PARA_ER7
> CONT_ST with PAGE = 4 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 NO_OVLD ACT_COLTI Data word A RUN_TIME Data word B NO_START Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-349
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-350
3.69 SIMOCODE pro drive control UNID_SC: Setup operation with SIMOCODE pro C
Description of UNID_SC Object name (Type + Number) FB 544 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
Fig. 61: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro C
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 2 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-351
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro C have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro C is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro C.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-352
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_SC reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping when the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the starting and stopping procedure is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-353
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) (n+1) VAL FF : : : : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 := := := = = AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-354
ISTA1 RESET CLEROP AVAIL
:= := := :=
STA1_&READY -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S GFLT C GFLT S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH S IMAX : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := : : := = = = = = = = = = -PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1 -IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET IMAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-355
C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM S UNSYM C UNSYM
= = = = = = =
-ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-356
Block view
Fig. 63: UNID_SC block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_SC block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-357
Message actions The block UNID_SC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 EROP GFLT ERMS ERSP ERPI $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-358
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 EREO ETIM ERRC BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH PF WH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Connections of UNID_SC Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 1 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-359
Connection (parameters) STOP CVON PMI1 SPCL CSF DOWNL TEST LST1 LSP1 SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO LSEL
Meaning Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Control system error Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Monitoring time setpoint value Belt width for filtering motor current value Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
RLSA TIME1 BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1
BOOL REAL INT REAL REAL REAL INT
1 5.0 1 0.5 100.0
I I I I I
Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + >0
10800.0 I 3 I I
DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-360
Connection (parameters) EV_ID2 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR PAGE
Meaning Message ID no. 2 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Activated page of the faceplate
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M BQ BQ B B B B B + + + + + + +
DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 29 3 4 5 6 7 8 30 31 32 33
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-361
Connection (parameters) EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST NOOV I_MAX PW DW SW DWA DWB
Meaning Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for
Data type INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 34 2 35 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + + +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-362
Meaning faceplate
Data type
Def.
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
Operation and observation of UNID_SC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_SC The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_SC < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 SPCL LEMO LSER ERRC PMI1 ERPI EREO ETIM STOP CVON GFLT AVBL RCR1 GFLT ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-363
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
LST1
TEST BLOCK
LSP1
DOWNL GWARN
SST1
EARTH IMAX
SSTP SWRE CSF DOWNL TEST
OVLD THERM UNSYM
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block UNID_SC does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_SC The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-364
With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-365
A content list follows below: > UNID_SC with PAGE = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-366
28 29 30 31
> UNID_SC with PAGE = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO FAULT_ANTIVAL FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO WARN_TM_HT WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-367
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FAULT_EXT_F2 FAULT_BUS FAULT_PLC FAULT_HW_BU FAULT_MODULE FAULT_CONFIG FAULT_TH_SC FAULT_TH_WB
> UNID_SC with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 3-4 103 105 1-4 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 109 1-2 3-4 111 113 1-4 1-4 TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 I_L3 NO_OVLD M_OP_HOURS NO_START Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM RECOV_TIME Data word B Data word C
> UNID_SC with PAGE = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 3 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV STA_BUS Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-368
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
STA_PLC STA_CURR ON11 ON1 OFF ON2 ON22 START_ACTIVE LOCK_ACTIVE IDL_TIME OPER_PRO_OFF AUTO_MODE TEST_POS_FEED FEED_CLOSE FEED_OPEN TRQ_CLOSE TRQ_OPEN COOL_DOWN_TIM BREA_TIM_ACT EMER_STA_EXE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-369
3.70 SIMOCODE pro drive control UNID_SV: Setup operation with SIMOCODE pro V
Description of UNID_SV Object name (Type + Number) FB 540 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 64: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-370
Fig. 65: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-371
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_SC reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping when the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the starting and stopping procedure is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-372
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. If the block is used in combination with the temperature block, the block outputs the corresponding temperature in C at the outputs Temp1, Temp2 and Temp3. The temperatures are acquired by means of PT100, using the associated temperature block. The temperatures can be assigned a shutdown limit (input ALH_TEMP) and a warning limit (input OLH_Temp). If the warning limit is reached; the SIMOCODE pro V generates a warning. If the temperature has reached or exceeded the alarm limit, the SIMOCODE pro V deactivates the drive, and an alarm message is generated. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) (n+1) VAL FF : : : : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-373
IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 RESET CLEROP AVAIL
:= := := = = := := := :=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S GFLT C GFLT S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK : : : : : : :: : : :: : : : : : : := :: := = = -PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1 -IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-374
S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH S IMAX C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM S UNSYM C UNSYM
= = = = = = = = = = = = = =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET
Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-375
Fig. 66: UNID_SV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_SV block is deactivated. In the case of a simple STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-376
Message actions The block UNID_SV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 EROP GFLT ERMS ERSP ERPI $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-377
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-378
Connections of UNID_SV Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON PMI1 SPCL CSF DOWNL TEST LST1 LSP1 SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO LSEL Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Control system error Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-379
Connection (parameters) RLSA TIME1 BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR PAGE VALUE_CODE OLH_TEMP ALH_TEMP EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3
Meaning Enabling alarm generation Monitoring time setpoint value
Data type BOOL REAL
Def. 1 5.0 1 0.5 100.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + >0
Belt width for filtering motor INT current value Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Activated page of the faceplate Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate Temperature warning limit Temperature shutdown limit Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 REAL REAL REAL INT
10800.0 I 3 I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 80 90 1 29 3
M M BQ BQ B B B B B BQ BQ + + + + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-380
Connection (parameters) EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD
Meaning Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 4 5 6 7 8 30 31 32 33 34 2 35 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-381
Connection (parameters) LOCA ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST NOOV I_MAX TEMP1 TEMP2 TEMP3
Meaning Drive is in local operating mode Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
Data type BOOL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O BQ BQ BQ Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + +
Number of starts performed REAL Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Temperature 1 at temperature block Temperature 2 at temperature block Temperature 3 at temperature block REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
OLH_TEMP_OUT Temperature block warning REAL limit ALH_TEMP_OUT Temperature block shutdown limit PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate REAL
Operation and observation of UNID_SV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-382
PW, DW and SW of UNID_SV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_SV < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 SSTP SWRE SST1 LSP1 SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 ERRC TEST BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERM PMI1 ERPI EREO ETIM STOP CVON GFLT AVBL RCR1 GFLT ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-383
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
CSF DOWNL TEST
UNSYM
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block UNID_SV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_SV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 10 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 132 are written SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-384
A content list follows below: > UNID_SV with PAGE = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-385
28 29 30 31
> UNID_SV with PAGE = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO FAULT_ANTIVAL FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO WARN_TM_HT WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-386
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> UNID_SV with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 3-4 103 1-4 3-4 105 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 109 1-2 3-4 111 113 1-4 1-4 Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM RECOV_TIME TEMP1 (in C) TEMP2 (in C) TEMP3 (in C) TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 I_L3 NO_OVLD M_OP_HOURS NO_START Data word B Data word C
> UNID_SV with PAGE = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-387
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
STA_BUS STA_PLC STA_CURR ON11 ON1 OFF ON2 ON22 START_ACTIVE LOCK_ACTIVE IDL_TIME OPER_PRO_OFF AUTO_MODE TEST_POS_FEED FEED_CLOSE FEED_OPEN TRQ_CLOSE TRQ_OPEN COOL_DOWN_TIM BREA_TIM_ACT EMER_STA_EXE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-388
> UNID_SV with PAGE = 10 < Byte 1-2 3-4 Data word A TEMP_MAX Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-389
3.71 SIMOCODE pro drive control REVD_SC: Reversible drive with SIMOCODE pro C
Description of REVD_SC Object name (Type + Number) FB 560 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-390
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-391
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-392
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) (n+1) VAL FF : : : : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-393
Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 ISTA2 GO1 GO2 RUN1 RUN2 RESET PMNOT CLEROP AVAIL RUNSTP := := := = = := := := := := := := := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY STA2_&READY ISTA1_&ILC1 ISTA2_&ILC2 SEN1/OSG1 SEN2/OSG2 -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) -PMI1_&-PMI2 EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO ICVON/EROP/STOP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-394
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := := : : := = = = = = =
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-395
= = = = = = = =
Status word OSG1 OSG2 S SEN1 C SEN1 S SEN2 C SEN2 EMOF DAVB EROR S PWON C PWON DOFF OPER QBAD LOCA := := : : : : := := := : : := := := := OPS1OPS2 GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA/-ILC1/OSG1_&PSEN GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA/-ILC2/OSG2_&PSEN EREOICVON_&-NOTAEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-396
Block view
Fig. 69: REVD_SC block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_SC block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_SC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-397
Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 EROP GFLT ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC BLOCK $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-398
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class PF WH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Connections of REVD_SC Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 STOP CVON PMI1 PMI2 Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive direction 1 Start drive direction 2 Process-technological interlock direction 1 Process-technological interlock direction 2 Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock direction 1 Machine protection interlock Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-399
Meaning direction 2
Data type
Def.
SPCL CSF DOWNL TEST LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO LSEL
Speed monitor Control system error Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop without PMI2 Local start/stop with PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI2 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Monitoring time setpoint value Belt width for filtering motor current value Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
RLSA TIME1 BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1
1 5.0 1 0.5 100.0
I I I I I
Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + >0
10800.0 I 3 I I
DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-400
Connection (parameters) EV_ID2 RESET LSER SST1 SST2 SSTP SUPR PAGE
Meaning Message ID no. 2 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C Enabling of local operation Single start direction 1 Single start direction 2 Single stop Suppression of alarms Activated page of the faceplate
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M BQ BQ B B B B B B + + + + + + + +
DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 29 3 4 5 6 7 8 30 31 32 33
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-401
Meaning no. 12
Data type
Def.
EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST NOOV I_MAX PW DW SW
Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16
INT INT INT INT
34 2 35 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + +
Operating message direction 1 BOOL Operating message direction 2 BOOL Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Parameter word Data word Status word BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-402
Connection (parameters) DWA DWB DWC
Meaning Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O Q Q Q + + +
Operation and observation of REVD_SC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVD_SC The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > REVD_SC < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 STOP CVON GFLT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2 SPCL ERPI EREO ETIM OPL1 OLP2 GFLT ERMS ERSP Parameter word STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA Status word SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-403
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
LEMO LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SST1 SST2 SSTP SWRE CSF DOWNL TEST COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 ERRC TEST BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERM UNSYM
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_SC The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-404
With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-405
A content list follows below: > REVD_SC with PAGE = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-406
28 29 30 31
> REVD_SC with PAGE = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO FAULT_ANTIVAL FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO WARN_TM_HT WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-407
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> REVD_SC with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 3-4 103 105 1-4 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 109 1-2 3-4 111 113 1-4 1-4 TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 I_L3 NO_OVLD M_OP_HOURS NO_START Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM RECOV_TIME Data word B Data word C
> REVD_SC with PAGE = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV STA_BUS STA_PLC Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-408
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
STA_CURR ON11 ON1 OFF ON2 ON22 START_ACTIVE LOCK_ACTIVE IDL_TIME OPER_PRO_OFF AUTO_MODE TEST_POS_FEED FEED_CLOSE FEED_OPEN TRQ_CLOSE TRQ_OPEN COOL_DOWN_TIM BREA_TIM_ACT EMER_STA_EXE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-409
3.72 SIMOCODE pro drive control REVD_SV: Reversible drive with SIMOCODE pro V
Description of REVD_SV Object name (Type + Number) FB 541 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-410
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-411
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_SV reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-412
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) (n+1) VAL FF : : : : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-413
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 ISTA2 GO1 GO2 RUN1 RUN2 RESET PMNOT CLEROP AVAIL RUNSTP := := := = = := := := := := := := := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY STA2_&READY ISTA1_&ILC1 ISTA2_&ILC2 SEN1/OSG1 SEN2/OSG2 -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) -PMI1_&-PMI2 EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO ICVON/EROP/STOP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-414
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := := : : := = = = = = =
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-415
= = = = = = = =
Status word OSG1 OSG2 S SEN1 C SEN1 S SEN2 C SEN2 EMOF DAVB EROR S PWON C PWON DOFF OPER QBAD LOCA := := : : : : := := := :: := := := := OPS1OPS2 GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA/-ILC1/OSG1_&PSEN GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA/-ILC2/OSG2_&PSEN EREOICVON_&-NOTAEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-416
Block view
Fig. 72: REVD_SV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_SV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-417
Message actions The block REVD_SV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-418
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-419
Connections of REVD_SV Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 STOP CVON PMI1 PMI2 SPCL CSF DOWNL TEST LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SWRE ESST Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive direction 1 Start drive direction 2 Process-technological interlock direction 1 Process-technological interlock direction 2 Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock direction 1 Machine protection interlock direction 2 Speed monitor Control system error Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop without PMI2 Local start/stop with PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI2 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-420
Connection (parameters) ENRE SWLO LSEL
Meaning Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Monitoring time setpoint value Belt width for filtering motor current value Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V Enabling of local operation Single start direction 1 Single start direction 2 Single stop Suppression of alarms Activated page of the faceplate
Def. 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I +
RLSA TIME1 BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET LSER SST1 SST2 SSTP SUPR PAGE
1 5.0 1 0.5 100.0
I I I I I
Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + >0
10800.0 I 3 I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO I I
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 80 90
M M BQ BQ B B B B B B BQ BQ + + + + + + + + + +
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate OLH_TEMP ALH_TEMP Temperature warning limit Temperature shutdown limit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-421
Connection (parameters) EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 OSG2 EMOF
Meaning Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT
Def. 1 29 3 4 5 6 7 8 30 31 32 33 34 2 35 36 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O Q Q Q
Operating message direction 1 BOOL Operating message direction 2 BOOL Emergency off activated BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-422
Connection (parameters) DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST NOOV I_MAX TEMP1 TEMP2 TEMP3 OLH_TEMP ALH_TEMP PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC
Meaning Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Temperature 1 at temperature block Temperature 2 at temperature block Temperature 3 at temperature block Temperature warning limit Temperature shutdown limit Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O BQ BQ BQ Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-423
Meaning faceplate
Data type
Def.
Operation and observation of REVD_SV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-424
PW, DW and SW of REVD_SV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> REVD_SV < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 STOP CVON GFLT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2 SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SST1 SST2 SSTP ERRC TEST BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD ERPI EREO ETIM OPL1 OLP2 GFLT ERMS ERSP Parameter word STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA Status word SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-425
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SWRE CSF DOWNL TEST
THERM UNSYM
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block REVD_SV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_SV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 10 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 132 are written SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-426
A content list follows below: > REVD_SV with PAGE = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-427
28 29 30 31
> REVD_SV with PAGE = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO FAULT_ANTIVAL FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO WARN_TM_HT WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-428
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> REVD_SV with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 3-4 103 1-4 3-4 105 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 109 1-2 3-4 111 113 1-4 1-4 Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM RECOV_TIME TEMP1 (in C) TEMP2 (in C) TEMP3 (in C) TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 I_L3 NO_OVLD M_OP_HOURS NO_START Data word B Data word C
> REVD_SV with PAGE = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-429
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-430
> REVD_SV with PAGE = 10 < Byte 1-2 3-4 Data word A TEMP_MAX Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-431
3.73 SIMOCODE pro drive control RVDL_SC: Reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro C
Description of RVDL_SC Object name (Type + Number) FB 542 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-432
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-433
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-434
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) (n+1) VAL FF : : : : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-435
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 ISTA2 GO1 GO2 NOSEN RESET CLEROP CLERPS LSWALL LSWPOS AVAIL := := := = = := := := := := := := := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY STA2_&READY ISTA1_&ILC1 ISTA2_&ILC2 -(SEN1/SEN2) NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES ERPS_&ERES LSW1_&LSW2 -LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1 IAVBL_&IOLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS : : (LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET (-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET AVAIL_&-ERPI_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERPI/ERPS/ERRC-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERP IC ERPI
: :
S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA
: : : :
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-436
S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S OPS2 C OPS2 S GFLT C GFLT S ERMS C ERMS S ETIM C ETIM S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 OPL1 OPL2 TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH S IMAX C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM
: : : : : : :: : : : : : : : : := := := = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA)/(ERPS/ERRC_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS) GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA -IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2/OSG2/-ERPS_&LSW1) LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1/OSG1/-ERPS_&LSW2) -SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1 -SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2 TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-437
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1 S SEN2 C SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 DAVB EROR OPER QBAD LOCA : : : : := := := := := := := GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2-ICVON/-GO1/NOTA/LSW1/EROP GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1-ICVON/-GO2/NOTA/LSW2/EROP OPS1 OPS2 ICVON_&-NOTA EROP IMIN -SLAVE_OK (-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 75: RVDL_SC block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_SC block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-438
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_SC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Machine protection (PMI1) Position monitoring (ERPS) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-439
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM EROP GFLT ERMS ERPI ERPS ETIM ERRC $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes AH PF WH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-440
Connections of RVDL_SC Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2 CVON PMI1 PMI2 CSF DOWNL TEST LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SWRE ESST ENRE Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive direction 1 Start drive direction 2 Process-technological interlock direction 1 Process-technological interlock direction 2 Limit switch direction 1 Limit switch direction 2 Control voltage on Machine protection interlock direction 1 Machine protection interlock direction 2 Control system error Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop without PMI2 Local start/stop with PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI2 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-441
Meaning faceplate reset
Data type
Def.
SWLO LSEL
Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Monitoring time setpoint value Belt width for filtering motor current value Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C Enabling of local operation Single start direction 1 Single start direction 2 Suppression of alarms Activated page of the faceplate
BOOL BOOL
0 0
I I
RLSA TIME1 BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET LSER SST1 SST2 SUPR PAGE
1 5.0 1 0.5 100.0
I I I I I
Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + >0
10800.0 I 3 I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 29 3
M M BQ BQ B B B B B + + + + + + +
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-442
Meaning no. 3
Data type
Def.
EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 OSG2 DAVB EROR DOFF OPER QBAD
Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16
INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT
5 9 7 8 0 30 31 32 33 34 2 40 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Operating message direction 1 BOOL Operating message direction 2 BOOL Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-443
Connection (parameters) SWST LOCA ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST NOOV I_MAX PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC
Meaning Start start-up warning Drive is in local operating mode Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + +
Operation and observation of RVDL_SC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_SC The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_SC < Bit 0 Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-444
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
STA2 ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2
EROP OPS2 NOTA POS1 POS2 OPL1
SEN2 OSG1 OSG2
DAVB EROR
CVON GFLT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2
OLP2 GFLT ERMS DOFF SWST OPER QBAD ERPI ERPS ETIM LSW1I LSW2I TRQ1 TRQ2
LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SST1 SST2
ERRC TEST BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD
SWST LOCA
SWRE CSF DOWNL TEST
THERM UNSYM
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-445
In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block RVDL_SC has all defined states from 1 to 11. DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_SC The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below: > RVDL_SC with PAGE = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC Data word B HARD_ID Data word C DPPA_ADR
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-446
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK
SUBNETID
> RVDL_SC with PAGE = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-447
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO FAULT_ANTIVAL FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 FAULT_EXT_F2 FAULT_BUS FAULT_PLC FAULT_HW_BU FAULT_MODULE FAULT_CONFIG FAULT_TH_SC FAULT_TH_WB
WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO WARN_TM_HT WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR
> RVDL_SC with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-448
3-4 103 105 1-4 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 109 1-2 3-4 111 113 1-4 1-4
RECOV_TIME
TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 I_L3 NO_OVLD M_OP_HOURS NO_START
> RVDL_SC with PAGE = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV STA_BUS STA_PLC STA_CURR ON11 ON1 OFF ON2 ON22 START_ACTIVE LOCK_ACTIVE IDL_TIME OPER_PRO_OFF AUTO_MODE TEST_POS_FEED FEED_CLOSE Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-449
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FEED_OPEN TRQ_CLOSE TRQ_OPEN COOL_DOWN_TIM BREA_TIM_ACT EMER_STA_EXE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-450
3.74 SIMOCODE pro drive control RVDL_SV: Reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro V
Description of RVDL_SV Object name (Type + Number) FB 542 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-451
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-452
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-453
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) (n+1) VAL FF : : : : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-454
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 ISTA2 GO1 GO2 NOSEN RESET CLEROP CLERPS LSWALL LSWPOS AVAIL := := := = = := := := := := := := := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY STA2_&READY ISTA1_&ILC1 ISTA2_&ILC2 -(SEN1/SEN2) NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES ERPS_&ERES LSW1_&LSW2 -LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1 IAVBL_&IOLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS : : (LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET (-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET AVAIL_&-ERPI_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERPI/ERPS/ERRC-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA
: : : :
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-455
S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S OPS2 C OPS2 S GFLT C GFLT S ERMS C ERMS S ETIM C ETIM S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 OPL1 OPL2 TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH S IMAX C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM
: : : : : : :: : : : : : : :: := := := = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA)/(ERPS/ERRC_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS) GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA -IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2/OSG2/-ERPS_&LSW1) LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1/OSG1/-ERPS_&LSW2) -SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1 -SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2 TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-456
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-457
Block view
Fig. 78: RVDL_SV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_SV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-458
Message actions The block RVDL_SV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Machine protection (PMI1) Position monitoring (ERPS) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 EROP GFLT ERMS ERPI ERPS $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-459
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM ETIM ERRC $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH Yes Yes Yes AH PF WH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Connections of RVDL_SV Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 STA2 ILC1 Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive direction 1 Start drive direction 2 Process-technological Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-460
Meaning interlock direction 1
Data type
Def.
ILC2 LSW1 LSW2 CVON PMI1 PMI2 CSF DOWNL TEST LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO LSEL
Process-technological interlock direction 2 Limit switch direction 1 Limit switch direction 2 Control voltage on Machine protection interlock direction 1 Machine protection interlock direction 2 Control system error Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop without PMI2 Local start/stop with PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI2 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Monitoring time setpoint value Belt width for filtering motor current value
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
RLSA TIME1 BW
BOOL REAL INT
1 5.0 1
I I I
Q BQ Q + >0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-461
Connection (parameters) FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET LSER SST1 SST2 SUPR PAGE
Meaning Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V Enabling of local operation Single start direction 1 Single start direction 2 Suppression of alarms Activated page of the faceplate
Def. 0.5 100.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I Q Q Q +
10800.0 I 3 I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 29 3 5 9 7 8 0
M M BQ BQ B B B B B + + + + + + +
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-462
Connection (parameters) EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 OSG2 DAVB EROR DOFF OPER QBAD LSW1I LSW2I TRQ1 TRQ2 LSW1E LSW2E SWST
Meaning Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT
Def. 30 31 32 33 34 2 40 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Operating message direction 1 BOOL Operating message direction 2 BOOL Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Internal limit switch direction 1 Internal limit switch direction 2 Torque limit switch direction 1 Torque limit switch direction 2 External limit switch direction 1 External limit switch direction 2 Start start-up warning BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-463
Connection (parameters) LOCA ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST NOOV I_MAX PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC
Meaning Drive is in local operating mode Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + +
Operation and observation of RVDL_SV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_SV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_SV < Bit 0 1 Parameter word STA1 STA2 Data word OPS1 EROP Status word SEN1 SEN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-464
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2
OPS2 NOTA POS1 POS2 OPL1
OSG1 OSG2
DAVB EROR
SWST LOCA
SWRE CSF DOWNL TEST
THERM UNSYM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-465
In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block RVDL_SV has all defined states from 1 to 11. DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_SV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below: > RVDL_SV with PAGE = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC Data word B HARD_ID Data word C DPPA_ADR
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-466
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK
SUBNETID
> RVDL_SV with PAGE = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-467
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO FAULT_ANTIVAL FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 FAULT_EXT_F2 FAULT_BUS FAULT_PLC FAULT_HW_BU FAULT_MODULE FAULT_CONFIG FAULT_TH_SC FAULT_TH_WB
WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO WARN_TM_HT WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR
> RVDL_SV with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-468
3-4 103 1-4 3-4 105 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 109 1-2 3-4 111 113 1-4 1-4
RECOV_TIME
TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 I_L3 NO_OVLD M_OP_HOURS NO_START
> RVDL_SV with PAGE = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV STA_BUS STA_PLC STA_CURR ON11 ON1 OFF ON2 ON22 START_ACTIVE LOCK_ACTIVE IDL_TIME OPER_PRO_OFF AUTO_MODE TEST_POS_FEED Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-469
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FEED_CLOSE FEED_OPEN TRQ_CLOSE TRQ_OPEN COOL_DOWN_TIM BREA_TIM_ACT EMER_STA_EXE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-470
3.75 SIMOCODE pro drive control CONT_SV: Actuator with SIMOCODE pro V
Description of CONT_SV Object name (Type + Number) FB 543 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-471
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-472
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block CONT_DO (FB 506). However, the block CONT_SV reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET. The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-473
The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-474
This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL Y(n) ) ) (n) (n+1) VAL FF : : : : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT IHILI ILOLI := := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT HILI_&READY LOLI_&READY
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-475
Data word S URO1 C URO1 S URO2 C URO2 S EROP C EROP NOTA S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 CMAN GFLT ERMS ERPI S ERPS C ERPS ERDS TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH S IMAX C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM : : : : : : := : : : : := := := := : : := := = = = = = = = = = = = = = = IHILI-ICVON/(-IHILI/ILOLI) ILOLI-ICVON/(-ILOLI/IHILI) (-IODS/LCT-IOLPT/-IAVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/ICVON -ICVON/ERMS/ERPI/ERPS/ERDS/EROL/EROP LSW1-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2) LSW2-ICVON/(-LSW2/LSW1) URO1/URO2 -IOLPT_&ICVON -IAVBL_&ICVON (-PMI1/-PMI2)_&ICVON LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP) IODS_&ICVON TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-476
Block view
Fig. 81: CONT_SV block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-477
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the CONT_SV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CONT_SV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Position monitoring (ERPS) Machine protection (PMI1) Position check-back (IODS) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-478
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM EROP GFLT ERMS ERPS ERPI ERDS $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes AH PF WH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-479
Connections of CONT_SV Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR HILI LOLI LSW1 LSW2 CVON PMI1 PMI2 AUTO IODS RLS CSF DOWNL TEST LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 ENRE Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value Data type INT INT INT BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q +
Setting LOW setpoint value as BOOL active setpoint value Limit switch direction 1 Limit switch direction 2 Control voltage on Machine protection interlock direction 1 Machine protection interlock direction 2 Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Fault input value ACT Enabling outputs SEN1/2 Control system error Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop without PMI2 Local start/stop with PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI2 Display of softkeys for faceplate reset BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-480
Connection (parameters) LSEL
Meaning Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Current position check-back value Upper limit value for setpoint value Lower limit value for setpoint value Switching hysteresis for comparing setpoint value/actual value Safety position in case of system failure Monitoring time for position change Belt width for filtering motor current value Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V Enabling of local operation Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Activated page of the
Data type BOOL
Def. 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I
RLSA ASET ACT HIGH LOW SWIT
BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
I I I I I I
Q Q Q BQ BQ BQ + + + + >0
SAFE TIMEOUT BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET LSER SUPR SET PAGE
REAL REAL INT REAL REAL REAL INT
0.0 0.0 1 0.5 100.0
I I I I I
BQ BQ Q Q Q Q
+ + >0
10800.0 I 3 I I I IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT 0 0 0 0.0 1
M M BQ BQ B B B + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-481
Meaning faceplate
Data type
Def.
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 URG1 Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Forced open command
INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL
1 1 29 3 9 5 10 0 0 30 31 32 33 34 2 40 36 0
IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-482
Meaning pending (HILI)
Data type
Def.
URG2 DAVB EROR MANU OPER QBAD LOCA LSW1I LSW2I TRQ1 TRQ2 CSET A1 OPTI NOST NOOV I_MAX PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC
Forced close command pending (LOLI) Drive is available Drive is faulty Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI) Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Internal limit switch direction 1 Internal limit switch direction 2 Torque limit switch direction 1 Torque limit switch direction 2 Active internal setpoint value Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + +
Q Q Q Q Q Q
+ + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-483
Operation and observation of CONT_SV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of CONT_SV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> CONT_SV < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 DOWNL LSER AUTO IODS RLS CLSE OPEN TEST BLOCK DOWNL GWARN PMI1 PMI2 ERPI ERPS ERDS CVON GFLT AVBL GFLT ERMS OPER QBAD LSW1I LSW2I TRQ1 TRQ2 LOCA LSW1 LSW2 Parameter word HILI LOLI Data word URO1 EROP URO2 NOTA POS1 POS2 CMAN DAVB EROR MANU Status word URG1 URG2 SEN1 SEN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-484
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 CSF TEST
EARTH IMAX OVLD THERM UNSYM
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block CONT_SV has all defined states from 1 to 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of CONT_SV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-485
A content list follows below: > CONTL_SV with PAGE = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-486
28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-487
> CONTL_SV with PAGE = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO FAULT_ANTIVAL FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 FAULT_EXT_F2 FAULT_BUS FAULT_PLC FAULT_HW_BU FAULT_MODULE WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO WARN_TM_HT WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-488
29 30 31
FAULT_CONFIG FAULT_TH_SC FAULT_TH_WB
> CONTL_SV with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 3-4 103 1-4 3-4 105 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 109 1-2 3-4 111 113 1-4 1-4 TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 I_L3 NO_OVLD M_OP_HOURS NO_START Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM RECOV_TIME Data word B Data word C
> CONTL_SV with PAGE = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV STA_BUS STA_PLC STA_CURR ON11 ON1 Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-489
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
OFF ON2 ON22 START_ACTIVE LOCK_ACTIVE IDL_TIME OPER_PRO_OFF AUTO_MODE TEST_POS_FEED FEED_CLOSE FEED_OPEN TRQ_CLOSE TRQ_OPEN COOL_DOWN_TIM BREA_TIM_ACT EMER_STA_EXE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-490
3.76 Profibus Special Drive AUMATIC: Actuator AUMATIC

Description of AUMATIC Object name (Type + Number) FB 524 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control an actuator of the type AUMATIC. The AUMATIC actuator is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device AUMATIC. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type AUMATIC is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be downloaded from the manufacturer's web site www.auma.com. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry AUMATIC is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-491
Fig. 82: HW Konfig with AUMATIC
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block for block slot 1 "22 byte in,8 byte out" are consistently used.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-492
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the AUMATIC actuator. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the AUMATIC is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the AUMATIC must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the AUMATIC must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding AUMATIC. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block CONT_DO (FB 506). However, the block AUMATIC reads some signals directly from the Profibus (AUMATIC) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs LSW1, LSW2, AVBL, IODS, ACT, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the AUMATIC, or written directly to the AUMATIC. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the AUMATIC generates. In detail, these are the signals REMOTE, NOAV, LOCAL, TRQ1F, TRQ2F, EROR and NREMOTE. If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET. This value is output as a setpoint value to the AUMATIC actuator.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-493
The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed. The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-494
Auxiliary flag ILSW1 ILSW2 ICVON IAVBL IPMI1 IPMI2 IIODS := := := := := := := POS1_&LSW1 POS2_&LSW2 CVON_&SLAVE_OK REMOTE_&-NOAV_&-LOCAL_&-NREMOTE PMI1_&(-EROR/(EROR_&TRQ2F)) PMI2_&(-EROR/(EROR_&TRQ1F)) -POSDIS
Data word S URO1 C URO1 S URO2 C URO2 S EROP C EROP NOTA S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 CMAN OLPT ERMS ERPI S ERPS C ERPS ERDS S TRQ1F C TRQ1F S TRQ2F C TRQ2F S WARN C WARN : : : : : : := :: :: := := := := : : := = = = = = = HILI-ICVON/(-HILI/LOLI) LOLI-ICVON/(-LOLI/HILI) (-IIODS/LCT-OLPT/-IAVBL/-IPMI1/-IPMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/ICVON -ICVON/ERMS/ERPI/ERPS/ERDS/EROL/EROP ILSW1-ICVON/(-ILSW1/ILSW2) ILSW2-ICVON/(-ILSW2/ILSW1) URO1/URO2 -OLPT_&ICVON -IAVBL_&ICVON (-IPMI1/-IPMI2)_&ICVON ILSW1_&ILSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-ICVON/(-ILSW1/ILSW2)_&(ERES/EROP) IIODS_&ICVON TRQ1F -CVON/(-TRQ1F_&RESET) TRQ2F -CVON/(-TRQ2F_&RESET) WARN -WARN_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-495
S TEMPF C TEMPF S PHASF C PHASF S COMWR C COMWR S CLEAR C CLEAR S EROR C EROR
= = = = = = = = = =
TEMPF -CVON/(-TEMPF_&RESET) PHASF -CVON/(-PHASF_&RESET) COMWR -CVON/(-COMWR_&RESET) CLEAR -CVON/(-CLEAR_&RESET) EROR -CVON/(-EROR_&RESET)
Status word URG1 URG2 DAVB EROR MANU OPER QBAD LOCA LSW1 LSW2 TRQ1 TRQ2 := := := := := := := := := := := := URO1 URO2 -NOTA_&ICVON EROP CMAN RCR1_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK (LOCAL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK LSW1 LSW2 TRQ1 TRQ2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-496
Block view
Fig. 83: AUMATIC block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the AUMATIC block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block AUMATIC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Position monitoring (ERPS) Machine protection (PMI1) Position check-back (IODS)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-497
Torque at closing (TRQ1) Torque at opening (TRQ2) AUMATIC group warning(WARN) Motor temperature (TEMP) Phase jump (PHAS) Wrong command (COMWR) Status Global Command Clear (CLEAR) AUMATIC group fault (EROR) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 TRQ1F TRQ2F WARN EROP OLPT ERMS ERPS ERPI ERDS $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes AH AH WH Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-498
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 12 13 14 15 16 TEMPF PHASF COMWR CLEAR EROR $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of AUMATIC Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR HILI LOLI CVON OLPT PMI1 PMI2 AUTO RLS CSF Data type Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value Control voltage on Overload protection Machine protection interlock direction 1 Machine protection interlock direction 2 Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Enabling outputs SEN1/2 Control system error INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-499
Connection Meaning (parameters) LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 ENRE RLSA ASET ACT HIGH LOW SWIT SAFE TIMEOUT RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET LSER SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop without PMI2 Local start/stop with PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI2 Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Current position check-back value
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M M BQ BQ B B + + + + Q Q Q BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ + + + + + + >0 >0 Q Q Q Q +
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL Switching hysteresis for comparing REAL setpoint value/actual value Safety position in case of system failure Monitoring time for position change Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Resetting error AUMATIC Enabling of local operation Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 REAL REAL INT
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0.0 1 2 3 9 5 10 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-500
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 URG1 URG2 DAVB EROR MANU OPER QBAD LOCA LSW1 LSW2 TRQ1 TRQ2 CSET ACT PW DW SW DWA Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Forced open command pending (HILI) Forced close command pending (LOLI) Drive is available Drive is faulty Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI) Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Limit switch direction 1 Limit switch direction 2 Torque limit switch direction 1 Torque limit switch direction 2 Active internal setpoint value Current actuator position Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL
Def. 0 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-501
Connection Meaning (parameters) faceplate DWB DWC Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type
Def.
DWORD 0 DWORD 0
O O
Q Q
+ +
Operation and observation of AUMATIC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of AUMATIC The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > AUMATIC < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2 GFLT AUTO ERPI ERPS ERDS EROL ERMS OPER QBAD LSW1 LSW2 TRQ1 TRQ2 LSW1 LSW2 Parameter word HILI LOLI Data word URO1 EROP URO2 NOTA POS1 POS2 CMAN DAVB EROR MANU Status word URG1 URG2 SEN1 SEN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-502
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
IODS RLS
CLSE OPEN TRQ1F TRQ2F
LOCA
DOWNL LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 CSF
GWARN TEMPF PHASF COMWR CLEAR GFLT
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block AUMATIC has the states 1 to 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of AUMATIC The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the AUMATIC actuator and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > AUMATIC < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA Data word B TORQ2 TORQ1 PAUSE PROPOR PULS RCR OPMANU Data word C HARD_ID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-503
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_AUMA POS2 POS1 ACTSET NOAV RCR2 RCR1 GWARN GFLT TEMP PHASE REMOTE LOCAL LSW2 LSW1
OPREM OPLOCA IMPOS1 IMPOS2 IMPOS3 IMPOS4 DIGINP1 DIGINP2 DIGINP3 DIGINP4 COMWR NREMOTE CLEAR CONFIG TORQ2F TORQ1F INTF INTW NOREF EDW TIMEW POSDIS SUBNETID DPPA_ADR
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-504
3.77 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_B: Weighbelt feeder Hasler

Description of HASLER_B Object name (Type + Number) FB 525 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a weighbelt feeder by Hasler. The Hasler weighbelt feeder is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device HASLER_BW. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type HASLER_BW is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry HASLER_BW is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-505
Fig. 84:
HW Konfig with HASLER_BW
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-506
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, INPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is used. For block slot 2, OUTPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is defined. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Hasler weighbelt feeder. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the HASLER_BW is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the HASLER_BW must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the HASLER_BW must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding weighbelt feeder. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block HASLER_BW reads some signals directly from the Profibus (HASLER_BW) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the weighbelt feeder or written directly to the same. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the weighbelt feeder generates. In detail, these are the signals LOCAL and STPAL. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-507
After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the weighbelt feeder. The output FLOW indicates the current conveying rate of the weighbelt, the outputs COUN1 and COUN2 contain material counters, HWT comprises the feed bin weight and SETF is the check-back signal of the preset setpoint value. The outputs HIGH and LOW contain the maximum and minimum conveying rates of the weighbelt, the output HWTMAX contains the maximum filling weight of the feed bin, the output BLOAD contains the current belt load and BLNOM the maximum belt load. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input RESCOU can be used to clear the internal material counter of the weighbelt. The input GRAVI is used to set the weigher to gravimetric operation, and with the input VOLUM it can be set to volumetric operation. Using TARES, a belt calibration is started. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-508
Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IPMI1 RESET CLEROP AVAIL := := := := := := AVBL_&-LOCAL CVON_&SLAVE_OK&-WDFI PMI1&_-STPAL -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT S DSW C DSW : : : : : : : : :: : : : : : : : : := : : : : : : : : -IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1 -OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP GFLT_&-STPAL -CVON/(-GFLT_&-STPAL_&RESET) STPAL -CVON/(-STPAL_&RESET) DSW -CVON/(-DSW_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-509
S ERBS C ERBS S ERBT C ERBT S ERCC C ERCC S ERBI C ERBI S ERBTA C ERBTA S ERWD C ERWD
: : : : : : : : : : ::
ERBS -CVON/(-ERBS_&RESET) ERBT -CVON/(-ERBT_&RESET) ERCC -CVON/(-ERCC_&RESET) ERBI -CVON/(-ERBI_&RESET) ERBTA -CVON/(-ERBTA_&RESET) WDFI -CVON/(-WDFI_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER QBAD LOCA GRAV TARA : : : : : : := := := := := := := := := ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 RCR1_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK (STAT_LOCAL/STAT_MAINT/LSER)_& SLAVE_OK GRAVI BTARA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-510
Block view
Fig. 85: HASLER_B block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the HASLER_B block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-511
Message actions The block HASLER_B internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Hasler group warning (GWARN) Belt skewing (DSW) Belt speed measurement (ERBS) Belt motor temperature(ERBT) Communication to master control system (ERCC) Emergency local operation (lEMERG) Setpoint value < minimum (ERSMI2) Belt load < minimum (ERBMI2) Setpoint value > maximum (ERSMA2) Feed bin weight < Minimum (ERHMI2) Feed bin weight > maximum (ERSHMA2) Belt load > maximum (ERBMA2) Timeout interlock (ILCF) Belt index (ERBI) Belt calibration (ERBTA) Volume flow < minimum (ERMMI2) Volume flow > maximum (ERMMA2) Hasler group fault (GFLT) Watchdog failure (ERWD) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-512
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 EROP OLPT ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC GWARN DSW ERBS ERBT ERCC EMERG ERSMI2 ERBMI2 ERSMA2 $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH WH AH AH AH PF AH WL WL WH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-513
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 ERHMI2 ERHMA2 ERBMA2 ILCF ERBI ERBTA ERMMI2 ERMMA2 GFLT ERWD $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class WL WH WH AH AH AH WL WH AH PF Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-514
Connections of HASLER_B Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON OLPT PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO CSF LST1 LSP1 SWRE TIM ESST ENRE ENMO ENTA SWLO Data type Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q + + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Reset COUN1 at hour change (=1) BOOL Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Display of softkeys for gravimetric/volumetric faceplate Display of softkeys for belt calibration faceplate Start-up warning also in local operating mode BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-515
Connection Meaning (parameters) RLSA ASET TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 EV_ID4 RESET RESCOU GRAVI VOLUM TARES LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Message ID no. 4 Resetting error Hasler Reset material counter COUN1 Gravimetric operating mode Volumetric operating mode Start belt calibration Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11
Data type BOOL REAL REAL INT
Def. 1 0.0 5.0 3
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I IO I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M M M M BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ B B B B + + + + + + + + + + Q Q BQ + >0
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 45 46 47
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-516
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2 EV3_SIG3 EV3_SIG4 EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8 EV4_SIG1 EV4_SIG2 EV4_SIG3 EV4_SIG4 EV4_SIG5 EV4_SIG6 EV4_SIG7 EV4_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19 Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24 Index variable for message no. 25 Index variable for message no. 26 Index variable for message no. 27 Index variable for message no. 28 Index variable for message no. 29 Index variable for message no. 30 Index variable for message no. 31 Index variable for message no. 32 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-517
Connection Meaning (parameters) LOCA GRAV TARA HIGH LOW FLOW COUN1 COUN2 SETF HWTMAX HWT BLOAD BLNOM ACT1 PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC Drive is in local operating mode Gravimetric operating mode Belt calibration running
Def. 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O I I O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q BQ BQ Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL Current conveying rate Resettable material counter Not resettable material counter Setpoint value check-back signal Maximum feed bin filling weight Feed bin filling weight Current belt load Maximum belt load Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Operation and observation of HASLER_B See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of HASLER_B The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-518
> HASLER_B < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 COLOUR_1 SSTP SWRE CSF SST1 LSP1 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 ERRC GWARN GFLT DSW ERBS ERBT ERCC ERBI ERBTA ERWD ERPI EREO ETIM EROL ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD GRAV TARA LOCA Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-519
29 30 31
COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block HASLER_B does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of HASLER_B The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Hasler weighbelt feeder and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > HASLER_B < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_HASL DPPA_ADR HARD_ID Data word B Data word C DSW ERBS ERBT ERCC EMERG ERSMI2 ERBMI2 ERSMA2 ERHMI2 ERHMA2 ERBMA2 ILCF ERBI ERBTA ERMMI2 ERMMA2 GFLT RCR1 AVBL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-520
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for HASLER_B SUBNETID
GRAVI LOCAL STPAL ILC1 BTARA
If this block is used with a control by Hasler, the Hasler control system requires a specific Profibus layout. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of Hasler. In the Profibus configuration 32 data words of input data and 32 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 25 words of input data and 4 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 7 input words and 28 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from Hasler: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit ASW ASW ASW ASW ASW 97 98 102 24 84 Type Hasler Description designation 1st status word Feed bin weight < minimum Feed bin weight > maximum Belt load > maximum Monitoring time for interlock expired Belt index error ERHMI2 ERHMA2 ERBMA2 ILCF ERBI POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-521
Word Bit no. no. 0 0 0 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 LSB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Type Bit Bit Bit
Hasler Description designation ASW ASW ASW 90 11 10 Error in belt calibration Mass flow < minimum Mass flow > maximum
POLCID design. ERBTA ERMMI2 ERMMA2
Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit
ASW ASW ASW ASW ASW ASW ASW ASW
80 86 201 21 61 26 101 27
Belt skew monitoring switch Belt speed measuring error Belt motor temperature too high Communications with the master control system Local emergency operation Setpoint value < minimum Belt load < minimum Setpoint value > maximum 2nd status word
DSW ERBS ERBT ERCC EMERG ERSMI2 ERBMI2 ERSMA2
Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit
PSR PSW PSW PSR PSW PSW PSW
14 0 15 11 47 25 9
Group fault Operation check-back signal Available Gravimetric operating mode Remote mode Stop alarm (only this alarm stops the device) Interlock system signal
GFLT RCR1 AVBL GRAVI REMOTE STPAL ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-522
Word Bit no. no. 1 15
Type Bit
Hasler Description designation PSR 6 Belt calibration in operation 3rd and 4th status word
POLCID design. BTARA
2/3
Float
Conveying rate 5th and 6th status word
FLOWR
4/5
Float
Material counter 1 7th and 8th status word
COUN1
6/7
Float
Set setpoint value 9th and 10th status word
SETFB
8/9
Float
Bin weight 11th status word
HWT
10
Int
Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 12th and 13th status word
11/12
Float
COUN2
13/14
Float
Minimum conveying rate 16th and 17th status word
LOW
15/16
Float
Maximum conveying rate 18th and 19th status word
HIGH
17/18
Float
Nominal bin weight 20th and 21st status word
HWTMAX
19/20
Float
Nominal belt load 22nd and 23rd status word
BLOADMAX
21/22
Float
Belt loading 24th and 25th status word
BLOAD
23
INT
Active monitoring position ( 0 = central, 1 = local, 2 = local maintenance )
CTRPOINT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-523
Output data to Hasler: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit CSTC CALC CTOC CSPC CCPM CCPA CMAM CVOM Start Resetting alarms Resetting material counter 1 Stop Selecting central operation Selecting local operating mode Selecting gravimetric operation Selecting volumetric operation 2nd control word 1 Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 3rd and 4th control word 2/3 Material quantity setpoint value SET START RESET RESCOU STOP REMOTE LOCAL GRAVI VOLUM Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit CTR2 Type Hasler designation Description 1st control word Start belt calibration BTARA POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-524
3.78 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_F: Hasler flowmeter

Description of HASLER_F Object name (Type + Number) FB 526 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a flowmeter by Hasler. The Hasler flowmeter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device HASLER_BW. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type HASLER_BW is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the flowmeter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry HASLER_BW is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-525
Fig. 86:
HW Konfig with HASLER_BW
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-526
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, INPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is used. For block slot 2, OUTPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is defined. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Hasler flowmeter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the HASLER_BW is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the HASLER_BW must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the HASLER_BW must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding weighbelt feeder. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block HASLER_F reads some signals directly from the Profibus (HASLER_BW) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the flowmeter, or they are written directly to the flowmeter. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the flowmeter generates. In detail, these are the signals LOCAL and STPAL. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-527
After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the flowmeter. The output FLOW indicates the current conveying rate of the flowmeter, the outputs COUN1 and COUN2 contain material counters, HWT comprises the feed bin weight and SETF is the check-back signal of the preset setpoint value. The output DEV contains the last calibration result from the online calibration. The outputs HIGH and LOW contain the maximum and minimum flow rate of the flowmeter, and the output HWTMAX contains the maximum filling weight of the feed bin. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input RESCOU can be used to clear the internal material counter of the flowmeter. The input GRAVI is used to set the weigher to gravimetric operation, and with the input VOLUM it can be set to volumetric operation. Using TARES, a belt calibration is started. Optionally, the flowmeter can control two dosing devices which are selected via a digital output. The control of these dosing devices is effected via the flowmeter. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-528
Data word S ERPIC ERPI :: S ERSPC ERSP S ERRCC ERRC S NOTAC NOTA S EROPC EROP S OPS1C OPS1 S EROLC EROL S ERMSC ERMS S EREOC EREO OPL1 S ETIMC ETIM S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT S CRNGX C CRNGX :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: := : : : : : : : : -IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1 -OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP GFLT_&-STPAL -CVON/(-GFLT_&-STPAL_&RESET) STPAL -CVON/(-STPAL_&RESET) CRNGX -CVON/(-CRNGX_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-529
S ERWD C ERWD
: :
WDFI -CVON/(-WDFI_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER QBAD LOCA GRAV CAVBL CRCR1 CMEAS CWACC FEED : : : : : : := := := := := := := := := := := := := ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 RCR1_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK (STAT_LOCAL/STAT_MAINT/LSER)_& SLAVE_OK GRAVI CAVBL CRCR1 CMEAS CWACC FEED
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-530
Block view
Fig. 87:
HASLER_F block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the HASLER_F block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-531
Message actions The block HASLER_F internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Hasler group warning (GWARN) Both limit switches pending (ERLSWB) Limit switch open (ERLSW2) Limit switch closed (ERLSW1) Communication to master control system (ERCC) Emergency local operation (lEMERG) Setpoint value < minimum (ERSMI2) Setpoint value > maximum (ERSMA2) Feed bin weight < Minimum (ERHMI2) Feed bin weight > maximum (ERSHMA2) Rotary flow regulating valve check-back signal (ERPROF) Timeout interlock (ILCF) Rotary flow regulating valve temperature (ERPROT) Safety limit switch (ERLSWS) Volume flow < minimum (ERMMI2) Volume flow > maximum (ERMMA2) Hasler group fault (GFLT) Watchdog failure (ERWD) Calibrating result outside the permitted limits (CRNGX) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-532
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 EROP OLPT ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC GWARN ERLSWB ERLSW2 ERLSW1 ERCC EMERG ERSMI2 ERSMA2 ERHMI2 $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH WH AH AH AH PF AH WL WH WL Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-533
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 ERHMA2 ERPROF ILCF ERPROT ERLSWS ERMMI2 ERMMA2 GFLT ERWD CRNGX $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class WH AH AH AH AH WL WH AH PF WH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-534
Connections of HASLER_F Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON OLPT PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO CSF CSTA CABO FDOF LST1 LSP1 SWRE TIM ESST ENRE ENMO SWLO Data type Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error Starting online calibration Aborting online calibration Feed bin filling system is off Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Reset COUN1 at hour change (=1) BOOL Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Display of softkeys for gravimetric/volumetric faceplate Start-up warning also in local BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-535
Connection Meaning (parameters) operating mode RLSA ASET TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 EV_ID4 RESET RESCOU GRAVI VOLUM CACC LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Message ID no. 4 Resetting error Hasler Reset material counter Gravimetric operating mode Volumetric operating mode Accepting calibrating result Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10
Data type
Def.
BOOL REAL REAL INT
1 0.0 5.0 3
I I I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
Q Q BQ + >0
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 45 64
M M M M BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ B B B B + + + + + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-536
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2 EV3_SIG3 EV3_SIG4 EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8 EV4_SIG1 EV4_SIG2 EV4_SIG3 EV4_SIG4 EV4_SIG5 EV4_SIG6 EV4_SIG7 EV4_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19 Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24 Index variable for message no. 25 Index variable for message no. 26 Index variable for message no. 27 Index variable for message no. 28 Index variable for message no. 29 Index variable for message no. 30 Index variable for message no. 31 Index variable for message no. 32 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 65 66 49 50 51 53 54 55 67 57 68 69 60 61 62 63 70 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-537
Connection Meaning (parameters) QBAD LOCA GRAV CAVBL CRCR1 CMEAS CWACC FEED F1_POS F2_POS HIGH LOW FLOW COUN1 COUN2 SETF HWTMAX HWT DEV ACT1 PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Belt calibration running Online calibration is available Online calibration is in operation Online calibration is in measuring phase Waiting for acceptance of calibrating result Enabling feed bin filling system Current position of rotary flow regulating valve 1 Current position of rotary flow regulating valve 2
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL Current conveying rate Resettable material counter Not resettable material counter Setpoint value check-back signal Maximum feed bin filling weight Feed bin filling weight Online calibration result Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-538
Connection Meaning (parameters) faceplate DWD DWIP DWOP Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Status of the digital inputs of the device Status of the digital outputs of the device
Data type
Def.
O O O
Q Q Q
+ + +
Operation and observation of HASLER_F See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of HASLER_F The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > HASLER_F < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 AUTO ERPI EREO EROL ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD GRAV CAVBL Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-539
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SPCL LEMO LSER LST1
ETIM
CRCR1 CMEAS
ERRC GWARN GFLT
CWACC FEED LOCA
LSP1
CRNGX ERWD
SST1
SSTP SWRE CSF CSTA CABO FDOF COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block HASLER_F does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of HASLER_F The block has four additional data words: DWA, DWB, DWC and DWD. These words offer additional information on the Hasler flowmeter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > HASLER_F < Bit 0 1 2 3 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU Data word B HARD_ID Data word C ERLSWB ERLSW2 ERLSW1 ERCC Data word D FDRTEMP FDRILC1 FDREMERG FDRON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-540
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_HASL
EMERG ERSMI2 ERSMA2 ERHMI2 ERHMA2 ERPROF ILCF ERPROT ERLSWS ERMMI2 ERMMA2 GFLT RCR1 AVBL GRAVI DPPA_ADR LOCAL STPAL ILC1 CAVBL CRCR1 CMEAS CRNGX CWACC SUBNETID
FDRLSO FDRLSC GATELSO GATELSC FDR1AVBL FDR1TEMP FDR1TORQ FDR1LSO FDR1LSC FDR1ON GATE1LSO GATE1LSC FDR2AVBL FDR2TEMP FDR2TORQ FDR2LSO FDR2LSC FDR2ON GATE2LSO GATE2LSC GATEOPEN FDRSTART FEED
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-541
Profibus interface for HASLER_F If this block is used with a control by Hasler, the Hasler control system requires a specific Profibus layout. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of Hasler. In the Profibus configuration 32 data words of input data and 32 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 31 words of input data and 4 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 1 input words and 28 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from Hasler: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit ASW ASW ASW ASW ASW ASW ASW 212 213 214 21 61 26 Both limit switches pending Limit switch open expected, but has not arrived Limit switch closed expected, but has not arrived Communications with the master control system Local emergency operation Setpoint value < minimum ERLSWB ERLSW2 ERLSW1 ERCC EMERG ERSMI2 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit ASW ASW ASW ASW ASW ASW ASW ASW 97 98 208 24 209 210 11 10 Type Hasler Description designation 1st status word Feed bin weight < minimum Feed bin weight > maximum Error rotary flow regulating valve position check-back signal Monitoring time for interlock expired ERHMI2 ERHMA2 ERPROF ILCF POLCID design.
Error rotary flow regulating valve temperature ERPROT > maximum Safety limit switch (torque) Mass flow < minimum Mass flow > maximum ERLSWS ERMMI2 ERMMA2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-542
Word Bit no. no. 0 15 LSB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Type Bit
Hasler Description designation ASW 27 Setpoint value > maximum 2nd status word
POLCID design. ERSMA2
PSW PSW PSW ASW PSW
148 149 150 91 161
Online calibration available Online calibration in operation Online calibration in measuring phase Online calibration result outside limits Online calibration waiting for takeover of result
CAVBL CRCR1 CMEAS CRNGX CWACC
PSR PSW PSW PSR PSW PSW PSW
14 0 15 11 47 25 9
Group fault Operation check-back signal Available Gravimetric operating mode Remote mode Stop alarm (only this alarm stops the device) Interlock system signal
GFLT RCR1 AVBL GRAVI REMOTE STPAL ILC1
3rd and 4th status word 2/3 Float Conveying rate 5th and 6th status word 4/5 Float Material counter 1 7th and 8th status word 6/7 Float Set setpoint value 9th and 10th status word 8/9 Float Position of rotary flow regulating valve 1 11th and 12th status word 10/11 Float Position of rotary flow regulating valve 2 FDRPOS2 FDRPOS1 SETFB COUN1 FLOWR
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-543
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation 13th and 14th status word
POLCID design.
12/13
Float
Bin weight 15th and 16th status word
HWT
14/15
Float
Online calibration result 17th status word
RESULT
16 LSB 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 LSB 18 18 18 18 0 1 2 3
Int
MSB MSB MSB MSB MSB MSB MSB MSB
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Digital input 32 Digital input 31 Digital input 30 Digital input 29 Digital input 28 Digital input 27 Digital input 26 Digital input 25
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
Digital input 24 Digital input 23 Digital input 22 Digital input 21 Digital input 20 Digital input 19 Digital input 18 Digital input 17
Bit Bit Bit Bit
LSB LSB LSB LSB
15 14 13 12
Digital input 16 Digital input 15 Digital input 14 - rotary flow regulating valve open Digital input 13 - rotary flow regulating valve FDRLSO FDRLSC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-544
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation closed
POLCID design.
18 18 18 18
4 5 6 7 MSB
Bit Bit Bit Bit
LSB LSB LSB LSB
11 10 9 8
Digital input 12 - rotary flow regulating valve 2 open Digital input 11 - rotary flow regulating valve 1 open Digital input 10 - rotary flow regulating valve 2 closed Digital input 9 - rotary flow regulating valve 1 closed
FDR2LSO FDR1LSO FDR2LSC FDR1LSC
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 LSB
LSB LSB LSB LSB LSB LSB LSB LSB
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Digital input 8 - emergency off Digital input 7 Digital input 6 - bypass check-back signal Digital input 5 - interlock Digital input 4 - dosing device check-back signal Digital input 3 Digital input 2 Digital input 1 - normal check-back signal 20th and 21st status word
FDREMERG
19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Digital output 32 Digital output 31 Digital output 30 Digital output 29 Digital output 28 Digital output 27 Digital output 26 Digital output 25
19 19
8 9
Bit Bit
MSB MSB
23 22
Digital output 24 Digital output 23
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-545
Word Bit no. no. 19 19 19 19 19 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 LSB 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Type Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit
Hasler Description designation MSB MSB MSB MSB MSB MSB 21 20 19 18 17 16 Digital output 22 Digital output 21 Digital output 20 Digital output 19 Digital output 18 Digital output 17
POLCID design.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Digital output 16 Digital output 15 Digital output 14 Digital output 13 Digital output 12 Digital output 11 - start filling feed bin Digital output 10 - enabling drive Digital output 9 - dosing in operation
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Digital output 8 Digital output 7 Digital output 6 Digital output 5 Digital output 4 Digital output 3 - dosing motor Digital output 2 - bypass valve Digital output 1 - rotary flow regulating valve on 22nd and 23rd status word
21/22
Float
COUN2
23/24
Float
LOW
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-546
Word Bit no. no. 25/26
Type Float
Hasler Description designation Maximum conveying rate 28th and 29th status word
POLCID design. HIGH
27/28
Float
Nominal bin weight 30th status word
HWTMAX
29
Int
Active monitoring position ( 0 = central, 1 = local, 2 = local maintenance )
CTRPOINT
Output data to Hasler: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit CSTC CALC CTOC CSPC CCPM CCPA CMAM CVOM Start Resetting alarms Resetting material counter 1 Stop Selecting central operation Selecting local operating mode Selecting gravimetric operation Selecting volumetric operation 2nd control word 1 Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 3rd and 4th status word START RESET RESCOU STOP REMOTE LOCAL GRAVI VOLUM Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit COCS COCA COCV Type Hasler designation Description 1st control word Start online calibration Abort online calibration Accepting online calibration result CSTART CABORT CACCEPT POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-547
Type
Hasler designation
Description Material quantity setpoint value
POLCID design. SET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-548
3.79 Profibus Special Drive AF300 G11: General Electric frequency converter
Description of AF300 G11 Object name (Type + Number) FB 527 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a frequency converter of the type AF-300 G11 by General Electric. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type OPC-G11S-PDP is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and Drives" are opened. Here, the entry OPC-G11S-PDP is found.
Fig. 88: HW Konfig with OPC-G11S-PDP
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the AF-300 G11 is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the AF-300 G11 must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the AF-300 G11 must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-549
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block AF-300 G11 reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. In detail these are the signals READY, REMOTE, STADIS, RUN and FLT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-550
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED shows the current rotation speed of the drive, the output POWR contains the power input and TORQ is the current torque of the drive. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHT is used to calibrate the torque. Some frequency converters of this type feature a bypass configuration. Here, the frequency converter can be bypassed and the drive can be operated as a standard AC drive. In bypass mode the block must be deactivated, as the frequency converter will then also be without function. If the input BYPS has been set, this signifies that the frequency converter is in bypass mode, and the block is set to "Not available". Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IPMI1 RESET CLEROP AVAIL := := := := := := AVBL_&REMOTE_&READY_&-STADIS_&-BYPS CVON_&SLAVE_OK PMI1&_-FLT -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-551
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT S ERTH C ERTH S ERBY C ERBY : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := : : : : : : : : : : -IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1 -OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP ALARM_&-FLT -CVON/(-ALARM_&-FLT_&RESET) FLT -CVON/(-FLT_&RESET) THERM -CVON/(-THERM_&RESET) BYPS -CVON/(-BYPS_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-552
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER LOCA QBAD : : : : : : := := := := := := := ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 RUN_&SLAVE_OK (-REMO/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 89: AF300-G11 block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-553
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the AF300-G11 block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block AF300-G11 internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Group warning AF-300 G11 (ALARM) Group fault AF-300 G11 (FLT) Thermistor (THERM) Bypass operation (BYPS) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-554
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 EROP OLPT ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC GWARN GFLT THERM ERBY $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH WH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-555
Connections of AF300-G11 Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON OLPT PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO CSF BYPS LST1 LSP1 SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO RLSA ASET ILHF ILLF Data type Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0.0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error Bypass operating mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Upper limit value for speed Lower limit value for speed INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL
100.0 I 0.0 I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-556
Connection Meaning (parameters) ILHC ILHT TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 Upper limit value for speed calibration Upper limit value for torque calibration Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Resetting error Hasler Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values Q Q BQ + >0
100.0 I 100.0 I 5.0 3 I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 71 72 35 73 0 0 0 0
M M BQ BQ B B B B + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-557
Connection Meaning (parameters) OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA SPED POWR TORQ ACT1 PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Current speed Current power Current torque Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + +
Operation and observation of AF300-G11 See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of AF-300 G11 The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-558
> AF300G11 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 SSTP SWRE CSF BYPS OVLD VENT COLOUR_1 SST1 LSP1 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 ERRC GWARN GFLT EROV ERVE ERBY ERPI EREO ETIM EROL ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-559
29 30 31
COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block AF-300 G11 does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of AF300G11 The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > AF300G11 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_GEFC AVBL DPPA_ADR HARD_ID Data word B Data word C I_TEMP I_PMI1 I_REMO I_START I_JOG I_INCR I_DECR I_EMOF RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-560
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
READY RUN FLT PMI1R FSTPR STADIS ALARM ACTSET REMOTE FRANGE FWD REV SUBNETID
Profibus interface for AF300G11 The operation of this block with a frequency converter AF-300 G11 makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 6 data words of input data and 6 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 5 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 1 input words and 4 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-561
Input data from AF300G11: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit 2nd status word 1 Word Frequency 3rd status word 2 Word Effective power 4th status word 3 Word Torque TORQUE POWER SPEED Bus Control Current frequency corresponds to setpoint value Central operation is selected Frequency within the permitted range ACTSET REMOTE FRANGE Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Ready to switch on Ready for operation Operation enabled TRIP ON2 ON3 Start enable ALARM Type AF300-G11 designation Description 1st status word Ready to be switched on Ready for operation Drive in operation Group fault Check-back signal command ON2 Check-back signal command ON3 Start enabling Alarm AVBL READY RUN FLT PMI1R FSTPR STADIS ALARM POLCID design.
LSB
5th status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-562
Word Bit no. no. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Type Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit
AF300-G11 designation
Description Direction of rotation forwards Direction of rotation backwards
POLCID design. FWD REV I_TEMP I_PMI1 I_REMO I_START I_JOG I_INCR
Input X1 Input X2 Input X3 Input X4 Input X5 Input X6
External temperature switch Machine protection Central operating mode Local start Local jog Increase local speed
Input X7 Input X8 Input X9
Reduce local speed Emergency off
I_DECR I_EMOF
Reset command pending
RESET
Output data to AF300G11: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit ON1 ON2 ON3 Operation enabled Condit. for operation Ramp gen. enabled Type AF300-G11 designation Description 1st control word Normal starting/stopping command Direct stop (without ramp function) Fast stop Enabling operation Operating conditions enabling ramp generator Start ramp generator PON1 PMI1 FSTP ILC1 RMPDIS RMPSTP POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-563
Word Bit no. no. 0 0 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Type Bit Bit
AF300-G11 designation Setpoint enabled Fault acknowledge
Description Enabling setpoint value Resetting error
POLCID design. SETENA RESET
Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit 2nd status word Data valid Reversing Data valid Changing the direction of rotation DATAV REV
Word
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-564
3.80 Profibus Special Drive DB5IMV: General Electric DuraBilt 5i MV frequency converter
Description of DB5IMV Object name (Type + Number) FB 528 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a frequency converter of the type DuraBilt 5i MV by General Electric. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type AB-DT-PDP is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry AB-DT-PDP is found.
Fig. 90: HW Konfig with AB-DT-PDP
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block for block slot 1, INPUT/OUTPUT: 12 Byte is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the Dura-Bilt 5i MV is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the AB-DT-PDP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the DuraBilt 5i MV must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-565
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block DB5IMV reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. In detail, these are the signals REMOTE, COMOK, and FLT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-566
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHT is used to calibrate the torque. Some frequency converters of this type feature a bypass configuration. Here, the frequency converter can be bypassed and the drive can be operated as a standard AC drive. In bypass mode the block must be deactivated, as the frequency converter will then also be without function. If the input BYPS has been set, this signifies that the frequency converter is in bypass mode, and the block is set to "Not available". Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IPMI1 RESET CLEROP AVAIL := := := := := := AVBL_&REMOTE_&-BYPS CVON_&SLAVE_OK PMI1&_-FLT_&COMOK -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP : : : : -IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-567
S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT S ERO1 C ERO1 S ERO2 C ERO2 S ERVE C ERVE S ERBY C ERBY S ERCL C ERCL S ERCO C ERCO S ERSL C ERSL
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : := : : : : : : : : : : :: :: :: :: ::
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1 -OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP ALARM_&-FLT -CVON/(-ALARM_&-FLT_&RESET) FLT -CVON/(-FLT_&RESET) OVL1 -CVON/(-OVL1_&RESET) OVL2 -CVON/(-OVL2_&RESET) -VENT -CVON/(VENT_&RESET) BYPS -CVON/(-BYPS_&RESET) CLIM -CVON/(-CLIM_&RESET) -COMOK -CVON/(COMOK _&RESET) SLIM -CVON/(-SLIM_&RESET)
Status word S PWON :: ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-568
C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER QBAD LOCA :: :: := := := := := := := OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 RCR1_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK (LOCAL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 91: DB5IMV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the DB5IMV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-569
The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-570
Message actions The block DB5IMV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Group warning DB5IMV (ALARM) Group fault DB5IMV (FLT) Drive overcurrent 5 minutes (OVL1) Drive overcurrent 20 minutes (OVL20) Cabinet fan (VENT) Bypass operation (BYPS) Current limit (CLIM) Communication monitoring (COMOK) Speed limit (SLIM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 EROP OLPT ERMS ERSP $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-571
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC GWARN GFLT ERO1 ERO2 ERVE ERBY ERCL ERCO ERSL
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH AH AH AH WH AH WH WH AH AH WH OF WH
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-572
24
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of DB5IMV Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON OLPT PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO CSF BYPS LST1 LSP1 SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO Data type Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error Bypass operating mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-573
Connection Meaning (parameters) RLSA ASET ILHF ILLF ILHC ILHT TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Upper limit value for speed Lower limit value for speed Upper limit value for speed calibration Upper limit value for torque calibration Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Resetting error Hasler Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11
Data type BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL INT
Def. 1 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ + >0 + +
100.0 I 0.0 I
100.0 I 100.0 I 5.0 3 I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 74 75 76
M M M BQ BQ B B B B + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-574
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA SPED POWR TORQ ACT1 PW DW SW Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19 Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Current speed Current power Current torque Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 77 78 73 79 80 81 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-575
Connection Meaning (parameters) DWA DWB Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O Q Q + +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0
Operation and observation of DB5IMV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of DB5IMV The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > DB5IMV < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER ERRC ERPI EREO ETIM EROL ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-576
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
LST1
GWARN GFLT
LSP1
ERO1 ERO2
SST1
ERVE ERBY
SSTP SWRE CSF BYPS OVL1 OVL2 VENT COMOK
ERCL ERCO ERSL
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block DB5IMV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA and DWB of DB5IMV The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > DB5IMV < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA Data word B HARD_ID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-577
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_GEFC AVBL READY RUN FLT PMI1R FSTPR STADIS ALARM ACTSET REMOTE FRANGE VENT OVLD SUBNETID DPPA_ADR
Profibus interface for DB5IMV The operation of this block with a frequency converter DuraBilt 5i MV makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-578
In the Profibus configuration 6 data words of input data and 6 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 6 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that no input word and 4 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from DB5IMV: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit SP-LMT UV RNTD CUT C/L Cut detection Current limit reached Alternating signal for communication monitoring Speed limit reached Operating conditions Operation signal 2nd status word 1 Word Frequency 3rd status word 2 LSB Word Effective power 4th status word POWER SPEED CUT CLIM HB_FBK SLIM PMI1R RCR1 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit ALARM Alarm ALARM FAULT Group fault FLT READY Ready for operation AVBL Type DuraBilt 5i MV designation Description POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-579
Word Bit no. no. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 LSB 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 4 4 8 9
DuraBilt 5i MV designation
Description
POLCID design.
Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Overcurrent 5min Overcurrent 20min
Cabinet fan in operation
VENT
Overcurrent for more than 5 minutes Overcurrent for more than 20 minutes
OLPT1 OLPT2
5th status word Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Central operating mode Local operating mode REMOTE LOCAL
Bit Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-580
Word Bit no. no. 4 4 4 4 4 4 10 11 12 13 14 15
Description
POLCID design.
6th status word 5 Word Output data to DB5IMV: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit B CLUTCH R-TEN FLD Torque control system Change direction of rotation Field excitation Alternating signal for communication monitoring Open brake SELTRQ REV FLD HB_REF BRAKE Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit EXTRST Reset error RESET EXT Ttarting command PON1 UVS Type DuraBilt 5i MV designation Description 1st control word Machine protection PMI1 POLCID design. Torque TORQUE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-581
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Description 2nd status word
POLCID design.
Word
SETP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-582
3.81 Profibus Special Drive SLAVE_DP: Exchange Profibus data with DB

Description of SLAVE_DP Object name (Type + Number) FB 529 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for exchanging data between any Profibus slave and a data block. Operating principle The block reads data of a specified length from a specified Profibus slave and writes these data into a defined data block. It reads data from a second data block and writes these into the data area of the Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the slave is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the slave must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding slave. In the input SLOT_I the slot number of the slave is entered, in which the input data start. In DSTA_I the start offset in the target data block is stated, from which the Profibus data are entered. In the input DLEN_I the length of the input data to be transmitted is started in bytes. DBNR_I contains the number of the target data block. In the input SLOT_ O the slot number of the slave is entered, in which the output data start. In DSTA_O the start offset in the source data block, from which point onwards the data are on the Profibus for transfer, is entered. In the input DLEN_O the length of the output data to be transmitted is stated in bytes. DBNR_O contains the number of the source data block. Note The input as well as the output data on the slave may distribute across several block slots. However, it is absolutely necessary that the data area for inputs and outputs has associated addressing ranges, respectively. At the output QBAD it is possible to read off whether the communication with the slave is troublefree. If the communication is faulty, no data are transmitted to the Profibus and no new data are read from the Profibus either. Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-583
Fig. 92:
SLAVE_DP block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the diagnostic program for the slave is called up by the SLAVE_DP block. In the case of a simple STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-584
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Connections of SLAVE_DP Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR SLOT_I DSTA_I DLEN_I DBNR_I SLOT_I DSTA_I DLEN_I DBNR_I RUNUPCYC QBAD Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Slot number for input data Start offset in source data block Data length for input data Number of the source data block Slot number for input data Data offset in source data block Data length for input data Number of the source data block Waiting cycles at start Profibus slave faulty Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I O Q
BOOL 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-585
3.82 Profibus Special Drive A2000: Multifunctional power measuring device

Description of A2000 Object name (Type + Number) FB 530 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for communicating with the multifunctional power measuring device A2000 by Gossen Metrawatt. This measuring device acquires voltages, currents and power. Using this block, all values captured by the measuring device will be transmitted to the block. The communication will be realised such that the block transmits a parameter for a specific measured value to the measuring device, with the block then sending the corresponding measured value. For correct functioning the block requires two data blocks, one of which contains the parameters and the other the measured values transmitted. The parameter data block is normally DB 10 (A2000_PA) and contains the parameters for transmitting all measured values. The measured value data block is normally DB 11 (A2000_DA). This is where the function block FB 530 (A2000) stores all measured values received. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type A2000 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. The documentation and the GSD file can be found on the web page for download. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment, I/O and Indicators" are opened. Here, the entry A2000 is found.
Fig. 93: HW Konfig with A2000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-586
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the measuring device A2000. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the A2000 is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the A2000 must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the A2000 must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding measuring device. In the input DBNR_P, the number of the parameter data block (normally 10 for DB 10) is entered. At the input DBNR_M, the number of the measured values data block (normally 11 for DB 11) is entered. At the output QBAD it is possible to read off whether the communication with the slave is troublefree. If the communication is faulty, no data are transmitted to the Profibus and no new data are read from the Profibus either. The output DIM_U contains the measured value dimension of the voltage measured values (for example, the value 1000, if the voltage is transmitted in kV). The output DIM_I contains the dimension of the measured current values, the output DIM_P the dimension of the measured power values and the output DIM_E the dimension of the measured energy values. Block view
Fig. 94: A2000 block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the diagnostic program for the slave is called up by the A2000 block. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-587
Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block HASLER_B internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Voltage U1 < minimum (U1_MIN) Voltage U2 < minimum (U2_MIN) Voltage U3 < minimum (U3_MIN) Current I1 < minimum (I1_MIN) Current I2 < minimum (I2_MIN) Current I3 < minimum (I3_MIN) DC-Offset too large (DC_ERR) Supply frequency < minimum (FR_MIN) Voltage U1 > maximum (U1_MAX) Voltage U2 > maximum (U2_MAX) Voltage U3 > maximum (U3_MAX) Current I1 > maximum (I1_MAX) Current I2 > maximum (I2_MAX) Current I3 > maximum (I3_MAX) Supply frequency > maximum (FR_MAX) Device not calibrated (CA_ERR) Three-wire connection with sequence L1-L3-L2 (PH_ERR) Measuring input defective (IN_ERR) Parameter value impermissible (PA_ERR) Real time clock power failure (CV_ERR) Real time clock defective (CL_ERR) Setting parameters from EEPROM faulty (EP_ERR) Power meter reading from EEPROM faulty (EC_ERR) EEPROM defective (EPR_ERR) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-588
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 U1_MIN U2_MIN U3_MIN I1_MIN I2_MIN I3_MIN DC_ERR FR_MIN U1_MAX U2_MAX U3_MAX I1_MAX I2_MAX I3_MAX FR_MAX CA_ERR PH_ERR $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9%d@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AL AL AL AL AL AL AH AL AH AH AH AH AH AH AH PF WH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-589
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 IN_ERR PA_ERR CV_ERR CL_ERR EP_ERR EC_ERR $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class PF AH WH PF AH AH PF Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
EPR_ERR $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of A2000 Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR DBNR_P DBNR_M CYR_DIM ENRE RLSA CAL_U CAL_I CAL_P Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Number of parameter data block Number of measured value data block Data type INT INT INT INT INT Def. 0 0 0 10 11 1 0 1 1 1 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I B B Q B B B + + + +
Cyclical reading of the measured BOOL value dimensions Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Enabling alarm generation Calibration factor for voltages Calibration factor for currents Calibration factor for powers BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL
0.001 I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-590
Connection (parameters) CAL_E LOW WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 RES_EGY RES_MA1 RES_MA2 REQ_DIM SUPR ENUP
Meaning Calibration factor for energy Lower limit value for dimensions reading cycle Waiting cycle for reading dimensions Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Resetting energy meter Resetting maximum values of voltage and current Resetting maximum values of power and energy Requesting dimension reading Suppression of alarms
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values B B B +
0.001 I 0 60 3 I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 0 0
M M M B B B B B B + + + + + +
Activating the softkeys for BOOL updating the measured values in the faceplate
VALUE_CODE Coding for transferred measured INT value EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 Index variable for message no. 1 INT Index variable for message no. 2 INT Index variable for message no. 3 INT Index variable for message no. 4 INT Index variable for message no. 5 INT Index variable for message no. 6 INT Index variable for message no. 7 INT Index variable for message no. 8 INT Index variable for message no. 9 INT Index variable for message no. 10 INT
1 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 82 83
IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-591
Connection (parameters) EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 ENRQ
Meaning Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19 Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT
Def. 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O BQ
Activating the softkeys for BOOL requesting the dimensions in the faceplate Profibus slave faulty BOOL
QBAD DIM_U DIM_I
0 0 0
O O O
BQ BQ BQ
Dimension for measured voltage REAL values Dimension for measured current values REAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-592
Connection (parameters) DIM_P DIM_E VALUE DW DWA DWB
Meaning Dimension for measured power values Dimension for measured energy values Measured value for display in faceplate Data word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Def. 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O BQ BQ BQ Q Q Q + + +
Operation and observation of A2000 See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. DW, DWA and DWB of A2000 The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > A2000 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Data word U1_MIN U2_MIN U3_MIN I1_MIN I2_MIN I3_MIN DC_ERR FR_MIN U1_MAX U2_MAX U3_MAX Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ Data word B HARD_ID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-593
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
I1_MAX I2_MAX I3_MAX FR_MAX CA_ERR ALARM1 ALARM2 CN_AL1 CN_AL2 PH_ERR
ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_A2000
DPPA_ADR
IN_ERR PA_ERR
CV_ERR CL_ERR EP_ERR EC_ERR EPR_ERR
SUBNETID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-594
VALUE_CODE and VALUE of A2000 The output VALUE is used with alternating content so that all measured values of the measuring device A2000 can be represented in the faceplate.. To this end, the variable VALUE_CODE contains an ID, indicating which value is currently found in the output VALUE. For this purpose, the faceplate writes an ID with the request of a value into VALUE_CODE. The function block writes the value requested into the output VALUE and changes the ID in the variable VALUE_CODE in order to make clear that the value requested is now available. The following table shows the IDs in VALUE_CODE and the associated significations: VALUE_CODE 10000 10001 10002 10003 10004 10005 10006 10007 10008 10009 10010 10011 10012 10013 10014 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Description Requesting measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U1 Measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U1 available Requesting measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U2 Measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U2 available Requesting measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U3 Measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U3 available Requesting measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage total U Measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage total U available Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U1MAX Measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U1MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U2MAX Measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U2MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U3MAX Messwert Maximalwert Phasenspannung U3MAX steht bereit Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage total UMAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-595
VALUE_CODE 10015 10100 10101 10102 10103 10104 10105 10106 10107 10108 10109 10110 10111 10112 10113 10114 10115 10200 10201 10202 10203 10204 10205 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Description Measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage total UMAX available Requesting measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U12 Measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U12 available Requesting measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U23 Measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U23 available Requesting measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U31 Measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U31 available Requesting measured value of phase-to-phase voltage total U Measured value of phase-to-phase voltage total U available Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage U12MAX Measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage U12MAX available Requesting maximum measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U23MAX Measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage U23MAX available Requesting maximum measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U31MAX Measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage U31MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage total UMAX Measured maximum value total of phase-to-phase voltages UMAX available Requesting measured value of phase current I1 Measured value of phase current I1 available Requesting measured value of phase current I2 Measured value of phase current I2 available Requesting measured value of phase current I3 Measured value of phase current I3 available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-596
VALUE_CODE 10206 10207 10208 10209 10210 10211 10212 10213 10214 10215 10300 10301 10302 10303 10304 10305 10306 10307 10308 10309 10310 10311 10312 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Description Requesting measured value of phase current total I Measured value of phase current total I available Requesting measured maximum value of phase current I1MAX Measured maximum value of phase current I1MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of phase current I2MAX Measured maximum value of phase current I2MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of phase current I3MAX Measured maximum value of phase current I3MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of phase current total IMAX Measured maximum value of phase current total IMAX f Requesting measured average value of phase current I1AVG Measured average value of phase current I1AVG available Requesting measured average value of phase current I2AVG Measured average value of phase current I2AVG available Requesting measured average value of phase current I3AVG Measured average value of phase current I3AVG available Requesting measured average value of phase current total IAVG Measured average value of phase current total IAVG available Requesting measured maximum average value of phase current I1AVGMAX Measured maximum average value of phase current I1AVGMAX available Requesting measured maximum average value of phase current I2AVGMAX Measured maximum average value of phase current I2AVGMAX available Requesting measured maximum average value of phase current I3AVGMAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-597
VALUE_CODE 10313 10314 10315 10400 10401 10402 10403 10404 10405 10406 10407 10408 10409 10410 10411 10412 10413 10414 10415 10500 10501 10502 10503 10504 10505 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Description Measured maximum average value of phase current I3AVGMAX available Requesting measured maximum average value of phase current total IAVGMAX Measured maximum average value of phase current total IAVGMAX available Requesting measured value of effective power P1 Measured value of effective power P1 available Requesting measured value of effective power P2 Measured value of effective power P2 available Requesting measured value of effective power P3 Measured value of effective power P3 available Requesting measured value of effective power total P Measured value of effective power total P available Requesting measured maximum value of effective power P1MAX Measured maximum value of effective power P1MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of effective power P2MAX Measured maximum value of effective power P2MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of effective power P3MAX Measured maximum value of effective power P3MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of effective power total PMAX Measured maximum value of effective power total PMAX available Requesting measured value of reactive power Q1 Measured value of reactive power Q1 available Requesting measured value of reactive power Q2 Measured value of reactive power Q2 available Requesting measured value of reactive power Q3 Measured value of reactive power Q3 available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-598
VALUE_CODE 10506 10507 10508 10509 10510 10511 10512 10513 10514 10515 10600 10601 10602 10603 10604 10605 10606 10607 10608 10609 10610 10611 10612 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Description Requesting measured value of reactive power total Q Measured value of reactive power total Q available Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power Q1MAX Measured maximum value of reactive power Q1MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power Q2MAX Measured maximum value of reactive power Q2MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power Q3MAX Measured maximum value of reactive power Q3MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power total QMAX Measured maximum value of reactive power total QMAX available Requesting measured value of apparent power S1 Measured value of apparent power S1 available Requesting measured value of apparent power S2 Measured value of apparent power S2 available Requesting measured value of apparent power S3 Measured value of apparent power S3 available Requesting measured value of apparent power total S Measured value of apparent power total S available Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power S1MAX Measured maximum value of apparent power S1MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power S2MAX Measured maximum value of apparent power S2MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power S3MAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-599
VALUE_CODE 10613 10614 10615 10700 10701 10702 10703 10704 10705 10706 10707 10708 10709 10710 10711 10712 10713 10714 10715 10800 10801 10802 10803 10804 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Description Measured maximum value of apparent power S3MAX available Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power total SMAX Measured maximum value of apparent power total SMAX available Requesting measured value of power factor PF1 Measured value of power factor PF1 available Requesting measured value of power factor PF2 Measured value of power factor PF2 available Requesting measured value of power factor PF3 Measured value of power factor PF3 available Requesting measured value of power factor total PF Measured value of power factor total PF available Requesting measured minimum value of power factor PF1MIN Measured minimum value of power factor PF1MIN available Requesting measured minimum value of power factor PF2MIN Measured minimum value of power factor PF2MIN available Requesting minimum measured value of power factor PF3MIN Measured minimum value of power factor PF3MIN available Requesting minimum measured value of power factor total PFMIN Measured minimum value of power factor total PFMIN available Requesting measured value of total active energy EP-NT drawn during low-load hours Measured value of total active energy EP-NT drawn during low-load hours available Requesting measured value of total active energy EP+NT supplied during low-load hours Measured value of total active energy EP+NT supplied during low-load hours available Requesting measured value of total active energy EP-HT drawn during high-load hours
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-600
VALUE_CODE 10805 10806 10807 10900 10901 10902 10903 10904 10905 10906 10907 10908 10909 10910 10911 10912 10913 10914 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Description Measured value of total active energy EP-HT drawn during high-load hours available Requesting measured value of total active energy EP+HT supplied during high-load hours Measured value of total active energy EP+HT supplied during high-load hours available Requesting measured value of effective power of current interval PInt Measured value of effective power of current interval PInt available Requesting measured value of effective power of 1st previous interval PInt Measured value of effective power of 1st previous interval PInt available Requesting measured value of effective power of 2nd previous interval PInt Measured value of effective power of 2nd previous interval PInt available Requesting measured value of effective power of 3rd previous interval PInt Measured value of effective power of 3rd previous interval PInt available Requesting measured value of effective power of 4th previous interval PInt Measured value of effective power of 4th previous interval PInt available Requesting measured value of effective power of 5th previous interval PInt Measured value of effective power of 5th previous interval PInt available Requesting measured value of effective power of 6th previous interval PInt Measured value of effective power of 6th previous interval PInt available Requesting measured value of effective power of 7th previous interval PInt
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-601
VALUE_CODE 10915 10916 10917 10918 10919 10920 10921 10922 10923 11000 11001 11002 11003 11004 11005 11006 11007 11008 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Description Measured value of effective power of 7th previous interval PInt available Requesting measured value of effective power of 8th previous interval PInt Measured value of effective power of 8th previous interval PInt available Requesting measured value of effective power of 9th previous interval PInt Measured value of effective power of 9th previous interval PInt available Requesting measured value of effective power of 10th previous interval PInt Measured value of effective power of 10th previous interval PInt available Requesting measured maximum value of effective power of interval PInt Measured maximum value of effective power of interval PInt available Requesting measured value of reactive power of current interval QInt Measured value of reactive power of current interval QInt available Requesting measured value of reactive power of 1st previous interval QInt Measured value of reactive power of 1st previous interval QInt available Requesting measured value of reactive power of 2nd previous interval QInt Measured value of reactive power of 2nd previous interval QInt available Requesting measured value of reactive power of 3rd previous interval QInt Measured value of reactive power of 3rd previous interval QInt available Requesting measured value of reactive power of 4th previous interval QInt
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-602
VALUE_CODE 11009 11010 11011 11012 11013 11014 11015 11016 11017 11018 11019 11020 11021 11022 11023 11100 11101 11102 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Description Measured value of reactive power of 4th previous interval QInt available Requesting measured value of reactive power of 5th previous interval QInt Measured value of reactive power of 5th previous interval QInt available Requesting measured value of reactive power of 6th previous interval QInt Measured value of reactive power of 6th previous interval QInt available Requesting measured value of reactive power of 7th previous interval QInt Measured value of reactive power of 7th previous interval QInt available Requesting measured value of reactive power of 8th previous interval QInt Measured value of reactive power of 8th previous interval QInt available Requesting measured value of reactive power of 9th previous interval QInt Measured value of reactive power of 9th previous interval QInt available Requesting measured value of reactive power of 10th previous interval QInt Measured value of reactive power of 10th previous interval QInt available Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power of interval QInt Measured maximum value of reactive power of interval QInt available Requesting measured value of apparent power of current interval SInt Measured value of apparent power of current interval SInt available Requesting measured value of apparent power of 1st previous interval SInt
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-603
VALUE_CODE 11103 11104 11105 11106 11107 11108 11109 11110 11111 11112 11113 11114 11115 11116 11117 11118 11119 11120 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Description Measured value of apparent power of 1st previous interval SInt available Requesting measured value of apparent power of 2nd previous interval SInt Measured value of apparent power of 2nd previous interval SInt available Requesting measured value of apparent power of 3rd previous interval SInt Measured value of apparent power of 3rd previous interval SInt available Requesting measured value of apparent power of 4th previous interval SInt Measured value of apparent power of 4th previous interval SInt available Requesting measured value of apparent power of 5th previous interval SInt Measured value of apparent power of 5th previous interval SInt available Requesting measured value of apparent power of 6th previous interval SInt Measured value of apparent power of 6th previous interval SInt available Requesting measured value of apparent power of 7th previous interval SInt Measured value of apparent power of 7th previous interval SInt available Requesting measured value of apparent power of 8th previous interval SInt Measured value of apparent power of 8th previous interval SInt available Requesting measured value of apparent power of 9th previous interval SInt Measured value of apparent power of 9th previous interval SInt available Requesting measured value of apparent power of 10th previous interval SInt
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-604
VALUE_CODE 11121 11122 11123 11200 11201 11202 11203 11204 11205 11206 11207 11300 11301 11302 11303 11304 11305 11306 11307 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Description Measured value of apparent power of 10th previous interval SInt available Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power of interval SInt Measured maximum value of apparent power of interval SInt available Requesting measured value of total reactive energy EQ-NT drawn during low-load hours Measured value of total reactive energy EQ-NT drawn during low-load hours available Requesting measured value of total reactive energy EQ+NT supplied during low-load hours Measured value of total reactive energy EQ+NT supplied during low-load hours available Requesting measured value of total reactive energy EQ-HT drawn during high-load hours Measured value of total reactive energy EQ-HT drawn during high-load hours available Requesting measured value of total reactive energy EQ+HT supplied during high-load hours Measured value of total reactive energy EQ+HT supplied during high-load hours available Requesting measured value of neutral conductor current IN Measured value of neutral conductor current IN available Requesting measured maximum value of neutral conductor current IN MAX Measured maximum value of neutral conductor current IN MAX available Requesting measured average value of neutral conductor current IN AVG Measured average value of neutral conductor current IN AVG available Requesting measured maximum value of neutral conductor current IN MAX Measured maximum value of neutral conductor current IN MAX available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-605
VALUE_CODE 11500 11501 19999 : : :
Description Requesting measured value of supply frequency Measured value of supply frequency available End of the measured value transfer process
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-606
3.83 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_L: Weighbelt feeder without load cell Hasler
Description of HASLER_L Object name (Type + Number) FB 531 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell. The Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device HASLER_BW. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type HASLER_BW is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry HASLER_BW is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-607
Fig. 95: HW Konfig with HASLER_BW
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-608
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, INPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is used. For block slot 2, OUTPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is defined. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the HASLER_BW is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the HASLER_BW must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the HASLER_BW must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding weighbelt feeder without load cell. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block HASLER_L reads some signals directly from the Profibus (HASLER_BW) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly by the weighbelt feeder without load cell, or they are written directly to the weighbelt feeder without load cell. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the weighbelt feeder without load cell. In detail, these are the signals LOCAL and STPAL. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-609
After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the weighbelt feeder without load cell. The output FLOW indicates the current conveying rate of the weighbelt, the output COUN1 contains the material counter, HWT comprises the feed bin weight and SETF is the check-back signal of the preset setpoint value. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input RESCOU can be used to clear the internal material counter of the weighbelt. The input GRAVI is used to set the weigher to gravimetric operation, and with the input VOLUM it can be set to volumetric operation. Using TARES, a belt calibration is started. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-610
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := : : -IPMI1 -ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA -ICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA -ICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM -ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP -ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL -ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1 -OLPT -ICVON/OLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO -ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO -ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL) -CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-611
S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT S ERBT C ERBT S ERCC C ERCC S ERRT C ERRT S ERRA C ERRA S ERWD C ERWD
: : : : : : : : : : : : : :
GFLT_&-STPAL -CVON/(-GFLT_&-STPAL_&RESET) STPAL -CVON/(-STPAL_&RESET) ERBT -CVON/(-ERBT_&RESET) ERCC -CVON/(-ERCC_&RESET) ERRT -CVON/(-ERRT_&RESET) ERRA -CVON/(-ERRA_&RESET) WDFI -CVON/(-WDFI_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER QBAD LOCA GRAV FEED : : : : : : := := := := := := := := := ISTA1_&ILC1 -ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1 -OPS1 PWON OSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 RCR1_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK (STAT_LOCAL/STAT_MAINT/LSER)_& SLAVE_OK GRAVI FEED
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-612
Block view
Fig. 96: HASLER_L block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the HASLER_L block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block HASLER_L internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-613
Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Hasler group warning (GWARN) Belt motor temperature(ERBT) Communication to master control system (ERCC) Emergency local operation (lEMERG) Setpoint value < minimum (ERSMI2) Setpoint value > maximum (ERSMA2) Feed bin weight < Minimum (ERHMI2) Feed bin weight > maximum (ERSHMA2) Timeout interlock (ILCF) Refilling time expired (REXP) Refilling aborted (RABO) Volume flow < minimum (ERMMI2) Volume flow > maximum (ERMMA2) Hasler group fault (GFLT) Watchdog failure (ERWD) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 EROP OLPT ERMS ERSP ERPI $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-614
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 EREO ETIM ERRC GWARN ERBT ERCC EMERG ERSMI2 ERSMA2 ERHMI2 ERHMA2 ILCF REXP RABO ERMMI2 ERMMA2 GFLT ERWD $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH WH AH PF AH WL WH WL WH AH WH WH WL WH AH PF Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-615
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 24 $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of HASLER_L
Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON OLPT PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO CSF FDOF LST1 LSP1 SWRE TIM ESST ENRE
Data type
Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error Feed bin filling system is off Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Reset COUN1 at hour change (=1) BOOL Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-616
Connection Meaning (parameters) reset ENMO SWLO RLSA ASET TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 RESET RESCOU GRAVI VOLUM LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 Display of softkeys for gravimetric/volumetric faceplate Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Resetting error Hasler Reset material counter Gravimetric operating mode Volumetric operating mode Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9
Data type
Def.
BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL INT
0 0 1 0.0 5.0 3
I I I I I I I I I IO I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M M M BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ B B B B Q Q Q BQ
>0
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 45
+ + + + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-617
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA GRAV FEED HIGH LOW FLOW Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19 Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Gravimetric operating mode Enabling feed bin filling system
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 48 49 50 51 53 54 55 57 98 99 60 61 62 63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O I I O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ BQ Q + + +
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL Current conveying rate REAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-618
Connection Meaning (parameters) COUN1 COUN2 SETF HWTMAX HWT ACT1 PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC Resettable material counter Not resettable material counter Setpoint value check-back signal Maximum feed bin filling weight Feed bin filling weight Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + + + +
Operation and observation of HASLER_L
See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of HASLER_L
The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-619
> HASLER_L < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 COLOUR_1 SSTP SWRE CSF FDOF SST1 LSP1 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 ERRC GWARN GFLT ERBT ERCC ERRT ERRA ERWD ERBTA ERWD ERPI EREO ETIM EROL ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD GRAV FEED LOCA Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-620
29 30 31
COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block HASLER_L does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of HASLER_L
The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > HASLER_L < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_HASL DPPA_ADR HARD_ID Data word B Data word C ERBT ERCC EMERG ERSMI2 ERSMA2 ERHMI2 ERHMA2 ILCF REXP RABO ERMMI2 ERMMA2 GFLT RCR1 AVBL GRAVI LOCAL STPAL ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-621
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for HASLER_L SUBNETID
RFIL
If this block is used with a control by Hasler, the Hasler control system requires a specific Profibus layout. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of Hasler. In the Profibus configuration 32 data words of input data and 32 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 22 words of input data and 8 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 10 input words and 24 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-622
Input data from Hasler: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 LSB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit ASW 27 Setpoint value > maximum 2nd status word ERSMA2 ASW ASW ASW ASW 201 21 61 26 Motor temperature too high Communications with the master control system Local emergency operation Setpoint value < minimum ERBT ERCC EMERG ERSMI2 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit ASW ASW ASW ASW ASW 24 80 86 11 10 Monitoring time for interlock expired Refilling time expired Refilling aborted Mass flow < minimum Mass flow > maximum ILCF ERRT ERRA ERMMI2 ERMMA2 ASW ASW 97 98 Type Description Hasler designation 1st status word Feed bin weight < minimum Feed bin weight > maximum ERHMI2 ERHMA2 POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-623
Word Bit no. no. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Hasler Description designation PSR PSW PSW PSR PSW PSW PSW PSR 14 0 15 11 47 25 9 129 Group fault Operation check-back signal Available Gravimetric operating mode Remote mode Stop alarm (only this alarm stops the device) Interlock system signal Command feed bin filling 3rd and 4th status word
POLCID design. GFLT RCR1 AVBL GRAVI REMOTE STPAL ILC1 RFIL
2/3
Float
Conveying rate 5th and 6th status word
FLOWR
4/5
Float
COUN1
6/7
Float
Set setpoint value 9th and 10th status word
SETFB
8/9
Float
Bin weight 11th status word
HWT
10
Int
11/12
Float
COUN2
13/14
Float
LOW
15/16
Float
Maximum conveying rate 18th status word
HIGH
17
Bit
Active monitoring position ( 0 = central, 1 = local, 2 = local maintenance ) 19th and 20th status word
CTRPOINT
18/19
Float
Rotor speed setpoint value 21st and 22nd status word
ROTSPEED
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-624
Type Float
Hasler Description designation Maximum feed bin refilling limit
POLCID design. HWT_LIM
Output data to Hasler: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit CSTC CALC CTOC CSPC CCPM CCPA CMAM CVOM Start Resetting alarms Resetting material counter 1 Stop Selecting central operation Selecting local operating mode Selecting gravimetric operation Selecting volumetric operation 2nd control word 1 Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 3rd and 4th control word 2/3 LSB 4 4 0 1 Bit Bit Material quantity setpoint value 5th control word SET START RESET RESCOU STOP REMOTE LOCAL GRAVI VOLUM Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit CCRF Type Hasler designation Description 1st control word Start feed bin refilling RFIL_STA POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-625
Word Bit no. no. 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 LSB 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 5 5 5 5 8 9 10 11
Hasler designation
Description Stop refilling
POLCID design. RFIL_STP
Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit 6th control word Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Refilling in operation RFIL_OSG
Bit Bit Bit Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-626
Word Bit no. no. 5 5 5 5 12 13 14 15
Type Bit Bit Bit Bit
Hasler designation
Description
POLCID design.
7th and 8th control word 6/7 Maximum feed bin filling level setpoint value S_HWTLIM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-627
3.84 Profibus Special Drive CSC_DRW: Pfister rotary weighfeeder

Description of CSC_DRW Object name (Type + Number) FB 532 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a rotary weighfeeder by Pfister. The Pfister rotary weighfeeder is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device CSC_DRW. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type COM-DPS is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. This is where the entry COM-DPS is located.
Fig. 97: HW Konfig with COM-DPS
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, 64 byte input con (0x40,0xBF) is used. For block slot 2, 64 byte output con (0x80,0xBF) is defined. Operating principle
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-628
The block communicates directly with the Pfister rotary weighfeeder. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the CSC_DRW is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the CSC_DRW must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the CSC_DRW must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding rotary weighfeeder. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block CSC_DRW reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the rotary weighfeeder or written directly to the same. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the rotary weighfeeder generates. In detail, these are the signals AUTOREM, AUTOLOC, LOCBOX, SERVICE and ERDOS. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-629
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the rotary weighfeeder. The output FLOW indicates the current conveying rate of the weighbelt, the outputs COUN1 and COUN2 contain material counters, HWT contains the feed bin weight, SETF is the check-back signal of the preset setpoint value and CORR is the correction factor which was determined during the last online calibration. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input RESCOU can be used to clear the internal material counter of the rotor scale. Using CACC, the result of the last online calibration is accepted. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IPMI1 RESET CLEROP AVAIL := := := := := := AUTOREM_&-AUTOLOC_&-LOCBOX_&-SERVICE CVON_&SLAVE_OK PMI1&_-ERDOS -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-630
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM S ERFIL C ERFIL S ERLOD C ERLOD S ERTRK C ERTRK S ERDEV C ERDEV S ERCOD C ERCOD S ERAER : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := : : : : : : : : : : : : : -IPMI1 -ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA -ICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM -ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP -ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL -ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1 -OLPT -ICVON/OLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO -ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO -ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL) -CLEROP ERFIL -CVON/(-ERFIL_&RESET) ERLOD -CVON/(-ERLOD_&RESET) ERTRK -CVON/(-ERTRK_&RESET) ERDEV -CVON/(-ERDEV_&RESET) ERCOD -CVON/(-ERCOD_&RESET) ERAER
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-631
C ERAER S ERLCB C ERLCB S ERAGI C ERAGI S EROLM C EROLM
: : : : : : :
-CVON/(-ERAER_&RESET) ERLCB -CVON/(-ERLCB_&RESET) ERAGI -CVON/(-ERAGI_&RESET) EROLM -CVON/(-EROLM_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER QBAD LOCA CAVBL CRCR1 CWACC CSTAT FEED : : : : : : := := := := := := := := := := := := ISTA1_&ILC1 -ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1 -OPS1 PWON OSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 RCR1_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK (AUTOLOC/LOCBOX/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK RCR1 OLCRCR OLCEND OLCSTA OLCFIL
Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-632
Fig. 98: CSC_DRW block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the CSC_DRW block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CSC_DRW internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-633
Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Pfister group fault (GFLT) Feed conveyor group fault (ERFIL) Load outside the permitted limits (ERLOAD) Rotation time deviation (ERTRK) Error dosing device drive (ERDRV) Error dosing device control deviation (ERDEV) Read error of Profibus (ERCOD) Error aeration valve fuse (ERAER) Error CSC control voltage (ERLCB) Error agitator (ERAGI) Error communication to PLC (EROLIM)) Pfister group warning (GWARN) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-634
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 EROP OLPT ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC GFLT ERFIL ERLOD ERTRK ERDRV ERDEV ERCOD ERAER ERLCB $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9%d@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH WH WH AH AH PF WH WH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-635
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 ERAGI EROLM GWARN $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class WH PF WH Yes Yes Yes
Connections of CSC_DRW Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON OLPT PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Data type INT INT Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Diagnosis address of the Profibus INT slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-636
Connection (parameters) CSF CSTA CABO FDOF LST1 LSP1 SWRE TIM ESST ENRE ENLI ENAE SWLO RLSA ASET RSET HIGH LOW TIME1 LINO RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2
Meaning Control system error Starting online calibration Stopping online calibration Feed bin filling system is off Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning Reset COUN1 at hour change (=1) Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Display of softkeys for changing the limit values Display of softkeys for aeration control system Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Zero value correction factor setpoint value Upper limit value for setpoint value Lower limit value for setpoint value Monitoring time setpoint value Number of the limit value to be changed Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL INT INT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 5 0 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I M M BQ BQ BQ BQ + + + + >0 >0 Q Q Q + + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
DWORD 0 DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-637
Connection (parameters) EV_ID3 RESET RESCOU CACC RACC LACT AERP AERR HOPE LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR ENUPP
Meaning Message ID no. 3 Resetting error Hasler Reset material counter
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I IO I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ B B B B + + + + + + + + + + + + +
DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Accepting online calibration result BOOL Accepting new zero value correction factor New limit value is being sent Start of permanent feed bin aeration Enabling feed bin aeration Enabling feed bin emptying Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Activating the softkeys for requesting the values in the faceplate Activating the softkeys for requesting the limit values in the faceplate Setpoint value for faceplate Coding for transferred measured value BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
ENUPS
BOOL
IO
SET LSET
REAL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT
0 0 1 1 1 2 3 4 5
IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
B B B B
+ + + +
VALUE_CODE Coding for transferred measured value LSET_CODE EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 Coding for transferred limit value Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-638
Connection (parameters) EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA CAVBL
Meaning Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9
Data type INT INT INT INT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 6 7 8 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 49 110 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Index variable for message no. 10 INT Index variable for message no. 11 INT Index variable for message no. 12 INT Index variable for message no. 13 INT Index variable for message no. 14 INT Index variable for message no. 15 INT Index variable for message no. 16 INT Index variable for message no. 17 INT Index variable for message no. 18 INT Index variable for message no. 19 INT Index variable for message no. 20 INT Index variable for message no. 21 INT Index variable for message no. 22 INT Index variable for message no. 23 INT Index variable for message no. 24 INT Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Online calibration is available BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-639
Connection (parameters) CRCR1 CWACC CSTAT FEED FPOS FLOW COUN1 COUN2 SETF HWT CORR LOAD SPEED SETFD DEV MLOAD SETFR CAMNT CACTM CORMAX CORTOT COROVF FEDMAX HWMAX2
Meaning Online calibration is in operation Waiting for acceptance of calibrating result Online calibration has started Enabling feed bin filling system
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + +
Current position of dosing system REAL Current conveying rate Resettable material counter Resettable material counter Setpoint value check-back signal Feed bin filling weight REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Online calibration correction value REAL Material loading of the rotor Speed of the rotor drive Feed conveyor speed setpoint value Deviation between setpoint value and actual value Material loading of the rotor REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Setpoint output value to conveyor REAL Y Material quantity drawn during online calibration REAL
Material quantity conveyed during REAL online calibration Maximum correction factor of online calibration Total value of zero value correction factor Correction overflow value Maximum flow rate Maximum feed bin weight REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-640
Connection (parameters) HWMAX1 DEVP DEVT ACT1 VALUE PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC
Meaning Maximum feed bin refilling weight Maximum permitted deviation Period of control deviation Current monitoring time Transferred measured value (to the display in WinCC) Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + +
Operation and observation of CSC_DRW See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of CSC_DRW The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> CSC_DRW < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-641
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER LST1
OPL1
EROR PWON
EROL ERMS ERSP
DOFF SWST OPER QBAD
ERPI EREO ETIM
CAVBL CRCR1 CWACC CSTAT
ERRC GFLT ERFIL
FEED LOCA
LSP1
ERLOD ERTRK
SST1
ERDRV ERDEV
SSTP SWRE CSF CSTA CABO FDOF
ERCOD ERAER ERLCB ERAGI EROLM COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block CSC_DRW does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12,13 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-642
DWA, DWB and DWC of CSC_DRW The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > CSC_DRW < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_PFIST LMIN1 LMIN2 LMAX1 LMAX2 EDOS ERFIL SPLOC SPREM SUBNETID DPPA_ADR HARD_ID Data word B Data word C AUTOREM MSGSETP DOFF MODEADJ RCR1 LOCBOX A140 A141 A142 A143 A144 A145 A130 A131 A133 A134 A135 A136 A120 A121 A122 A123 A124 A125 A126 A127
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-643
26 27 28 29 30 31
ERLOD ERTRK ERDRV ERDEV SERVICE AUTOLOC
START STOP REMON REMOFF RESET RESCOU
VALUE_CODE and VALUE of CSC_DRW The output VALUE is used with alternating content so that all values of the rotor weighfeeder CSC_DRW can be represented in the faceplate. To this end, the variable VALUE_CODE contains an ID, indicating which value is currently found in the output VALUE. For this purpose, the faceplate writes an ID with the request of a value into VALUE_CODE. The function block writes the value requested into the output VALUE and changes the ID in the variable VALUE_CODE in order to make clear that the value requested is now available.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-644
The following table shows the IDs in VALUE_CODE and the associated significations: VALUE_CODE 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Description Requesting material loading Value of material loading pending Requesting rotor drive speed Value of rotor drive speed pending Requesting feed conveyor speed setpoint value Value of feed conveyor speed setpoint pending Requesting deviation between setpoint value and current flow rate Value of deviation between setpoint value and current flow rate pending Requesting material loading on the rotor Value of material loading on the rotor pending Requesting setpoint output value to conveyor Y Value of setpoint output to conveyor Y pending Requesting quantity of material drawn during online calibration Value of quantity of material drawn during online calibration m Requesting quantity of material supplied during online calibration Value of quantity of material supplied during online calibration m Requesting maximum value correction factor from online calibration Value of maximum value correction factor from online calibration pending Requesting total zero point correction value Value of total zero point correction pending Requesting correction overflow value Value of correction overflow pending Requesting maximum flow rate value Value of maximum flow rate pending Requesting maximum feed bin content Value of maximum feed bin content pending Requesting maximum refilling limit Value of maximum refilling limit pending
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-645
VALUE_CODE 128 129 130 131 999 : : : : :
Description Requesting maximum permitted deviation Value of maximum permitted deviation pending Requesting deviation time Value of deviation time pending End of the measured value transfer process
LSET_CODE and LSET of CSC_DRW The rotor weighfeeder CSC_DRW has several different setpoint values for parameterising the device. The output LSET is used with alternating content so that all values of the rotor weighfeeder CSC_DRW can be represented in the faceplate. To this end, the variable LSET_CODE contains an ID, indicating which value is currently found in the output LSET. For this purpose, the faceplate writes an ID with the request of a value into LSET_CODE. The function block writes the value requested into the input LSET and changes the ID in the variable LSET_CODE in order to make clear that the value requested is now available. The following table shows the IDs in LSET_CODE and the associated significations: LSET_CODE 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Description Requesting setpoint value for maximum rotor load Value of setpoint for maximum rotor load pending Requesting setpoint value for minimum rotor load Value of setpoint for minimum rotor load pending Requesting rotor empty load setpoint value Value of rotor empty load setpoint pending Requesting setpoint value for feed bin filling weight MaxMax Value of setpoint for feed bin filling weight MaxMax pending Requesting setpoint value for feed bin filling weight Max Value of setpoint for feed bin filling weight Max pending Requesting setpoint value for feed bin filling weight Min Value of setpoint for feed bin filling weight Min pending Requesting setpoint value for feed bin filling weight MinMin Value of setpoint for feed bin filling weight MinMin pending
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-646
LSET_CODE 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 199 999 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Description Requesting material quantity setpoint value for online calibration Value of material quantity setpoint for online calibration pending Requesting setpoint value for quantity Q Value of setpoint for quantity Q pending Requesting setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight MaxMax Value of setpoint for relative feed bin filling weight MaxMax pending Requesting setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight Max Value of setpoint for relative feed bin filling weight Max pending Requesting setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight Min Value of setpoint for relative feed bin filling weight Min pending Requesting setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight MinMin Value of setpoint for relative feed bin filling weight MinMin pending Writing setpoint value for maximum rotor load Writing setpoint value for minimum rotor load Writing rotor empty load setpoint value Writing setpoint value for feed bin filling weight MaxMax Writing setpoint value for feed bin filling weight Max Writing setpoint value for feed bin filling weight Min Writing setpoint value for feed bin filling weight MinMin Writing material quantity setpoint value for online calibration Writing setpoint value for quantity Q Writing setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight MaxMax Writing setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight Max Writing setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight Min Setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight MinMin End of the setpoint value writing process End of the measured value transfer process
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-647
3.85 Profibus Special Drive S7_DRIVE: Display Profibus data from DB

Description of S7_DRIVE Object name (Type + Number) FB 514 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Function block for processing data words coming from Profibus slaves (S7 couplings) and indicating the condition of a drive. Operating principle Using the function block, data words from Profibus slaves (S7 couplings, e.g. Polysius S7 Stacker or reclaimer control subsystem) with the structure (data type) UDT19 DB5_DR can be displayed and connected within the CFC. The data word from the Profibus slave is read in and evaluated from a DB by means of the data type UDT19 DB5_DR. Internal logic Data word of UDT19 DB5_DR data type OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA OPL1 OPL2 EROL ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC ERAL := := := := := := := := := := := := := := S7DW(Byte1,Bit0) S7DW(Byte1,Bit2) S7DW(Byte1,Bit1) S7DW(Byte1,Bit5) S7DW(Byte1,Bit3) S7DW(Byte1,Bit4) S7DW(Byte0,Bit0) S7DW(Byte0,Bit1) S7DW(Byte0,Bit2) S7DW(Byte0,Bit3) S7DW(Byte0,Bit4) S7DW(Byte0,Bit7) S7DW(Byte0,Bit5) S7DW(Byte0,Bit6)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-648
Status word OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF := := := := := := OPS1 OPS2 EREO -NOTA EROP -OSG1 _& -OSG2
Block view
Fig. 99: S7_DRIVE block
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Message actions The block S7_DRIVE internally uses two ALARM_8P blocks for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload protection (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-649
Machine protection (PMI1/2) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1/2) Skewing (ERAL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameters 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 EROP EROL ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC ERAL $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-650
Message Block Default message text no. parameters 15 16 $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of S7_DRIVE Connection Meaning (parameters) S7DW CSF INV RLSA RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 SUPR EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 S7 data word from DB of UDT19 data type Control system error Swapping high and low bytes of the S7 data word Enabling alarm generation Waiting cycles at start Message ID 1 Message ID 2 Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Data type WORD BOOL BOOL BOOL INT Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 1 3 I I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M M B + Q Q Q +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 46 0 0 0 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-651
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF PW DW SW Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Operating message for direction 1 Operating message for direction 2 Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + +
Operating and observation of S7_DRIVE See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of S7_DRIVE The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> S7_DRIVE < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 OPL1 Parameter word Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR Status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-652
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 CSF
OPL2 EROL ERMS ERSP DOFF
ERPI EREO ETIM
ERRC ERAL
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block S7_DRIVE does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-653
3.86 Profibus Special Drive S7_VALVE: Display Profibus data from DB

Description of S7_VALVE Object name (Type + Number) FB 515 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Function block for processing data words coming from Profibus slaves (S7 couplings) and indicating the condition of a valve. Operating principle Using the function block, data words from Profibus slaves (S7 couplings, e.g. Polysius S7 Stacker or reclaimer control subsystem) with the structure (data type) UDT20 DB5_Va can be displayed and connected within the CFC. The data word from the Profibus slave is read in and evaluated from a DB by means of the data type UDT20 DB5_Va. Internal logic Data word of UDT20 DB5_Va data type OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA POS1 POS2 OPL1 OPL2 EROL ERMS ERPS ETIM := := := := := := := := := := := := S7DW(Byte1,Bit0) S7DW(Byte1,Bit2) S7DW(Byte1,Bit1) S7DW(Byte1,Bit5) S7DW(Byte1,Bit6) S7DW(Byte1,Bit7) S7DW(Byte1,Bit3) S7DW(Byte1,Bit4) S7DW(Byte0,Bit0) S7DW(Byte0,Bit1) S7DW(Byte0,Bit5) S7DW(Byte0,Bit7)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-654
Status word DAVB EROR LSW1 LSW2 := := := := -NOTA EROP POS1 POS2
Block view
Fig. 100: S7_VALVE block
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Message actions The block S7_VALVE internally uses one ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload protection (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Position monitoring (ERPS) Monitoring time (ETIM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-655
Message Block Default message text no. parameters 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 EROP EROL ERMS ERPS ETIM $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of S7_VALVE Connection Meaning (parameters) S7DW CSF INV RLSA RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 SUPR EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 S7 data word from DB of UDT20 data type Control system error Swapping high and low bytes of the S7 data word Enabling alarm generation Waiting cycles at start Message ID 1 Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Data type WORD BOOL BOOL BOOL INT Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 1 3 I I I I I I IO IO IO IO M B + Q Q Q +
DWORD 0 BOOL INT INT INT 0 1 2 3
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-656
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 DAVB EROR LSW1 LSW2 PW DW SW Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Drive is available Drive is faulty Limit switch for direction 1 Limit switch for direction 2 Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 9 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + +
Operating and observation of S7_VALVE See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of S7_VALVE The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> S7_VALVE < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Parameter word Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA POS1 POS2 OPL1 DAVB EROR Status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-657
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 CSF
OPL2 EROL ERMS
LSW1 ERPS ETIM LSW2
The block S7_VALVE has all defined COLOUR operating states.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-658
3.87 Profibus Special Drive DISOCONT: Weighbelt feeder Schenk

Description of DISOCONT Object name (Type + Number) FB 533 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a weighbelt feeder by Schenk. The Schenk weighbelt feeder is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device (DP-Slave-Type) Disocont. The following weigher types are supported: VDB weighbelt feeder VBW weighbelt VDD flowmeter For parameterising the weighers the software Schenk EasyServ is used. This software is supplied together with the weigher. The program is connected to the weigher (Disocont) via the serial interface. For controlling via the Profibus, the EasyServ software must be used to make specific settings in the Disocont: View -> Parameter Online -> Blocks -> 20Comm. Field bus: P20.01 Protocol Type: PROFIBUS DP P20.14 PB-DP Address: Enter Profibus Address P20.17 PB-DP-Number-ID: 12 P20.23 PB-DP-Num-Set-Values: 3 Preset Ids Assignment Profibus Parameter to GSD block: PPO12:0 0 PKW,3 Set, 14 PZD; 42 Byte In (Mas->Slv), 56 Byte Out (Slv -> Mas) View -> Parameter Online -> Blocks -> Control Sources: P03.02 Switch on: FB P03.03 Setpoint value: FB P03.06 Enable: FB View -> Parameter Online -> Blocks -> Control Meas. Dev. Corresponding controls must be enabled for the FB. All analogue values are expected kg or kgh and converted to T or T/h in the Disocont block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-659
Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type Discont is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file (DCV10456.gsd). It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and Control" are opened. Here, the entry Disocont is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-660
Fig. 101: HW Konfig with Disocont (GSD file)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-661
The entry PPO12:0 PKW,3 Set, 14 PZD is used for the definition of the ProfibusDP slave. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Schenk weighbelt feeder. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system (Master system no.), which the Disocont is connected to, must be entered.
Fig. 102: HW Konfig with Disocont (SUBNETID)
At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the Disocont must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the Disocont must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-662
Fig. 103: HW Konfig with Disocont (Addresses)
All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding weighbelt feeder. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block DISOCONT reads some signals directly from the Profibus (Disocont) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the weighbelt feeder or written directly to the same. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the weighbelt feeder generates. In detail, this is the signal ALARM. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-663
The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the weighbelt feeder. The output FEED indicates the current conveying rate of the weighbelt, the output CI01 contains the conveying rate counter 1, the output CI02 contains the conveying rate counter 2 and HOFI contains the bin filling level. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input ENRE makes the softkey for the signal RESET visible in the faceplate. RESET is used to acknowledge events. RESET is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-664
Via the set TIMCI1 the conveying rate counter1 is reset at each full hour. RCI1 and MRCI1 are then deactivated. Using the inputs RCI1 / RCI2 the internal conveyor counters 1 and 2 of the weighbelt can be cleared directly at the block, if ENCI1 and TIMCI1 / ENCI2 are not set. With ENCI1 / ENCI2 the softkeys for the reset of the conveyor counters are shown. If ENCI1 / ENCI2 have been set, the conveyor counters can be cleared in the faceplate only via the softkeys using MRCI1 / MRCI2. MRCI1 / MRCI2 are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. MCRI1 is functional only when TIMCI1 is not set. With the input ENMO set, the softkeys for the changeover between gravimetric and volumetric operation are represented in the faceplate. With SGRV the weigher is set to gravimetric operation, and with SVOL it is set to volumetric operation. SGRV / SVOL are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. With the input ,ENUID the five freely available values in the faceplate are shown. With the inputs UID08, UID09 and UID10, different measured values can be requested per ID code. These are then placed in the variables VAL08, VAL09 and VAL10. With the input UID11, a status can be requested per ID code. This is then placed in the variable VAL11 (hexadecimal value). With the input UID12, a Long can be requested per ID code. This is then placed in the variable VAL12 (hexadecimal value). The ID codes are contained in the Schenk Manual "Field Bus Interface, Field bus Data" (BV-H2100DE). With the input KTST (Target Tara) or KRST (Target area), the internal KME is started. To this end KRLS must have been enabled. The result of the KME can be taken over into the faceplate via the softkey by means of KACC (visible when ENKAC is set). KACC is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset again. KREJ is used to cancel the KME. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-665
Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IPMI1 RESET CLEROP AVAIL := := := := := := AVBL_&-LOCAL CVON_&SLAVE_OK&-WDFI PMI1&_-ALARM -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT S ERCE C ERCE : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := : : : : : : : : -IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1 -OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP WARN_&SLAVE_OK -CVON/(-WARN_&RESET) ALARM -CVON/(-ALARM_&RESET) ERCE -CVON/(-ERCE_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-666
S ERTA C ERTA S ERPW C ERPW S ERME C ERME S EREL C EREL S ERMT C ERMT
: : : : : : : : : :
ERTA -CVON/(-ERTA_&RESET) ERPW -CVON/(-ERPW_&RESET) ERME -CVON/(-ERME_&RESET) EREL -CVON/(-EREL_&RESET) ERMT -CVON/(-ERMT_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER QBAD GRAV : : : : : : := := := := := := := ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 OPER_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK -VOLU
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-667
Block view
Fig. 104: DISOCONT block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-668
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the DISOCONT block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block DISOCONT internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) General Schenk warning (GWARN) Load cell input (ERCE) Tachometer input (ERTA) Load cell load > MAX (CMAX) Load cell load < MIN (CMIN) Power failure (ERPW) Belt limit switch (BLSW) Belt sequence (BEFR) Belt skewing (BDFT) No enabling (NORL) Mechanics (ERME) Electrics (EREL) Mechatronics (ERMT) Not ready (NORE) Not ready to be switched on (NOAV)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-669
General Schenk alarm (GFLT) Conveying capacity > MAX (IMAX) Conveying capacity < MIN (IMIN) Belt load > MAX (LMAX) Belt load < MIN (LMIN) Speed > MAX (VMAX) Speed < MIN (VMIN) BIN > MAX (BMAX) BIN < MIN (BMIN) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 EROP OLPT ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC GWARN ERCE $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH WH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-670
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ERTA CMAX CMIN ERPW BLSW BEFR BDFT NORL ERME EREL ERMT NORE NOAV GFLT IMAX IMIN LMAX LMIN $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH WH WH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH WH WH WH WH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-671
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 29 30 31 32 VMAX VMIN BMAX BMIN $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class WH WH WH WH Yes Yes Yes Yes
Connections of DISOCONT Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON OLPT PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO CSF RELS LST1 LSP1 SWRE Data type Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error Enabling weigher Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-672
Connection Meaning (parameters) TIMCI1 Automatic reset of conveying rate counter1 every hour on the hour RCI1 and MRCI1 are deactivated.
Data type BOOL
Def. 1
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I
KTST KRST KREJ KRLS KAET KAER KSTE ESST ENMO ENRE ENCI1
Start internal KME with target Tara BOOL Start internal KME with target Range KME abort Enabling KME Take over external correction value for Tara Take over external correction value for Range Start external KME Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for gravimetric and volumetric operating modes Display of softkey for weigher reset Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter1 and changeover switch MRCI1 ( =1 ) or RCI1 ( =0 ) Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter2 and changeover switch MRCI2 ( =1 ) or RCI2 ( =0 ) Display of user IDs Display of softkey for takeover of internal KME result Reset conveying rate counter1 on the block Reset conveying rate counter2 on the block Start-up warning also in local operating mode BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
I I I I I I I I I I I
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + +
ENCI2
BOOL
ENUID ENKAC RCI1 RCI2 SWLO
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
0 0 0 0 0
I I I I I Q Q Q
+ +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-673
Connection Meaning (parameters) RLSA ASET HIGH LOW TIME1 PULSETIM RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 EV_ID4 RESET SVOL SGRV MRCI1 MRCI2 KACC LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR SET UID08 UID09 UID10 UID11 Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value
Data type BOOL REAL
Def. 1 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I Q Q BQ BQ BQ + + + >0
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL Monitoring time setpoint value Pulse duration for reset, SGRV, SVOL, MRCI1 and MRCI2 Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Message ID no. 4 Resetting error Schenk Volumetric operating mode Gravimetric operating mode Reset conveying rate counter1 via faceplate Reset conveying rate counter2 via faceplate Take over KME result Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate REAL INT INT
100.0 I 0.0 5.0 3 3 I I I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 0
M M M M B B B B B B BQ B B B B BQ BQ BQ BQ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
User definable ID code (measured WORD value) User definable ID code (measured WORD value) User definable ID code (measured WORD value) User definable ID code (status) WORD
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-674
Connection Meaning (parameters) UID12 EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2 EV3_SIG3 EV3_SIG4 EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8 EV4_SIG1 EV4_SIG2 EV4_SIG3 EV4_SIG4 User definable ID code (long) Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19 Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24 Index variable for message no. 25 Index variable for message no. 26 Index variable for message no. 27 Index variable for message no. 28
Data type WORD INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT
Def. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 111 112 113 169 170 114 115 116 46 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 56 52
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO BQ +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-675
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV4_SIG5 EV4_SIG6 EV4_SIG7 EV4_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA NORL CIAC VOLU AUTON KACK KME ATEX RTEX AREX RREX MEAN PRME KACT FEED CI01 CI02 Index variable for message no. 29 Index variable for message no. 30 Index variable for message no. 31 Index variable for message no. 32 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive operating Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode No enabling Conveying rate counter active Volumetric Normal operation
Data type INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 126 127 55 54 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + + + +
KME waiting for acknowledgement BOOL KME provided KME Tara absolutely exceeded KME Tara relatively exceeded KME range absolutely exceeded KME range relatively exceeded KME measurement announced KME provided KME running Actual flow rate Conveying rate counter 1 Conveying rate counter 2 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-676
Connection Meaning (parameters) HOFI KTRE KRRE VAL08 VAL09 VAL10 VAL11 VAL12 ACT1 EVT NR TYP PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC Batch weigher filling weight KME Tara relative KME range relative Value of UID08 request (measured value) Value of UID09 request (measured value) Value of UID10 request (measured value) Value of UID11 request (status) Value of UID12 request (long) Current monitoring time Event group Event number Event type Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 REAL WORD WORD WORD 0.0 0 0 0
Operation and observation of DISOCONT See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of DISOCONT The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-677
> DISOCONT < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 COLOUR_1 SSTP SWRE CSF SST1 LSP1 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 ERRC GWARN GFLT ERCE ERTA ERPW ERME EREL ERMT ERPI EREO ETIM EROL ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD GRAV LOCA Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-678
29 30 31
COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block Disocont does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 12.
DWA, DWB and DWC of DISOCONT The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Schenk weighbelt feeder and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > DISOCONT < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_SCH DPPA_ADR HARD_ID Data word B Data word C AUTON OPER NORL CIAC VOLU WARN ALARM ERCE ERTA CMAX CMIN ERPW BLSW BEFR BDFT NORL ERME EREL ERMT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-679
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SUBNETID
NORE NOAV IMAX IMIN LMAX LMIN VMAX VMIN BMAX BMIN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-680
3.88 Profibus Special Drive DISO_MAS: Disocont Master PC (PROVIT 5000) Schenk
Description of DISO_MAS
Object name (Type + Number) FB 534 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the control of the Disocont Master PC PROVIT 5000 by Schenk. The Schenk Disocont Master PC is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device (DP-SlaveType) Disocont Master (PCI). For the perfect communication with the DISO_MAS block, the Disocont Master must be enabled for the field bus and the Profibus address entered. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type Discont Master (PCI) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file (DCM_049F.gsd). It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry Disocont Master (PCI) is found.
Fig. 105: HW_Konfig with Disocont Master (PCI) (GSD file)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-681
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Schenk Disocont Master PC. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system (Master system no.), which the Disocont Master is connected to, must be entered.
Fig. 106: HW Konfig with Disocont (SUBNETID)
At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the Disocont Master must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the Disocont Master must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-682
Fig. 107: HW Konfig with Disocont (Addresses)
All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding Disocont Master PC. The entire communication is handled via data blocks. Via the data blocks, the data from the Disocont slave (block DISO_SLA FB535) are received and transmitted to the Disocont Master PC. The data from the Disocont Master PC are received by the block and passed on to the Disocont slaves via data blocks.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-683
List of the data blocks: DB21...DB30 SEND_DB_DOS1....SEND_DB_DOS10 Values from Disocont slaves to the Disocont master PC.
DB31...DB40
RECEIVE_DB_DOS1...RECEIVE_DB_DOS10 Values from Disocont master PC to Disocont slaves. COMMAND_MASTER Values from DISO_MAS block to the Disocont master PC (group). Values from Disocont master PC (group) to DISO_MAS block. Values from DISO_MAS block to the Disocont master PC (MKME Multiple weigher check measuring device). Values from Disocont master PC (MKME) to DISO_MAS block. Transmit buffer memory of all values transmitted to the Disocont master PC. Receive buffer memory of all values received from Disocont master PC.
DB41
DB42
STATUS_MASTER
DB43
SEND_DB_KME
DB44
RECEIVE_DB_KME
DB45
SEND_DB_SCHENK_PC
DB46
RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC
(Parameter description of the data blocks: (see page 3-44) to (see page 3-65)) If the input RELS is set, the communication between the block and the Disocont Master PC is enabled. The inputs SCALE1 to SCALE10 respectively enable the communication to the individual weighers 1- 10. For each individual weigher the respective input must be set to 1. For MKME the input KME must be set. Weigher group GSTART and GSTOP starting and stopping of the weigher group. To this end, in the Disocont Master PC, individual weighers must be combined into a group.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-684
The group setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value GASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate GSET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value GSET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value GASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of GASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the group setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input ENRE makes the softkey for the signal RESET visible in the faceplate. RESET is used to acknowledge the events of the Disocont Master PC. RESET is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset. Using the inputs RCI1 / RCI2 the internal conveyor counters 1 and 2 of the Disocont Master PC can be cleared directly at the block, if ENCI1 and TIMCI1 / ENCI2 are not set. With ENCI1 / ENCI2 the softkeys for the reset of the conveyor counters are shown. If ENCI1 / ENCI2 have been set, the conveyor counters can be cleared in the faceplate only via the softkeys using MRCI1 / MRCI2. MRCI1 / MRCI2 are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. The output FEED indicates the current conveying rate of the group. Multiple weigher check measuring device With the input KTST (Target Tara) or KRST (Target area), MKME is started. To this end KRLS must have been enabled. The result of the KME can be taken over into the faceplate via the softkey by means of KACC (visible when ENKAC is set). KACC is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset again. Additionally, for results takeover, the weighers involved must be preselected. To this end, the inputs KACQ1 to KAQC10 are available. If the result should be taken over, KACC and the affected weighers KAQCn (n=1...10) must be set. With KREJ or by resetting KRLS, KME is cancelled.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-685
Block view
Fig. 108: DISO_MAS block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the DISO_MAS block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-686
A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block DISO_MAS internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: General Schenk warning (WARN) General Schenk alarm (ALARM) Watchdog (WATCH) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ALARM WARN WATCH $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class WH AH AH Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-687
Connections of DISO_MAS Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR RELS GSTART GSTOP AUTO SCALE1 SCALE2 SCALE3 SCALE4 SCALE5 SCALE6 SCALE7 SCALE8 SCALE9 SCALE10 KME KTST Data type Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Enabling weigher Start weigher group Stop weigher group Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Enable communication to weigher 1 Enable communication to weigher 2 Enable communication to weigher 3 Enable communication to weigher 4 Enable communication to weigher 5 Enable communication to weigher 6 Enable communication to weigher 7 Enable communication to weigher 8 Enable communication to weigher 9 Enable communication to weigher 10 Enable communication to MKME INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Start internal KME with target Tara BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-688
Connection Meaning (parameters) KRST KREJ KRLS KACQ1 KACQ2 KACQ3 KACQ4 KACQ5 KACQ6 KACQ7 KACQ8 KACQ9 KACQ10 RCI1 RCI2 ENCI1 Start internal KME with target Range Reject KME result Enabling KME Enabling weigher 1 taking over result Enabling weigher 2 taking over result Enabling weigher 3 taking over result Enabling weigher 4 taking over result Enabling weigher 5 taking over result Enabling weigher 6 taking over result Enabling weigher 7 taking over result Enabling weigher 8 taking over result Enabling weigher 9 taking over result Enabling weigher 10 taking over result Reset conveying rate counter1 on the block Reset conveying rate counter2 on the block Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter1 and changeover switch MRCI1 ( =1 ) or RCI1 ( =0 ) Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter2 and changeover switch MRCI2 ( =1 ) or RCI2 ( =0 )
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q +
ENCI2
BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-689
Connection Meaning (parameters) ENRE ENKAC GASET HIGH LOW RLSA WSETCYC PULSETIM RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 RESET MRCI1 MRCI2 KACC SUPR GSET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 GOPER QBAD Display of softkey for weigher reset Display of softkey for takeover of internal KME result Automatic group setpoint value
Data type BOOL BOOL REAL
Def. 0 0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I Q BQ BQ Q + + + +
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL Enabling alarm generation Waiting cycle setpoint value for Watchdog Pulse duration for reset, MRCI1 and MRCI2 Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Resetting error Schenk Reset conveying rate counter1 via faceplate Reset conveying rate counter2 via faceplate Take over KME result Suppression of alarms Group setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Weigher group operating Profibus slave faulty BOOL INT INT INT
100.0 I 0.0 1 10 3 3 I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O
DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 123 111 63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
M B B B BQ B B + + + + + +
Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-690
Connection Meaning (parameters) LOCA ALARM WARN AUTON KACT KACK FEED KCHECK KBIN KSUM KLBIN KRES WACTCYC DW DWA DWB Drive is in local operating mode General error General warning Normal operation KME running
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 10
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
KME waiting for acknowledgement BOOL Actual flow rate KME test quantity KME measured value for batch weigher KME total of measured values of all weighers KME container filling level KME result F/Z Waiting cycles for Watchdog Data word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL INT
Operation and observation of DISO_MAS See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-691
PW, DW and SW of DISO_MAS The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> DISO_MAS < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 WARN ALARM WATCH AUTON Parameter word Data word GOPER Status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-692
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block DISO_MAS does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 12. DWA and DWB of DISO_MAS The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the Schenk Disocont Master PC and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > DISO_MAS < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF Data word B HARD_ID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-693
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_SCH
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-694
3.89 Profibus Special Drive DISO_SLA: Disocont slave

Description of DISO_SLA Object name (Type + Number) FB 535 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling the Disocont weighers by Schenk which are connected to a Disocont Master PC. The Schenk Disocont Master PC is connected to the PLC via the Profibus and controlled by the DISO_MAS block. The Disocont slave block communicates with the DISO_MAS block via data blocks.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-695
Operating principle The entire communication is handled via data blocks. Via the data blocks, the data from the Disocont slaves are received and transmitted by the DISO_MAS block to the Disocont Master PC. The data from the Disocont Master PC are received by the DISO_MAS block and passed on to the Disocont slaves via data blocks. List of the data blocks: DB21...DB30 SEND_DB_DOS1....SEND_DB_DOS10 Values from Disocont slaves to the Disocont master PC.
DB31...DB40
RECEIVE_DB_DOS1...RECEIVE_DB_DOS10 Values from Disocont master PC to Disocont slaves. (Parameter description of the data blocks: see chapters 3.7 to 3.14) The input NUM is used to set the number of the Disocont weigher. The number must be identical with the weigher definition in the Disocont Master PC. Number 1 signifies, for example, that the Disocont slave transmits via the DB21 and receives via DB31. If input RELS is set, the weigher is enabled. START and STOP starting and stopping the weigher. To this end, individual weighers must be defined in the Disocont Master PC and no group. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input ENRE makes the softkey for the signal RESET visible in the faceplate. RESET is used to acknowledge the results of the Disocont weigher. RESET is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset. Via the set TIMCI1 the conveying rate counter1 is reset at each full hour. RCI1 and MRCI1 are then deactivated. Using the inputs RCI1 / RCI2 the internal conveyor counters 1 and 2 of the Discont weigher can be cleared directly at the block, if ENCI1 and TIMCI1 / ENCI2 are not set. With ENCI1 / ENCI2 the softkeys for the reset of the conveyor counters are shown. If ENCI1 / ENCI2 have been set, the conveyor counters can be cleared in the faceplate only via the softkeys using MRCI1 / MRCI2. MRCI1 / MRCI2 are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. MCRI1 is functional only when TIMCI1 is not set.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-696
With the input ENMO set, the softkeys for the changeover between gravimetric and volumetric operation are represented in the faceplate. With SGRV the weigher is set to gravimetric operation, and with SVOL it is set to volumetric operation. SGRV / SVOL are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the Disocont weigher. The output FEED indicates the current conveying rate of the weigher, the output CI01 contains the conveying rate counter 1, the output CI02 contains the conveying rate counter 2 and HOFI contains the bin filling level. Below, you will find an example for a CFC with a DISO_MAS block (connection to the Disocont Master PC via Profibus) and four DISO_SLA blocks (individual weighers).
Fig. 109: Example CFC
In the example a kiln feed bin with three continuous measuring dosing devices and a weighing system are shown. The Disocont slaves are numbered from 1 to 4 in accordance with the definition in the Disocont Master PC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-697
Block view
Fig. 110: DISO_SLA block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the DISO_SLA block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-698
Message actions The block DISO_SLA internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: General Schenk warning (WARN) General Schenk alarm (ALARM) Watchdog (WATCH) Conveying capacity > MAX (IMAX) Conveying capacity < MIN (IMIN) Belt load > MAX (LMAX) Belt load < MIN (LMIN) Speed > MAX (VMAX) Speed < MIN (VMIN) BIN > MAX (BMAX) BIN < MIN (BMIN) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IMAX WARN ALARM WATCH $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class WH AH AH Yes Yes Yes
WH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-699
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 IMIN LMAX LMIN VMAX VMIN BMAX BMIN $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class WH WH WH WH WH WH WH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Connections of DISO_SLA Connection Meaning (parameters) NUM START STOP AUTO CSF RELS TIMCI1 Number of Schenk weigher Start balance Stop weigher Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error Enabling weigher Automatic reset of conveying rate counter1 every hour on the hour RCI1 and MRCI1 are deactivated. Reset conveying rate counter1 on the block Reset conveying rate counter2 on the block Data type INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q
RCI1 RCI2
BOOL BOOL
0 0
I I
Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-700
Connection Meaning (parameters) ENCI1 Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter1 and changeover switch MRCI1 ( =1 ) or RCI1 ( =0 ) Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter2 and changeover switch MRCI2 ( =1 ) or RCI2 ( =0 ) Display of softkey for weigher reset Display of softkeys for gravimetric and volumetric operating modes Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value
Data type BOOL
Def. 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I +
ENCI2
BOOL
ENRE ENMO RLSA ASET HIGH LOW PULSETIM RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET SVOL SGRV MRCI1 MRCI2 SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3
BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL
0 0 1 0.0
I I I I Q Q BQ BQ
+ +
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL Pulse duration for reset, MRCI1 and MRCI2 Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Resetting error Schenk Volumetric operating mode Gravimetric operating mode Reset conveying rate counter1 via faceplate Reset conveying rate counter2 via faceplate Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 INT INT
100.0 I 0.0 3 3 I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
+ +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 123 111 0
M M B B B B B B B + + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-701
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OPER NORL CIAC VOLU ALARM WARN AUTON IMAX IMIN LMAX LMIN VMAX VMIN BMAX BMIN FEED Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Balance running No enabling Conveying rate counter active Volumetric General error General warning Normal operation Conveying capacity > MAX Conveying capacity < MIN Belt load > MAX Belt load > MIN Speed > MAX Speed < MIN BIN > MAX BIN < MIN Actual flow rate
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 124 125 56 52 126 127 55 54 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-702
Connection Meaning (parameters) CI01 CI02 HOFI DW DWC Conveying rate counter 1 Conveying rate counter 2 Batch weigher filling weight Data word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Def. 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q + + + + +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0
Operation and observation of DISO_SLA See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of DISO_SLA The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> DISO_SLA< Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Parameter word Data word GOPER Status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-703
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block DISO_SLA does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 12. DWC of DISO_SLA The block has an additional data word: DWC. Additional information on the weigher is represented in this word. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > DISO_SLA < Bit 0 1 2 3 Data word C AUTON OPER NORL CIAC WARN ALARM WATCH AUTON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-704
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
VOLU WARN ALARM
IMAX IMIN LMAX LMIN VMAX VMIN BMAX BMIN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-705
3.90 Profibus Special Drive COMBOX_P: Compressor control by Atlas Copco

Description of COMBOX_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 536 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling the ComBox - P by Atlas Copco. The Atlas Copco ComBox - P is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device (DP-Slave-Type) ComBox - P. For setting up a Profibus connection to one or several compressors in the network, a special interface block must be inserted into the network. The ComBox - P. Via the ComBox - P, the communication to the compressors is effected on the CAN Bus. The Profibus protocol for the ComBox - P is contained in the operating instructions for the Profibus interface of the ComBox - P (BA for Profibus Protokoll Elektronikon ComBox - P rev2.pdf).
Fig. 111: Compressors in the network
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-706
For the communication between the ComBox - P and the component COMBOX_P in the PLC, the following settings / preconditions must have been met: The communication is effected via one data record. That is, the ComBox - P must be programmed with a data record. In order to control the compressors via the Profibus interface, the control mode LAN Control must be selected at the compressor control systems (Elektronikon) (see operating instructions for the compressors e.g GA 90-15 MKIV 2004-04.pdf). As standard, the compressor will then adopt Controller Mode 4a (Switching the compressor on and off via the Profibus. Pressure control is effected via the compressor control system). Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type Profi2Can is used in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file (PROF2CAN.gsd). It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry Profi2Can is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-707
Fig. 112: HW Konfig with Profi2Can (GSD file)
The universal mode must be selected and defined as out/input type with a length of 8 bytes each.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-708
Fig. 113: HW Konfig with Profi2Can (configuration)
Operating principle The block communicates directly with Atlas Copco ComBox - P. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system (Master system no.), which the ComBox - P is connected to, must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-709
Fig. 114: HW Konfig with ComBox - P (SUBNETID)
At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the ComBox - P must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-710
Fig. 115: HW Konfig with ComBox - P (Addresses)
All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the ComBox - P. At the CAN_NODE input, the CAN Bus address of the compressor control must be entered. If input F has been set, the communication between the block and the ComBox P is enabled. START and STOP switch the compressor control On and Off. If only one compressor control is connected to the ComBox - P via the CAN Bus, no Token control is required and the NOTOKEN input must be set to 1. If several compressor controls exist, these must be chained via ITOKEN and OTOKEN. A compressor control must receive the first token by setting FTOKEN.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-711
Fig. 116: Example for three compressor controls at the ComBox - P
Up to 10 analogue values can be retrieved via the compressor control. The number (1 to 10) must be set at the input NUM_AI. For retrieval the inputs PARA_AIn (n=0 .. 9) must be connected to the parameter IDs. The parameter IDs can be different for each type of compressor and must therefore be taken from the parameter list of the respective compressor. A standard compressor may have 1 to 4 pressure inputs and 1 to 10 temperature inputs. The calibration of the values is effected via the inputs CAL_Ain (n=0...9). Pressures are transmitted e.g. in 0.001Bar and temperatures in 0.1C. For each analogue input, a description may additionally be given by means of DESC_AIn (n=0...9). The outputs AIn contain the analogue values called up by the inputs PARA_Ain, multiplied by CAL_AIn (n=0...9). STAT_AIn contains the status registers for the analogue values. The output NODE_IDS indicates the compressors connected. Bit0 set signifies that the Node ID (CAN Bus address) 1 was found, and Bit1 signifies that the Node ID 2 was found, etc.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-712
Block view
Fig. 117: COMBOX_P block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-713
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the COMBOX_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block COMBOX_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Error Atlas Copco Compressor (ER) General start failure (GEN_STA) General shutdown (GEN_SHUT) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ER GEN_STA
Default message text $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @1I%2d@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes
GEN_SHUT $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-714
Mess. Block no. parameter 8
Default message text $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of COMBOX_P Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR F START STOP ITOKEN FTOKEN Data type Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Enabling Start compressor control system Stop compressor control system Input token for linked compressor control systems First token. One compressor control system must be assigned the first token. No token control. Only one compressor control system existing Enabling alarm generation CAN Bus address of compressor control system Number of the analogue inputs to be read in Parameter ID for analogue input 0 Parameter ID for analogue input 1 Parameter ID for analogue input 2 Parameter ID for analogue input 3 Parameter ID for analogue input 4 Parameter ID for analogue input 5 INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
NOTOKEN
BOOL
RLSA CAN_NODE NUM_AI PARA_AI0 PARA_AI1 PARA_AI2 PARA_AI3 PARA_AI4 PARA_AI5
BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
I I I I I I I I I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-715
Connection Meaning (parameters) PARA_AI6 PARA_AI7 PARA_AI8 PARA_AI9 CAL_AI0 CAL_AI1 CAL_AI2 CAL_AI3 CAL_AI4 CAL_AI5 CAL_AI6 CAL_AI7 CAL_AI8 CAL_AI9 Parameter ID for analogue input 6 Parameter ID for analogue input 7 Parameter ID for analogue input 8 Parameter ID for analogue input 9 Calibration for analogue input 0 Calibration for analogue input 1 Calibration for analogue input 2 Calibration for analogue input 3 Calibration for analogue input 4 Calibration for analogue input 5 Calibration for analogue input 6 Calibration for analogue input 7 Calibration for analogue input 8 Calibration for analogue input 9
Data type INT INT INT INT REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
DESC_AI0
Description for analogue input 0
STRING 'Text for AI0' STRING 'Text for AI1' STRING 'Text for AI2' STRING 'Text for AI3' STRING 'Text for AI4' STRING 'Text for AI5'
DESC_AI1
DESC_AI2
DESC_AI3
DESC_AI4
DESC_AI5
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-716
Connection Meaning (parameters) DESC_AI6 Description for analogue input 6
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I Q +
STRING 'Text for AI6' STRING 'Text for AI7' STRING 'Text for AI8' STRING 'Text for AI9' INT INT INT 3 10 60
DESC_AI7
DESC_AI8
DESC_AI9
RUNUPCYC TOKEN_ST GENER_ST EV_ID1 SUPR EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 ER OTOKEN PRE_WARN
Waiting cycles at start Token timeout time in seconds General timeout time in seconds Message ID no. 1 Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Error signal Input token for linked compressor control systems Pre-warning
I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + Q M B +
DWORD 0 BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 128 129 130 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
GEN_WARN General warning GEN_SH_W GEN_SHUT GEN_SERV General shutdown warning General shutdown General service
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-717
Connection Meaning (parameters) QBAD GEN_STA EM_STOP MAN_AUT LOC_REM TIM_ACT PWARN_R PWARN_A CMS_STOP CMS_UNL CMS_LOAD CS_A CS_V CS_MCC_A CS_MCC_D COM_A COM_V CCM2A CCM2B CCM3A CCM3B CCM4A CCM4B CCM4C CCM4D NODE_IDS Profibus slave faulty General start error Emergency stop Manual / automatic Local / remote Timer not active / active Pre-warning service running time hours Pre-warning service accumulated M3 Mechanical compressor status: stopped
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q +
Mechanical compressor status: not BOOL loaded Mechanical compressor status: loaded Compressor status: A Compressor status: V Compressor status MMC: A Compressor status MMC: E Compressor status VSD: A Compressor status VSD: V Compressor control mode: 2a Compressor control mode: 2b Compressor control mode: 3a Compressor control mode: 3b Compressor control mode: 4a Compressor control mode: 4b Compressor control mode: 4c Compressor control mode: 4d Compressor connections BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-718
Connection Meaning (parameters) RUN_HOUR LOA_HOUR ERR_CODE Running time hours Loading hours
Data type REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O Q Q Q + + +
Error code which was last INT pending. -1 = Token timeout. The block received the token, but did not receive a response from ComBox P by expiry of timeout time. -2 = General timeout. The block did not receive a token by expiry of timeout time. 1 ..7 = Error in data record or 1 ..3 = Error in header (see operating instructions for the Profibus interface of ComBox - P) Analogue value 0. Opened by PARA_AI0 Analogue value 1. Opened by PARA_AI1 Analogue value 2. Opened by PARA_AI2 Analogue value 3. Opened by PARA_AI3 Analogue value 4. Opened by PARA_AI4 Analogue value 5. Opened by PARA_AI5 Analogue value 6. Opened by PARA_AI6 Analogue value 7. Opened by PARA_AI7 Analogue value 8. Opened by PARA_AI8 Analogue value 9. Opened by PARA_AI9 Status register of AI0 Status register of AI1 REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL WORD WORD
AI0 AI1 AI2 AI3 AI4 AI5 AI6 AI7 AI8 AI9 STAT_AI0 STAT_AI1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
O O O O O O O O O O O O
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
+ + + + + + + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-719
Connection Meaning (parameters) STAT_AI2 STAT_AI3 STAT_AI4 STAT_AI5 STAT_AI6 STAT_AI7 STAT_AI8 STAT_AI9 ACT_TOK ACT_GEN DW DWA DWB DWC Status register of AI2 Status register of AI3 Status register of AI4 Status register of AI5 Status register of AI6 Status register of AI7 Status register of AI8 Status register of AI9 Current token timeout time in seconds Current general timeout time in seconds Data word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Status information for faceplate
Data type WORD WORD WORD WORD WORD WORD WORD WORD REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Operation and observation of COMBOX_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of COMBOX_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-720
> COMBOX_P < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 COLOUR_1 Parameter word Data word Status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-721
29 30 31
COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block COMBOX_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
DWA, DWB and DWC of COMBOX_P The block has two additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Schenk Atlas Copco ComBox - P and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > COMBOX_P < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_SCH DPPA_ADR HARD_ID Data word B Data word C PRE_WARN GEN_WARN GEN_SH_W GEN_SHUT GEN_SERV GEN_STA EM_STOP MAN_AUT LOC_REM TIM_ACT PWARN_R PWARN_A CMS_STOP CMS_UNL CMS_LOAD CS_A CS_V CS_MCC_A CS_MCC_D COM_A
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-722
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SUBNETID
COM_V CCM2A CCM2B CCM3A CCM3B CCM4A CCM4B CCM4C CCM4D
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-723
3.91 Profibus Special Drive ACS800: ABB ACS800 frequency converter

Description of ACS800 Object name (Type + Number) FB 537 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type ACS800 frequency converter by ABB. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type ABB Drives RPBA-01 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and Drives" are opened. Here, the entry "ABB Drives RPBA-01" is found.
Fig. 118: HW Konfig with ABB Drives RPBA-01
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, PPO Type 4 is used.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-724
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the ACS800 is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the ACS800 must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the ACS800 must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block ACS800 reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. In detail, these are the signals FLT and FINT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-725
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP is used to calibrate power. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON IPMI1 ILEMO RESET CLEROP AVAIL := := := := := := CVON_&SLAVE_OK PMI1_&FLT_&(FINT/-SFIN) LEMO_&(FINT/SFIN) -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-726
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT S ERFI C ERFI : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := : : : : : : : : -IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1 -OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&ILEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-ILEMO))_&RESET -ILEMO-ICVON/ILEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP -ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET) -FLT -CVON/(FLT_&RESET) -FINT -CVON/(FINT_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF : : : : : : := STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-727
DAVB EROR DOFF OPER LOCA QBAD
:= := := := := :=
-NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 RCR_&SLAVE_OK -AVBL_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-728
Block view
Fig. 119: ACS800 block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the ACS800 block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block ACS800 internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-729
Check-back signal (RCR) Group warning ACS800 (ALARM) Group fault ACS800 (FLT) Basic interlock (FINT) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 EROP OLPT ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC GWARN GFLT ERFI $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH WH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-730
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 14 15 16 $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of ACS800 Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO CSF LST1 LSP1 SWRE ESST ENRE Data type Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-731
Connection Meaning (parameters) SWLO SFIN RLSA ASET ILHF ILLF ILHC ILHP TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection whether FINT is interconnected to LEMO or PMI1 Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Upper limit value for speed Lower limit value for speed Upper limit value for speed calibration Upper limit value for power calibration Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Resetting error Hasler Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL INT
Def. 0 0 1 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ + >0 + +
100.0 I 0.0 I
100.0 I 100.0 I 5.0 3 I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 131
M M BQ BQ B B B B + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-732
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA SPED POWR ACT1 PW DW SW DWA DWB Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Current speed Current power Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 132 133 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + +
Operation and observation of ACS800 See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-733
PW, DW and SW of ACS800 The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> ACS800 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 SSTP SWRE SST1 LSP1 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 ERRC GWARN GFLT ERFI ERPI EREO ETIM EROL ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-734
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
CSF FINT
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block ACS800 does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA and DWB of ACS800 The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > ACS800 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA Data word B HARD_ID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-735
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_ABBFC OLPT1 RCR FLT AVBL ALARM FINT DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
Profibus interface for ACS800 The operation of this block with a frequency converter ACS800 makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 6 data words of input data and 6 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 4 words of input data and 3 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 2 input words and 3 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-736
Input data from ACS800: Word Bit no. no. Type ACS800 designation Description 1st status word 0 Word Spare 2nd status word 1 Word Frequency 3rd status word 2 LSB 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Word Effective power 4th status word Overload Operating message Group fault Available Group warning Basic interlock OLPT1 RCR FLT AVBL ALARM FINT POWER SPEED POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-737
Output data to ACS800: Word Bit no. no. Type ACS800 designation Description 1st control word 0 Word Command word master after slave 2nd control word 1 LSB 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Word Frequency setpoint value 3rd control word Start/Stop frequency converter Start pulse frequency converter Emergency off Machine protection Resetting error PON SEN EMOF PMI RESET SETP CW POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-738
3.92 Profibus Special Drive MOVIDRIV: SEW MOVIDRIVE frequency converter

Description of MOVIDRIV Object name (Type + Number) FB 539 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type MOVIDRIVE frequency converter by SEW. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MOVIDRIVE DFP21 (DPV1) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment, Drives SEW and DPV1" are opened. Here, the entry MOVIDRIVE DFP21 (DPV1) is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-739
Fig. 120: HW Konfig with MOVIDRIVE DFP21 (DPV1)
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, 3PD (3 words) is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the MOVIDRIVE is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the MOVIDRIVE must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the MOVIDRIVE must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block MOVIDRIV reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-740
In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. This is the signal FLT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-741
The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP is used to calibrate power. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-742
Auxiliary flag ICVON IPMI1 RESET CLEROP AVAIL := := := := := CVON_&SLAVE_OK PMI1&_FLT -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := : : : : :: -IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1 -OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP -ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET) -FLT -CVON/(FLT_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-743
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER LOCA QBAD :: : : : : := := := := := := := STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 RCR_&SLAVE_OK -AVBL_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 121: MOVIDRIV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the MOVIDRIV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-744
A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block MOVIDRIV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR) MOVIDRIV group warning (ALARM) MOVIDRIV group fault (FLT) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 EROP OLPT ERMS ERSP ERPI $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-745
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 EREO ETIM ERRC GWARN GFLT $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH WH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Connections of MOVIDRIV Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP Data type Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I Q Q Q
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-746
Connection Meaning (parameters) CVON PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO CSF LST1 LSP1 SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO RLSA ASET ILHF ILLF ILHC ILHP TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP Control voltage on Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Upper limit value for speed Lower limit value for speed Upper limit value for speed calibration Upper limit value for power calibration Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Resetting error Hasler Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL INT
Def. 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ + >0 + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
100.0 I 0.0 I
100.0 I 100.0 I 5.0 3 I I I I IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0
M M BQ BQ B B + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-747
Connection Meaning (parameters) SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA SPED POWR Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Current speed Current power
Data type BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0.0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 135 136 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + B B + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-748
Connection Meaning (parameters) ACT1 PW DW SW DWA DWB Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type REAL
Def. 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + +
Operation and observation of MOVIDRIV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of MOVIDRIV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> MOVIDRIV < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT EROL ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-749
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
PMI1 AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER LST1
ERPI EREO ETIM
LOCA
ERRC GWARN GFLT
LSP1
SST1
SSTP SWRE CSF
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block MOVIDRIV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-750
DWA and DWB of MOVIDRIV The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > MOVIDRIV < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_SEWFC OLPT RCR1 FLT AVBL ALARM EMOF SUBNETID DPPA_ADR HARD_ID Data word B
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-751
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for MOVIDRIV The operation of this block with a frequency converter MOVIDRIV makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 3 data words of input data and 3 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 3 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that no input word and 1 output word are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from MOVIDRIV: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 8 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Type MOVIDRIV designation Description 1st status word Overload Operating message Group fault Group warning Available Emergency off OLPT RCR1 FLT ALARM AVBL EMOF POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-752
Word Bit no. no. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Type Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit
MOVIDRIV designation
Description
POLCID design.
2nd status word 1 Word Frequency 3rd status word 2 Word Output data to MOVIDRIV: Word Bit no. no. Type MOVIDRIV designation Description 1st control word 0 Word Command word master after slave 2nd control word 1 LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 8 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Resetting error RESET Machine protection PMI Word Frequency setpoint value 3rd control word Start/Stop frequency converter PON1 SETP CW POLCID design. Effective power POWER SPEED
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-753
Word Bit no. no. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MOVIDRIV designation
Description
POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-754
3.93 Profibus Special Drive MICROMAS: Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter

Description of MICROMAS Object name (Type + Number) FB 545 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type MICROMASTER frequency converter by Siemens. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MICROMASTER 4 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment, Drives and SIMOVERT" are opened. Here, the entry MICROMASTER 4 is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-755
Fig. 122: HW Konfig with MICROMASTER 4
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, 0 PKW, 4 PZD whole cons. is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the MICROMASTER is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the MICROMASTER must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the MICROMASTER must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block MICROMAS reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-756
These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. These are the signals OLPT1, OLPT2, RDY_SWIT, SWIT_INH and FAULT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-757
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP is used to calibrate power. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON IPMI1 RESET CLEROP IAVBL AVAIL := := := := := := CVON_&SLAVE_OK PMI1&_-FAULT_&OLPT2 -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES (RDY_SWIT/RCR1)_&SWIT_INH_&REMOTE IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP : : : : : : : : : : -IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-758
S OPS1 C OPS1 S ERO1 C ERO1 S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT S ERFR C ERFR S ERCL C ERCL S ERO2 C ERO2 S ERYS C ERYS S ERIN C ERIN
: : : : : : : : := : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1 -OLPT1-ICVON/OLPT1_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP -ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET) FAULT_&OLPT2 -CVON/(-FAULT_&RESET) FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET) -CLIM -CVON/(CLIM_&RESET) -OLPT2 -CVON/(OLPT2_&RESET) -RDY_SWIT_&-RCR1 -CVON/(RDY_SWIT_&RESET) SWIT_INH -CVON/(-SWIT_INH_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-759
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER LOCA QBAD : : : : : : := := := := := := := STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 OPER_ENB_&SLAVE_OK -AVBL_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 123: MICROMAS block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the MICROMAS block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-760
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block MICROMAS internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) MICROMAS group warning (ALARM) MICROMAS group fault (FAULT) Frequency > maximum (FRQ_MAX) Current limit (CLIM) Overload frequency converter (OLPT2) Not ready to be switched on (RDY_SWIT) Cut-in lock (SWIT_INH) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 EROP ERO1 ERMS $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-761
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC GWARN GFLT ERFR ERCL ERO2 ERYS ERIH $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH WH AH AH WH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Connections of MICROMAS Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR Data type Def. 0 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave INT INT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-762
Connection Meaning (parameters) STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO CSF LST1 LSP1 SINC SDEC SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO RLSA ASET ILHF ILLF ILHC ILHP TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Increase speed locally Reduce speed locally Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value Upper limit value for speed Lower limit value for speed Upper limit value for speed calibration Upper limit value for power calibration Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL INT
Def. 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ + >0 + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
100.0 I 0.0 I
100.0 I 100.0 I 5.0 3 I I I
DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-763
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV_ID2 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST Message ID no. 2 Resetting error Hasler Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q M BQ BQ B B B B + + + + + +
DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 1 171 3 4 5 6 7 8 136 137 81 138 139 140 141 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-764
Connection Meaning (parameters) OPER QBAD LOCA BREAK SPED POWR ACT1 PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Activating external holding brake Current speed Current power Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + +
Operation and observation of MICROMAS See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of MICROMAS The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> MICROMAS < Bit 0 1 2 3 ILC1 NOTA Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-765
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SSTP SWRE CSF OLPT2 RDYS INHB COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 SST1 LSP1 STOP CVON OLPT1 AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 ERRC GWARN GFLT ERFR ERCL ERO2 ERYS ERIH ERPI EREO ETIM ERO1 ERMS ERSP OPL1
EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA BREAK
In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block MICROMAS does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-766
DWA, DWB and DWC of MICROMAS The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > MICROMAS < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_MMCFC HARD_ID Data word B Data word C RDY_SWIT RDY_OPER OPER_ENB FAULT OFF2 OFF3 SWIT_INH ALARM ACTSET REMOTE FRANGE CLIM BREAK OLPT1 DIR_L_R OLPT2 DC_BREAK FRQ_MAX CURR_MAX FRQGACT FRQLACT FRQGSET ULLIM UGLIM OPDIR PILLIM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-767
26 27 28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for MICROMAS
PISAT
The operation of this block with a frequency converter MICROMAS makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 4 data words of input data and 4 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 4 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that no input words and 2 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from MICROMAS: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 8 Bit Setpoint / actual value deviation within tolerance range ACTSET Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit AUS2 AUS3 Type MICROMAS designation Description 1st status word Ready to be switched on Ready for operation Enable operation Group fault Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time Cut-in lock Group warning RDY_SWIT RDY_OPER OPER_ENB FAULT OFF2 OFF3 SWIT_INH ALARM POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-768
Word Bit no. no. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MICROMAS designation
Description Operating mode remote operation Frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value Motor current has reached current limit External holding brake Motor overload Travel to left/right Converter overload 2nd status word
POLCID design. REMOTE FRANGE CLIM BREAK OLPT1 DIR_L_R OLPT2
Word
Frequency 3rd status word
SPEED
2 LSB 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 3 3 3 3 3 8 9 10 11 12
Word
Effective power 4th status word
POWER
D.C. injection brake
DC_BREAK
Converter frequency less than shutdown FRQ_MAX limit
Motor current is greater than or equal to current limitation Actual frequency is greater than reference frequency
CURR_MAX FRQGACT
Actual frequency is lower than reference FRQLACT frequency Actual frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value Voltage lower than threshold value FRQGSET ULLIM
Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit
Voltage greater than threshold value Opposite direction
UGLIM OPDIR
PI frequency is less than threshold value PILLIM PI saturation PISAT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-769
Word Bit no. no. 3 3 3 13 14 15
Type Bit Bit Bit
Description
POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-770
Output data to MICROMAS: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Motor potentiometer up Motor potentiometer down Activate parameter set local or remote 2nd control word 1 Word Frequency setpoint value SETP POTI_PL POTI_MI PAR_SET Jogging right Jogging left Operating mode remote operation Invert direction of rotation JOG1 JOG2 REMOTE DIR_INV Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Type MICROMAS designation Description 1st control word Start/stop drive Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time Enable operation Enable ramp generator Enabling ramp generator setpoint value Release setpoint value Reset error OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 OPER_ENB RAMP_ENB RAMP_UNF SETP_ENB RESET POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-771
3.94 Profibus Special Drive SIMOV_LV: Siemens SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter
Description of SIMOV_LV Object name (Type + Number) FB 545 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter by Siemens. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolder SIMOVERT is found. Here the entry MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1 is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-772
Fig. 124: HW Konfig with MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, PPO 5: 4 PKW , 10 PZD is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block SIMOV_LV reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. This is the signal FAULT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-773
If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-774
The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP calibrates power, and input ILHT calibrates torque. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-775
Auxiliary flag ICVON IPMI1 RESET CLEROP IAVBL AVAIL := := := := := := CVON_&SLAVE_OK PMI1&_-FAULT -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES (RDY_SWIT/RCR1)_&SWIT_INH_&REMOTE IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT S ERYS C ERYS : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := : : : : :: : : -IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1 -OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP -ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET) FAULT -CVON/(-FAULT_&RESET) -RDY_SWIT_&-RCR1 -CVON/(RDY_SWIT_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-776
S ERIN C ERIN S ERUV C ERUV S ERFR C ERFR S ERTR C ERTR S ERTM C ERTM S ERTB C ERTB
: : : : : : : : : : : :
SWIT_INH -CVON/(-SWIT_INH_&RESET) FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET) FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET) TEMP_RF -CVON/(-TEMP_RF_&RESET) TEMP_MF -CVON/(-TEMP_MF_&RESET) TURN_BL -CVON/(-TURN_BL_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER LOCA QBAD : : : : :: := := := := := := := STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 OPER_ENB_&SLAVE_OK -AVBL_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-777
Block view
Fig. 125: SIMOV_LV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the SIMOV_LV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block SIMOV_LV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-778
Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) SIMOV_LV group warning (ALARM) SIMOV_LV group fault (FAULT) Not ready to be switched on (RDY_SWIT) Cut-in lock (SWIT_INH) Undervoltage DC-link (UVOLT) Frequency > maximum (FRQ_MAX) Warning overload converter (OLPT_W) Error temperature inverter > maximum (TEMP_RF) Warning temperature inverter > maximum (TEMP_RW) Warning temperature motor > maximum (TEMP_MW) Error temperature motor > maximum (TEMP_MF) Error motor tilted or blocked (TURN_BL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 EROP ERO1 ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-779
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 ERTR WATR WATM ERTM ERTB GWARN GFLT ERYS ERIH ERUV ERFR WAOL $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class WH AH AH WH AH AH WH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
AH WH WH AH AH
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-780
Connections of SIMOV_LV Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON OLPT PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO CSF LST1 LSP1 SINC SDEC SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO RLSA ASET Data type Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0.0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Increase speed locally Reduce speed locally Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Automatic setpoint value INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-781
Connection Meaning (parameters) ILHF ILLF ILHC ILHP ILHT TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 Upper limit value for speed Lower limit value for speed Upper limit value for speed calibration Upper limit value for power calibration Upper limit value for torque calibration Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 2 Resetting error Hasler Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12
Data type REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL INT
Def. 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I Q Q Q Q Q BQ + >0 + +
100.0 I 100.0 I 100.0 I 5.0 3 I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 142 143 122 141
M M M BQ BQ B B B B + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-782
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2 EV3_SIG3 EV3_SIG4 EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA BREAK SPED POWR TORQ TEMP ACT1 PW DW Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19 Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Activating external holding brake Current speed Current power Current torque Current converter temperature Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 144 88 145 0 146 147 148 40 149 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-783
Connection Meaning (parameters) SW DWA DWB DWC Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O Q Q Q Q + + + +
Operation and observation of SIMOV_LV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of SIMOV_LV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> SIMOV_LV < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 ERPI ERO1 ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-784
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER LST1
EREO ETIM
ERRC GWARN GFLT
LSP1
ERYS ERIH
SST1
ERUV ERFR
SSTP SWRE CSF RDYS INHB
ERTR ERTM ERTB
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block SIMOV_LV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of SIMOV_LV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > SIMOV_LV < Bit 0 1 2 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C RDY_SWIT RDY_OPER OPER_ENB
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-785
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_SIVFC
FAULT OFF2 OFF3 SWIT_INH ALARM ACTSET REMOTE FRANGE UVOLT MRACT RAMP_ACT DIR_L_R KIP_FLN CAT_ACT SYNC FRQ_MAX DPPA_ADR EXTFLT1 EXTFLT2 EXTWARN OLPT_W TEMP_RF TEMP_RW TEMP_MW TEMP_MF SUBNETID TURN_BL BRACT SYNC_W PRELOAD
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-786
Profibus interface for SIMOV_LV The operation of this block with a frequency converter SIMOV_LV makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 14 data words of input data and 14 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. From these, respectively, the first four words are used only for the parameter assignment of the frequency converter. They are not used by the block but cannot be used for other purposes either. In the case of this block 6 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 4 input words and 8 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from SIMOV_LV: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Setpoint / actual value deviation within tolerance range Operating mode remote operation Frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value Undervoltage in DC-link Main contactor is activated ACTSET REMOTE FRANGE UVOLT MRACT Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit AUS2 AUS3 Type SIMOV_LV designation Description 1st status word Ready to be switched on Ready for operation Enable operation Group fault Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time Cut-in lock Group warning RDY_SWIT RDY_OPER OPER_ENB FAULT OFF2 OFF3 SWIT_INH ALARM POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-787
Word Bit no. no. 0 0 0 13 14 15
Type Bit Bit Bit
SIMOV_LV designation
Description Run-up initiator is active Travel to left/right Function kinetic buffering or flexible yielding is active
POLCID design. RAMP_ACT DIR_L_R KIP_FLN
Word
SPEED
2 LSB 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Word
Torque 4th status word
TORQUE
Function catching active or exciter time running Synchronicity reached Frequency is less than shutdown limit External error 1 External error 2 External warning Warning converter thermal overload Error temperature inverter > maximum
CAT_ACT SYNC FRQ_MAX EXTFLT1 EXTFLT2 EXTWARN OLPT_W TEMP_RF
Warning temperature inverter > maximum Warning temperature motor > maximum Error temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_RW TEMP_MW TEMP_MF
Motor is tilted or blocked Bridging contactor is active Warning synchronisation error Preloading active 5th status word
TURN_BL BRACT SYNC_W PRELOAD
Word
Effective power
POWER
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-788
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Description 6th status word
POLCID design.
Word Output data to SIMOV_LV:
Converter temperature
TEMP
Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Type
Description 1st control word
POLCID design.
Start/stop drive Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time Enable operation Enable ramp generator Enabling ramp generator setpoint value Release setpoint value Reset error
OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 OPER_ENB RAMP_ENB RAMP_UNF SETP_ENB RESET
Jogging right Jogging left Operating mode remote operation Command right rotating field Command left rotating field Motor potentiometer up Motor potentiometer down External error 1 2nd control word
JOG1 JOG2 REMOTE ROT_R ROT_L POTI_PL POTI_MI EXTFLT1
Word
SETP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-789
3.95 Profibus Special Drive FRQCONV: Frequency converter in general

Description of FRQCONV Object name (Type + Number) FB 545 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a frequency converter. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block automatically determines the status of the frequency converter at the Profibus. The interlock system and control signals, however, will be connected to the block by means of inputs and outputs. Using this mechanism, the frequency converters from any manufacturer can be easily controlled and represented. Operating principle The block only determines the status of the frequency converter at the Profibus and represents the same accordingly. The device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the frequency converter is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the frequency converter must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the frequency converter must be entered. At the input HARD_ID the hardware identification number of the Profibus slave must be stated, by means of which the frequency converter is controlled. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). In addition, the interlock system also processes the collective fault signal of the device ;GFLT. The signals ;GWAR and FLT1 to FLT6 are not interlocked and are only used for signalling additional messages or faults. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1' and 'GFLT' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-790
The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit values for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed. The analogue values for speed (I_SPEED), power (I_POWER) and torque (I_TORQUE) are connected via corresponding inputs with the block. For each input, there is a separate calibration factor (CAL_S, CAL_P and CAL_T). This is used to convert the input words into physical units of the type Float. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-791
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON IPMI1 RESET CLEROP AVAIL := := := := := CVON_&SLAVE_OK PMI1&_GFLT -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT S ERF1 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := : : : : : : : -IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1 -OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP GWAR -CVON/(-GWAR_&RESET) -GFLT -CVON/(GFLT_&RESET) -FLT1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-792
C ERF1 S ERF2 C ERF2 S ERF3 C ERF3 S ERF4 C ERF4 S ERF5 C ERF5 S ERF6 C ERF6
: : : : : : : : : : :
-CVON/(FLT1_&RESET) -FLT2 -CVON/(FLT2_&RESET) -FLT3 -CVON/(FLT3_&RESET) -FLT4 -CVON/(FLT4_&RESET) -FLT5 -CVON/(FLT5_&RESET) -FLT6 -CVON/(FLT6_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER LOCA QBAD :: : : : : := := := := := := := STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 RCR1_&SLAVE_OK -AVBL_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-793
Block view
Fig. 126: FRQCONV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the FRQCONV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-794
Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block FRQCONV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) FRQCONV group warning (GWARN) FRQCONV group fault (GFLT) Error no. 1 FRQCONV (FLT1) Error no. 2 FRQCONV (FLT2) Error no. 3 FRQCONV (FLT3) Error no. 4 FRQCONV (FLT4) Error no. 5 FRQCONV (FLT5) Error no. 6 FRQCONV (FLT6) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters 1 2 3 4 EROP ERO1 ERMS ERSP $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-795
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC GWARN GFLT ERF1 ERF2 ERF3 ERF4 ERF5 ERF6 $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH WH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-796
Connections of FRQCONV Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR HARD_ID STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO CSF GWAR FLT1 FLT2 FLT3 FLT4 FLT5 FLT6 Data type Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Hardware ID of Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine availability Check-back signal Frequency converter group fault Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error Frequency converter group warning Fault 1 frequency converter Fault 2 frequency converter Fault 3 frequency converter Fault 4 frequency converter Fault 5 frequency converter Fault 6 frequency converter INT INT WORD BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-797
Connection Meaning (parameters) LST1 LSP1 SINC SDEC SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO RLSA I_SPEED I_POWER I_TORQUE ASET ILHF ILLF CAL_S CAL_P CAL_T TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR SET Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Increase speed locally Reduce speed locally Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Frequency converter speed Frequency converter power Frequency converter torque Automatic setpoint value Upper limit value for speed Lower limit value for speed Calibration factor for speed Calibration factor for power Calibration factor for torque Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Resetting error Hasler Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL WORD WORD WORD REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL INT
Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.01 0.01 0.01 5.0 3
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO M M BQ BQ B B B B + + + + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ + >0 + + Q Q Q Q Q + +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL 0 0 0 0 0 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-798
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 PWON OSG1 SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA O_PMI1 O_RES Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Run command for drive Operating message Start enabling Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Machine protection Resetting faults
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 150 151 152 152 152 152 152 152 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-799
Connection Meaning (parameters) O_SETP SPED POWR TORQ ACT1 PW DW SW DWA DWB Setpoint value of speed Current speed Current power Current torque Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type WORD REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + +
Operation and observation of FRQCONV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of FRQCONV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> FRQCONV < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 STOP CVON OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-800
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER LST1
ERO1 ERMS ERSP
DOFF SWST OPER QBAD
ERPI EREO ETIM
LOCA
ERRC GWARN GFLT
LSP1
ERF1 ERF2
SST1
ERF3 ERF4
SSTP SWRE CSF
ERF5 ERF6
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block FRQCONV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA and DWB of FRQCONV The block has three additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-801
> FRQCONV < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_FC GFLT GWAR FLT1 FLT2 FLT3 FLT4 FLT5 FLT6 SUBNETID DPPA_ADR HARD_ID Data word B
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-802
29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-803
3.96 Profibus Special Drive DIRISA40: Multifunctional power measuring device

Description of DIRISA40 Object name (Type + Number) FB 547 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for communication with the multifunctional power measuring device Diris A40 by Socomec. This measuring device records a.o. voltages, currents and power. Using this block, all values captured by the measuring device will be transmitted to the block. The communication takes place such that the block transmits a parameter set for specific measured values to the measuring device, with the measuring device then sending the corresponding measured values. For its correct functioning, the block requires three data blocks, of which one contains the parameters, one contains the calibration values, and the other the measured values transmitted. The parameter data block is normally DB 12 (DIRIS_PA) and contains the parameters for transmitting all measured values. The measured value data block is normally DB 13 (DIRIS_DA). This is where the function block FB 547 (DIRISA40) stores all measured values received. The calibration data block is DB 14 (DIRIS_CA). The measured value data block DB 13 (DIRIS_DA) contains the received and calibrated measured values. The receiving values are multiplied by the corresponding calibration value from DB14. Currents are additionally multiplied by the transmission ratio RATIO_I, voltages are multiplied by RATIO_U and power with RATIO_I and RATIO_U. It is to be noted here that the preset calibration values only take into account the standard transmission ratios of the values from the measuring device (e.g. currents will be transmitted in mA, that is, the standard calibration value 0.001 must be converted in A). Any current or voltage transformers used must be additionally taken into account (see RATIO_U and RATIO_I). Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type DIRIS AP is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file required for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer (DIRIS_ap.gsd). It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry DIRIS AP is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-804
Fig. 127: HW Konfig with DIRIS AP
The entry Specific Data is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave (slot 1).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-805
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the measuring device DIRIS A40. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the DIRIS A40 is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the DIRIS A40 must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the DIRIS A40 must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding measuring device. In the input DBNR_P, the number of the parameter data block (normally 12 for DB 12) is entered. At the input DBNR_V, the number of the measured values data block (normally 13 for DB 13) is entered. In the input DBNR_C, the number of the calibration data block (normally 14 for DB 14) is entered. RATIO_U and RATIO_I must be used to set the transmission ratios of the current and voltage transformers (e.g. current transformer in DIRIS set to CT = 500/5A signifies RATIO_I = 100.0). The power capacities are multiplied automatically with the product RATIO_I times RATIO_U. At the output QBAD it is possible to read off whether the communication with the slave is troublefree. If the communication is faulty, no data are transmitted to the Profibus and no new data are read from the Profibus either. Block view
Fig. 128: DIRISA40 block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-806
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the diagnostic program for the slave is called up by the DIRIS A40 block. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
Connections of DIRISA40 Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR ENRE RELS DBNR_P DBNR_V DBNR_C RATIO_U RATIO_I RUNUPCYC PULSETIM Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Enabling Number of parameter data block Number of measured value data block Number of calibration data block Transmission ratio for voltages Transmission ratio for currents Waiting cycles at start Pulse duration for RES_HOUR, RES_ENERGY, RES_MAX_P, RES_MAX_I Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL INT INT INT REAL REAL INT INT Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 12 13 14 1.0 1.0 3 20 I I I I I I I I I I I I B
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-807
Connection (parameters) RES_HOUR
Meaning Reset hour counter via faceplate
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 IO IO IO IO IO B B B B B + + + + +
RES_ENERGY Reset conveying power meter via faceplate RES_MAX_P RES_MAX_I ENUP Reset maximum powers via faceplate Reset maximum currents via faceplate Activating the softkeys for updating the measured values in the faceplate
VALUE_CODE Coding for transferred measured value QBAD VALUE DWA DWB Profibus slave faulty Measured value for display in faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
INT BOOL REAL
1 0 0.0
IO O O O O
B BQ BQ Q Q
DWORD 0 DWORD 0
+ +
Operation and observation of DIRIS A40 See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-808
DWA and DWB of DIRISA40 The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > DIRISA40< Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_DIRIS HARD_ID Data word B
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-809
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-810
3.97 Maerz blocks: PB_TO_VI: Preselection of the display

Description of PB_TO_VI Object name (Type + Number) FB 601 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Pushbutton for the display. Operating principle Using the faceplate, the output PB_VISU can be set. PB_VISU is reset via the input RESET. As long as RESET is set, PB_VISU cannot be set. In Faceplate and in Typical, the input TEXT_01 indicates the respective status text (string_0 or string_1) for the state (0 or 1). Block view
Fig. 129: PB_TO_VI block
Connections of PB_TO_VI
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-811
Connection Meaning (parameters) RESET TEXT_01 PB_VISU Reset signal for PB_VISU Status display Output bit
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I O Q Q BQ + +
BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0
Operation and observation of PB_TO_VI See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-812
3.98 Maerz blocks: FACEPLATE: Status display

Description of FACEPLATE Object name (Type + Number) FB 602 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function From a double word the individual single bits are displayed. Operating principle The input double word STATUS is split up into single bits STATE_00 to STATE_31. Block view
Fig. 130: FACEPLATE block
1.
Connections of FACEPLATE Connection Meaning (parameters) STATUS STATE_00 STATE_01 STATE_02 STATE_03 STATE_04 Input status as double word Statusbit 0 Statusbit 1 Statusbit 2 Statusbit 3 Statusbit 4 Data type Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + +
DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-813
Connection Meaning (parameters) STATE_05 STATE_06 STATE_07 STATE_08 STATE_09 STATE_10 STATE_11 STATE_12 STATE_13 STATE_14 STATE_15 STATE_16 STATE_17 STATE_18 STATE_19 STATE_20 STATE_21 STATE_22 STATE_23 STATE_24 STATE_25 STATE_26 STATE_27 STATE_28 STATE_29 STATE_30 STATE_31 Statusbit 5 Statusbit 6 Statusbit 7 Statusbit 8 Statusbit 9 Statusbit 10 Statusbit 11 Statusbit 12 Statusbit 13 Statusbit 14 Statusbit 15 Statusbit 16 Statusbit 17 Statusbit 18 Statusbit 19 Statusbit 20 Statusbit 21 Statusbit 22 Statusbit 23 Statusbit 24 Statusbit 25 Statusbit 26 Statusbit 27 Statusbit 28 Statusbit 29 Statusbit 30 Statusbit 31
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-814
Operation and observation of FACEPLATE See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-815
3.99 Maerz blocks: PARA: Parameter transfer

Description of PARA Object name (Type + Number) FB 603 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Parameter changes by the interlock program and the display. Operating principle The output parameter OUT can be set via the input IN as well as via the faceplate (inhouse value VAL). Whenever IN changes, this value is copied to the output OUT and transmitted to the display via the value VAL. If the internal value VAL is changed by the faceplate, this value is copied to the output OUT. If the input FORCE is set, then no change by the faceplate is possible. The value IN will then be copied continuously to the output OUT. In addition, OUT can be limited to the values HIGH and LOW. In order to limit OUT by HIGH and LOW, the input LIM_O must be set. In addition, there is still the input ACT for indicating the nominal (current) value in the display.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-816
Block view
Fig. 131: PARA block
Connections of PARA Connection Meaning (parameters) IN ACT HIGH LOW FORCE Input value Nominal value Upper limit value Lower limit value Data type REAL REAL REAL REAL Def. 0.0 0.0 100 0.0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I Q Q BQ BQ Q + + + +
If set: IN is continuously copied to BOOL 0 OUT. Changes of Faceplate are no longer possible. Enabling the limit values Value of Faceplate Output value BOOL 0 REAL REAL 0 0
LIM_O VAL OUT
I IO O
Q B Q + +
Operation and observation of PARA See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-817
3.100 Maerz blocks: AILIMEX: Analogue limit value monitoring expanded

Description of AILIMEX Object name (Type + Number) FB 604 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the monitoring and alarming of limit values for an input value. In addition, the input value is transmitted to display. Operating principle The input value is expected to be a calibrated physical quantity. As a rule, calibration is effected by means of the block CH_AI (FC 275). As in most cases this input value is a measured value which is subject to fluctuations or faults, the value will first be filtered in the block. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) )
(n) : (n+1) : VAL : FF :
Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1) The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The calculated value is now compared with the limit value. If a limit is violated, the associated limit marker is reset. In addition, the limit values can only be changed within specified limits. For this purpose, there are the parameters ILH_MAX, ILH_MIN, ALH_MAX, ALH_MIN, OLH_MAX, OLH_MIN, OLL_MAX, OLL_MIN, ALL_MAX, ALL_MIN, ILL_MAX,and ILL_MIN. At the input CSF a signal is connected which represents the quality of the input value (this is usually connected to the QBAD output of the calibration block CH_AI). CSF = 0 signifies that the input signal is OK and CSF = 1 signifies that the input signal is faulty. The signal CSF forms the output DST by inversion, which can then be connected further within the program. Using the input DTE it can be influenced whether, as far as the output DST is available, the limit value flags (ILH, ALH, OLH, OLL, ALL and ILL) are reset ( DTE=1) or whether they keep their original state (DTE=0).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-818
The infringement of the limit values or the fault condition of the value can be issued as an alarm. By means of corresponding input bits these alarms can be suppressed individually, however. In addition, all alarms can be suppressed simultaneously via the faceplate. For the alarms, a delay time can be defined by which, in the event of any infringement of the limit values, the triggering of the alarm is delayed. In addition, a no action area around the limit value can be defined. Following the occurrence of a limit value alarm, the analogue value must first have left the no action area again before it can trigger another alarm. This prevents any continuous repeated triggering of alarms in the event of any fluttering of the analogue value around the limit value. Using the input F, a replacement value RVAL can be connected to the output. If the input F is set, then the input VAL is connected through to the output A1. However, if the input F is not set, then the input RVAL is connected to the output A1. Furthermore, the block offers the option to set the output value and status bits to a fixed value (to fix the same). If the input X is set, it is not the input VAL which is copied to the output value but the input FIX. This permits defective input values to be bridged, for e.g. the time needed for the repair of the connected measuring transducer. Internal logic The output A1 is formed with the filtered input value VAL. Outputs A1 ILH ALH OLH OLL ALL ILL DST IA1 := := := := := := := := := ( VAL_&-X ) / (FIX_&X) A1 <= ILH_F A1 <= ALH_F A1 <= OLH_F A1 >= OLL_F A1 >= ALL_F A1 >= ILL_F -CSF / X VAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-819
Block view
Fig. 132: AILIMEX block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up, all times of the AILIMEX block are deactivated. All internal state flags are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block AILIMEX internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Upper instrument limit exceeded (ILH) Upper alarm limit exceeded (ALH) Upper operating limit exceeded (OLH) Lower operating limit not reached (OLL) Lower alarm limit not reached (ALL) Lower instrument limit not reached (ILL) Input signal faulty (DST)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-820
The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameters 1 ILH $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
Message Suppressable class PF Yes
ALH
AH
Yes
OLH
WH
Yes
OLL
WL
Yes
ALL
AL
Yes
ILL
PF
Yes
DST
PF
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-821
Connections of AILIMEX Connection Meaning (parameters) VAL QC_VAL ILH_F ILH_MAX ILH_MIN ALH_F ALH_MAX ALH_MIN OLH_F OLH_MAX OLH_MIN OLL_F OLL_MAX OLL_MIN ALL_F ALL_MAX ALL_MIN ILL_F ILL_MAX ILL_MIN SUPR_ILH SUPR_ALH SUPR_OLH SUPR_OLL Analogue input value Quality code for input VAL Upper instrument limit for VAL Upper limit value for ILH Lower limit value for IHL Upper alarm limit for VAL Upper limit value for ALH Lower limit value for ALH Upper operating limit for VAL Upper limit value for OLH Lower limit value for OLH Lower operating limit for VAL Upper limit value for OLL Lower limit value for OLL Lower alarm limit for VAL Upper limit value for ALL Lower limit value for ALL Lower instrument limit for VAL Upper limit value for ILL Lower limit value for ILL Upper instrument limit alarm suppression Upper alarm limit alarm suppression Upper operating limit alarm suppression Lower operating limit alarm suppression Data type REAL BYTE REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0.0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I BQ BQ BQ Q Q BQ Q Q BQ Q Q BQ Q Q BQ Q Q BQ Q Q B B B B + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
16#80 I 0.0 100 0.0 0.0 100 0.0 0.0 100 0.0 0.0 100 0.0 0.0 100 0.0 0.0 100 0.0 0 0 0 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-822
Connection Meaning (parameters) SUPR_ALL SUPR_ILL SUPR_DST DTE X CSF F RLSA BW FF FIX NOAC RVAL TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID SUPR EV_SIG1 EV_SIG2 EV_SIG3 EV_SIG4 EV_SIG5 EV_SIG6 EV_SIG7 EV_SIG8 A1 Lower alarm limit alarm suppression Lower instrument limit alarm suppression Channel fault alarm suppression At CSF resetting all limit value flags Bridging VAL with FIX Control system error Activating the substitute value RVAL at output A1 Enabling alarm generation Belt width for recalculation Filter factor Bridging value for VAL No action range for alarm triggering Substitute value if F has been set Setpoint value for alarm delay time Waiting cycles at start Message ID Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Filtered analogue output value
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL INT
Def. 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O Q + M B + B Q Q Q B B B B Q B + + + + + + B B B + + +
DWORD 0 BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT REAL 0 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 0 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-823
Connection Meaning (parameters) ILH_O ILL_O ILH ALH OLH OLL ALL ILL DST BLINK IA1 ACT1 COLOUR Upper instrument limit for calibration Lower instrument limit for calibration Analogue value is greater than ILH_F Analogue value is greater than ALH_F Analogue value is greater than OLH_F Analogue value is less than OLL_F Analogue value is less than ALL_F
Data type REAL REAL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0.0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + +
Analogue value is less than ILL_F BOOL Analogue input channel is faulty Display flashing (for WinCC) Internal analogue output value Current alarm delay time value Colour for display (for WinCC) BOOL BOOL REAL REAL
DWORD 16#0
Operation and observation of AILIMEX See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-824
3.101 Maerz blocks: UNID_P: Setup operation with preselection

Description of UNID_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 610 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35. Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive with a control signal (on/off). The operation feedback of the drive is monitored and must be connected as a digital signal to the input of the block. Operating principle A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-825
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag RESET CLEROP AVAIL := := := -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 : : : : : : : : : : : : -PMI1-CVON/PMI1_&RESET (-STA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTACVON/CLEROP (-STA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTACVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-CVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-CVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-CVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-826
S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM EPSL PSLA
: : : : : : := : : := :=
-OLPT-CVON/OLPT_&RESET -AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-CVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-AVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF : : : : : : := := := := STA1_&ILC1-CVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&CVON EROP -OSG1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-827
Block view
Fig. 133: UNID_P block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block UNID_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload protection (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-828
Check-back signal (RCR1) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameters 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 EROP EROL ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC EPSL $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-829
Message Block Default message text no. parameters $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of UNID_P Connection Meaning (parameters) STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 PMI1 SPCL LEMO CSF PRES LST1 LSP1 SWRE ESST SWLO RLSA EPB_TO_VI RESET TEXT_01 Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine availability Check-back signal Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Control system error Preselection Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-830
Connection Meaning (parameters) TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 PWON OSG1 SEN1 EMOF DAVB Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID1 Message ID2 Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Run command for drive Operating message Start enabling Emergency off activated Drive is available
Data type REAL INT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 5.0 3 I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M BQ BQ B B B + + + + + >0 BQ + >0
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
160 IO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-831
Connection Meaning (parameters) EROR DOFF SWST PB_VISU ACT1 PW DW SW Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Output bit Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0.0 O O O O O O O O Q Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + + + +
Operation and observation of UNID_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_P The inputs, outputs and the respective status of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_P < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 EROL ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-832
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block UNID_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11 and 14. SSTP SWRE CSF PRES SST1 LSP1 SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 ERRC EPSL PSLA PMI1 ERPI EREO ETIM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-833
3.102 Maerz blocks: REVD_P: reversible drive with preselection

Description of REVD_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 611 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive by means of a control signal (on/off) and two activation signals for both directions of the drive. The operating feedback messages of the drive are monitored and must be connected as digital signals at the input of the block. Operating principle A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set and the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is being reset while the run command 'PWON' is active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. Via the parameter PSEN it can be defined, that in the case of pending checkback signal the output signals SEN1/2 are not reset. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-834
After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag GO1 GO2 RUN1 RUN2 RESET PMNOT CLEROP AVAIL := := := := := := := := STA1_&ILC1 STA2_&ILC2 SEN1/OSG1 SEN2/OSG2 -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) -PMI1_&-PMI2 EROP_&ERES AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-835
RUNSTP
:=
CVON/EROP/STOP
Data word S ERPI C ERPI : : PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/STA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/STA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)CVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1)) PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/STA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-STA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLCVON/CLEROP PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-STA1_&SEN1)_&RCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-STA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-CVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERPI/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-CVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI_&RESET (RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA_&-STOP/ERSP/PMNOT_&ERPI(-CVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI) SEN1_&RCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-CVON/EROP/-RCR1 SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-CVON/EROP/-RCR2 -OLPT-CVON/OLPT_&RESET -AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET -LEMO-CVON/LEMO_&RESET -PWON_&-OPS1_&RCR1_&OLPT_&-AVBL -PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&OLPT_&-AVBL LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-RCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S OPS2 C OPS2 S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 OPL2 S ETIM C ETIM EPSL PSLA
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := := : : := :=
Status word OSG1 OSG2 S SEN1 := := : OPS1OPS2 GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA/-ILC1/OSG1_&PSEN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-836
C SEN1 S SEN2 C SEN2 EMOF DAVB EROR S PWON C PWON DOFF
: : : := := := : : := GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA/-ILC2/OSG2_&PSEN EREOCVON_&-NOTAEROP
SEN1/SEN2RUNSTP/NOTA/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2) -OSG1_&-OSG2
Block view
Fig. 134: REVD_P block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-837
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload protection (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1/2) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1/2) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-838
Default message text Message Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 EROP EROL ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC EPSL $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-839
Connections of REVD_P Connection Meaning (parameters) STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2 SPCL LEMO CSF PRES LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP1 SWRE ESST Start drive in direction 1 Start drive in direction 2 Process-technological interlock, direction 1 Process-technological interlock, direction 2 Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine availability Check-back signal for direction 1 Check-back signal for direction 2 Machine protection interlock for direction 1 Machine protection interlock for direction 2 Speed monitor Local emergency off Control system error Preselection Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2 Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-840
Connection Meaning (parameters) PSEN SWLO RLSA EPB_TO_VI RESET TEXT_01 TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 LSER SST1 SST2 SSTP SUPR EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 Selection of permanent SEN1 and SEN2 Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Enabling of local operation Single start for direction 1 Single start for direction 2 Single stop Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 1 0 1 0 0 0 5.0 3 I I I I I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M M BQ B B B B + + + + + Q Q BQ + + >0 Q Q +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
160 IO 0 0 0 0 IO IO IO IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-841
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST PB_VISU ACT1 PW DW SW Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Enabling start for direction 1 Enabling start for direction 2 Operating message for direction 1 Operating message for direction 2 Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Run command for drive Drive is off Start start-up warning Output bit Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + + + +
Operation and observation of REVD_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVD_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-842
> REVD_P < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 COLOUR_1 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2 SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SST1 SST2 SSTP SWRE CSF PRES ERRC EPSL PSLA ERPI EREO ETIM OPL1 OPL2 EROL ERMS ERSP Parameter word STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA Status word SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-843
29 30 31
COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block REVD_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-844
3.103 Maerz blocks: RVDL_P: reversible drive with limit switches and preselection
Description of RVDL_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 612 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive with limit switches by means of two activation signals for both directions of the drive. The operating feedback messages and limit switches of the drive must be connected as digital signals at the input of the block. The travel time of the drive is monitored until the limit switch is reached. Operating principle If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-845
After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-846
Auxiliary flag GO1 GO2 NOSEN RESET CLEROP CLERPS LSWALL LSWPOS AVAIL := := := := := := := := := STA1_&ILC1 STA2_&ILC2 -(SEN1/SEN2) NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES ERPS_&ERES LSW1_&LSW2 -LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1 AVBL_&OLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS : : (LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(STA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(STA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&STA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-STA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM-CVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET (-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))CVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET AVAIL_&-ERPI_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-RCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-CVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERPI/ERPS/ERRC-CVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI_&ERPS_&RESET ((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA)/(ERPS/ERRC_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))CVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS) GO1_&SEN1_&RCR1-CVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-CVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA -OLPT-CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S OPS2 C OPS2 S EROL C EROL
: : : : : : : : : : : :
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-847
S ERMS C ERMS S ETIM C ETIM S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 OPL1 OPL2 EPSL PSLA
: : : : : : : : := := := :=
-AVBL_&OLPT-CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT)_&RESET LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-CVON/RESET LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-CVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2/OSG2/-ERPS_&LSW1) LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-CVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1/OSG1/-ERPS_&LSW2) -SEN1_&-OPS1_&RCR1 -SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2 PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
Status word
S SEN1 C SEN1 S SEN2 C SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 DAVB EROR
: : : : := := := :=
GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2-CVON/-GO1/NOTA/LSW1/EROP GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1-CVON/-GO2/NOTA/LSW2/EROP OPS1 OPS2 CVON_&-NOTA EROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-848
Block view
Fig. 135: RVDL_P block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload protection (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Machine protection (PMI1/2)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-849
Position monitoring (ERPS) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1/2) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Message Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 EPSL EROP EROL ERMS ERPI ERPS ETIM ERRC $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-850
Message Block Default message text no. parameter $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of RVDL_P Connection Meaning (parameters) STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2 CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2 CSF PRES LST1 LST2 Start drive in direction 1 Start drive in direction 2 Process-technological interlock, direction 1 Process-technological interlock, direction 2 Limit switch for direction 1 Limit switch for direction 2 Control voltage on Overload protection Machine availability Check-back signal for direction 1 Check-back signal for direction 2 Machine protection interlock for direction 1 Machine protection interlock for direction 2 Control system error Preselection Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2 Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-851
Connection Meaning (parameters) LSP1 LSP1 SWRE ESST RLSA EPB_TO_VI RESET TEXT_01 TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 LSER SST1 SST2 SUPR EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Enabling alarm generation Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID1 Message ID2 Enabling of local operation Single start for direction 1 Single start for direction 2 Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 5.0 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M M BQ B B B + + + + Q Q BQ + + >0 Q Q Q Q Q + +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 5 9 7 8 0
160 IO 0 0 IO IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-852
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 DAVB EROR DOFF SWST PB_VISU ACT1 PW DW SW Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Enabling start for direction 1 Enabling start for direction 2 Operating message for direction 1 Operating message for direction 2 Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Output bit Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + + + +
Operation and observation of RVDL_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_P < Bit Parameter word Data word Status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-853
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2
OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA POS1 POS2 OPL1
SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2
DAVB EROR
CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2
OPL2 EROL ERMS DOFF SWST
ERPI ERPS ETIM
ERRC EPSL PSLA
SWRE CSF PRES
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-854
31
COLOUR_4
The block RVDL_P has the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) from 1 to 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-855
3.104 Maerz blocks: VALV_P: valve controller with preselection

Description of VALV_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 613 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a magnet coil of a valve with limit switches by means of two activation signals for both directions of the valve. The limit switches of the valve are connected as digital signals at the input of the block. The travel time of the drive is monitored until the limit switch is reached. Operating principle Apart from the initial state, a valve must always be active in one of the two directions, i.e. the related output signal must be issued to the valve. If a valve is active in one direction, the starting command 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be reset without loss of the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2'. Only a valid starting command for the other direction causes the valve to switch to the changed direction. The values of the limit switches 'LSW1' and 'LSW2' have no influence on the issue of control commands and serve only to generate position signals. If, however, both limit switches are set, the position error signal 'ERPS' is generated. If, in the case of a valve, one of the two limit switch flags is available, and simultaneously starting commands for both directions are given, then there will be no reaction. If the valve is active in one direction and starting commands are issued for both directions simultaneously, the starting command for the opposite direction is ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the valve from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch flag must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the valve can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate associated with the valve, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the valve is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-856
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the valve via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the valve is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the valve can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the valve can be started (1) or stopped (0). Via LST1/2 the valve is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON and OLPT are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the valve operates, if the start signal changes to zero the valve is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag NOSEN RESET CLEROP LSWALL GO1 := := := := := -(SEN1/SEN2) NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES LSW1_&LSW2 STA1_&ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-857
Data word S ERPS C ERPS S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S EROL C EROL S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 S ETIM C ETIM OPS1 OPS2 EPSL PSLA : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := := := := LSWALL/ETIM/(SUPS_&(POS1_&SEN1_&-LSW1_&GO2/(POS2_&SEN2_&-LSW2_&-GO1))-CVON/-LSWALL_&RESET -OLPT/ERPS-CVON/OLPT_&-ERPS_&RESET NOTA_&(SEN1_&ILC1/SEN2_&ILC2/ERPS&(SEN1/SEN2))CVON/CLEROP -OLPT-CVON/OLPT_&RESET LSW1-CVON/-LSW1/LSW2 LSW2-CVON/-LSW2/LSW1 LCT1_&((SEN1_&LSW1)/(SEN2_&LSW2))-CVON/RESET SEN1 SEN2 PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1 S SEN2 C SEN2 DAVB EROR : : : : := := GO1_&-GO2-CVON/-ILC1/NOTA/GO2_&-STA1/EROP GO2_&-GO1)-CVON/-ILC2/NOTA/GO1_&-STA2/EROP CVON_&-NOTA EROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-858
Block view
Fig. 136: VALV_P block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the VALV_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block VALV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload protection (OLPT) Position monitoring (ERPS) Monitoring time (ETIM) Preselection error (EPSL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-859
The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 EPSL EROP EROL ERPS ETIM $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-860
Message Block Default message text no. parameter $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of VALV_P Connection Meaning (parameters) STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2 CVON OLPT CSF PRES LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP1 SWRE ESST SWLO RLSA EPB_TO_VI Start drive in direction 1 Start drive in direction 2 Process-technological interlock, direction 1 Process-technological interlock, direction 2 Limit switch for direction 1 Limit switch for direction 2 Control voltage on Overload protection Control system error Preselection Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2 Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-861
Connection Meaning (parameters) RESET TEXT_01 TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 LSER SST1 SST2 SUPR EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 SEN1 SEN2 DAVB Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID1 Message ID2 Enabling of local operation Single start for direction 1 Single start for direction 2 Suppression of alarms Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Enabling start for direction 1 Enabling start for direction 2 Drive is available
Data type BOOL BOOL REAL INT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 5.0 3 I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M M BQ B B B + + + + Q Q BQ + + >0
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 1 2 9 7 0 0 0 0
160 IO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-862
Connection Meaning (parameters) EROR SWST PB_VISU ACT1 PW DW SW Drive is faulty Start start-up warning Output bit Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0.0 O O O O O O O Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + + + +
Operation and observation of VALV_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of VALV_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> VALV _P< Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 CVON OLPT EROL SWST Parameter word STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2 Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA POS1 POS2 DAVB EROR Status word SEN1 SEN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-863
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 The block VALV_P has the COLOUR operating states (Maerz valves) from 1 to 11 and 13 to 15. SWRE CSF PRES LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SST1 SST2 EPSL PSLA ERPS ETIM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-864
3.105 Maerz blocks: CONT_DOP: Actuator with digital outputs and preselection
Description of CONT_DOP Object name (Type + Number) FB 614 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control an actuator by means of two digital output signals for More or Less. The block features as an input the analogue value of the position of the actuator and a setpoint value. In this way, using the more/less outputs, it controls the actuator to the preset setpoint value. Operating principle If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DOP operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-865
The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed. The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-866
Data word S URO1 C URO1 S URO2 C URO2 S EROP C EROP NOTA S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 CMAN EROL ERMS ERPI S ERPS C ERPS ERDS EPSL PSLA : : : : : : := : : : : := := := := : : := := := HILI-CVON/(-HILI/LOLI) LOCI-CVON/(-LOLI/HILI) (-IODS/LCT-OLPT/-AVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/-CVON -CVON/ERMS/ERPI/ERPS/ERDS/EROL/EROP LSW1-CVON/(-LSW1/LSW2) LSW2-CVON/(-LSW2/LSW1) URO1/URO2 -OLPT_&CVON -AVBL_&CVON (-PMI1/-PMI2)_&CVON LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-CVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP) IODS_&CVON PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
Status word URG1 URG2 DAVB EROR MANU := := := := := URO1 URO2 -NOTA_&CVON EROP CMAN
Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-867
Fig. 137: CONT_DOP block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_DOP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CONT_DOP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload protection (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Position monitoring (ERPS)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-868
Machine protection (PMI1/2) Position check-back (IODS) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 EPSL EROP EROL ERMS ERPS ERPI ETIM $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ -
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-869
Message Block Default message text no. parameter @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of CONT_DOP Connection Meaning (parameters) HILI LOLI LSW1 LSW2 CVON OLPT AVBL PMI1 PMI2 AUTO IODS RLS CSF PRES LST1 LST2 LSP1 Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value Limit switch for direction 1 Limit switch for direction 2 Control voltage on Overload protection Machine availability Machine protection interlock for direction 1 Machine protection interlock for direction 2 Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Fault input value ACT Enabling outputs SEN1/2 Control system error Preselection Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1 Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2 Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1 Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-870
Connection Meaning (parameters) LSP1 RLSA EPB_TO_VI RESET TEXT_01 TIME1 RUNUPCYC ASET ACT HIGH LOW SWIT SAFE TIMEOUT RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 LSER SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2 Enabling alarm generation Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Automatic setpoint value Current position check-back value Upper limit value for setpoint value Lower limit value for setpoint value Switching hysteresis for comparing setpoint value/actual value Safety position in case of system failure Monitoring time for position change Waiting cycles at start Message ID1 Message ID Enabling of local operation Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL INT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 1 0 0 0 5.0 3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M M BQ B B + + + Q Q BQ BQ BQ BQ BQ + + + + + + >0 >0 Q Q BQ + + >0 Q Q +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0.0 1 2 3 9 5 10 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-871
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 SEN1 SEN2 URG1 URG2 DAVB EROR MANU PB_VISU CSET PW DW SW Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Enabling start for direction 1 Enabling start for direction 2 Forced open command pending (HILI) Forced close command pending (LOLI) Drive is available Drive is faulty Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI) Output bit Active internal setpoint value Parameter word Data word Status word
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values 0 IO
160 IO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + + + +
Operation and observation of CONT_DOP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-872
PW, DW and SW of CONT_DOP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> CONT_DOP < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 AUTO IODS RLS CLSE OPEN EPSL PSLA PMI1 PMI2 ERPI ERPS ERDS CVON OLPT AVBL EROL ERMS LSW1 LSW2 Parameter word HILI LOLI Data word URO1 EROP URO2 NOTA POS1 POS2 CMAN DAVB EROR MANU Status word URG1 URG2 SEN1 SEN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-873
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
LSP2 CSF PRES COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 The block CONT_DOP has the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) from 1 to 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-874
3.106 Maerz blocks: UNID_SCP: Setup drive with SIMOCODE pro C and preselection
Description of UNID_SCP Object name (Type + Number) FB 619 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-875
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-876
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_SCP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping when the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the starting and stopping procedure is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-877
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) : (n+1) : VAL : FF : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-878
Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 RESET CLEROP AVAIL := := := = = := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S GFLT C GFLT S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := : -PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1 -IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-879
C ETIM TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH S IMAX C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM S UNSYM C UNSYM EPSL PSLA
: := = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = := := TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-880
Block view
Fig. 140: UNID_SCP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_SCP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-881
Message actions The block UNID_SC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-882
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 EREO ETIM ERRC BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM EPSL $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH PF WH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-883
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of UNID_SCP
Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON PMI1 SPCL CSF PRES DOWNL TEST LST1 LSP1 SWRE ESST ENRE
Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Control system error Preselection Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-884
Connection (parameters) SWLO LSEL
Meaning Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Monitoring time setpoint value Belt width for filtering motor current value Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Activated page of the faceplate
Data type BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I
RLSA EPB_TO_VI
BOOL BOOL
1 0
I I
Q +
RES_VI TEXT_01 TIME1 BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR PAGE
BOOL BOOL REAL INT REAL REAL REAL INT
0 0 5.0 1 0.5 100.0
I I I I I I
Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + + >0
10800.0 I 3 I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
M M M BQ BQ B B B B B + + + + + + +
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-885
Connection (parameters) EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2
Meaning Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT
Def. 1 29 3 4 5 6 7 8 30 31 32 33 34 2 35 36 160 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-886
Connection (parameters) EV3_SIG3 EV3_SIG4 EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA PB_VISU ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST NOOV I_MAX PW
Meaning Index variable for message no. 19 Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Output bit Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Parameter word
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + +
DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-887
Connection (parameters) DW SW DWA DWB DWC
Meaning Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type
Def.
Operation and observation of UNID_SCP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_SCP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_SCP < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 STOP CVON GFLT AVBL RCR1 GFLT ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-888
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SSTP SWRE CSF DOWNL TEST PRES SST1 LSP1 SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 ERRC TEST BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERM UNSYM EPSL PSLA COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 PMI1 ERPI EREO ETIM
QBAD LOCA
In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block UNID_SCP does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ,11 and 14. DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_SCP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-889
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below: > UNID_SCP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-890
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> UNID_SCP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO FAULT_ANTIVAL WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO WARN_TM_HT Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-891
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 FAULT_EXT_F2 FAULT_BUS FAULT_PLC FAULT_HW_BU FAULT_MODULE FAULT_CONFIG FAULT_TH_SC FAULT_TH_WB
WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR
> UNID_SCP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 3-4 103 105 1-4 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 109 1-2 3-4 TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 I_L3 NO_OVLD Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM RECOV_TIME Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-892
111 113
1-4 1-4
M_OP_HOURS NO_START
> UNID_SCP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV STA_BUS STA_PLC STA_CURR ON11 ON1 OFF ON2 ON22 START_ACTIVE LOCK_ACTIVE IDL_TIME OPER_PRO_OFF AUTO_MODE TEST_POS_FEED FEED_CLOSE FEED_OPEN TRQ_CLOSE TRQ_OPEN COOL_DOWN_TIM BREA_TIM_ACT EMER_STA_EXE Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-893
26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-894
3.107 Maerz blocks: UNID_SVP: Setup drive with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection
Description of UNID_SVP Object name (Type + Number) FB 615 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-895
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-896
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_SVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping when the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the starting and stopping procedure is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-897
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. If the block is used in combination with the temperature block, the block outputs the corresponding temperature in C at the outputs Temp1, Temp2 and Temp3. The temperatures are acquired by means of PT100, using the associated temperature block. The temperatures can be assigned a shutdown limit (input ALH_TEMP) and a warning limit (input OLH_Temp). If the warning limit is reached; the SIMOCODE pro V generates a warning. If the temperature has reached or exceeded the alarm limit, the SIMOCODE pro V deactivates the drive, and an alarm message is generated.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-898
This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) : (n+1) : VAL : FF : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 := := := = = := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-899
RESET CLEROP AVAIL
:= := :=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S GFLT C GFLT S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH S IMAX C IMAX : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := : : := = = = = = = = = = = -PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1 -IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-900
S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM S UNSYM C UNSYM EPSL PSLA
= = = = = = := :=
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-901
Block view
Fig. 143: UNID_SVP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_SVP block is deactivated. In the case of a simple STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block UNID_SVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-902
Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 EROP GFLT ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-903
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 ERRC BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM EPSL $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH PF WH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-904
Connections of UNID_SVP Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON PMI1 SPCL CSF PRES DOWNL TEST LST1 LSP1 SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO LSEL Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Control system error Preselection Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
RLSA
BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-905
Connection (parameters) EPB_TO_VI
Meaning Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Monitoring time setpoint value Belt width for filtering motor current value Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Activated page of the faceplate
Data type BOOL
Def. 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I +
RES_VI TEXT_01 TIME1 BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR PAGE
0 0 5.0 1 0.5 100.0
I I I I I I
Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + + >0
10800.0 I 3 I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 80 90 1 29
M M M BQ BQ B B B B B BQ BQ + + + + + + + + +
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate OLH_TEMP ALH_TEMP EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 Temperature warning limit Temperature shutdown limit Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-906
Meaning no. 2
Data type
Def.
EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2 EV3_SIG3 EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19 Index variable for message
INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT
3 4 5 6 7 8 30 31 32 33 34 2 35 36 160 0 0 0
IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-907
Meaning no. 20
Data type
Def.
EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA PB_VISU ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST NOOV I_MAX TEMP1 TEMP2
Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Output bit Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Temperature 1 at temperature block Temperature 2 at temperature block
INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O BQ BQ + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-908
Connection (parameters) TEMP3 PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC
Meaning Temperature 3 at temperature block Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type REAL
Def. 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O BQ Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + +
Operation and observation of UNID_SVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_SVP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_SVP < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 STOP CVON GFLT AVBL GFLT ERMS OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-909
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
RCR1
ERSP
OPER QBAD
PMI1
ERPI EREO
LOCA
SPCL LEMO LSER LST1
ETIM
ERRC TEST BLOCK
LSP1
DOWNL GWARN
SST1
EARTH IMAX
SSTP SWRE CSF DOWNL TEST PRES
OVLD THERM UNSYM EPSL PSLA COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block UNID_SVP does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ,11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_SVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-910
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 10 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 132 are written SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below: > UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-911
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-912
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FAULT_ANTIVAL FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 FAULT_EXT_F2 FAULT_BUS FAULT_PLC FAULT_HW_BU FAULT_MODULE FAULT_CONFIG FAULT_TH_SC FAULT_TH_WB
WARN_TM_HT WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 3-4 103 1-4 3-4 105 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM RECOV_TIME TEMP1 (in C) TEMP2 (in C) TEMP3 (in C) TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-913
109
1-2 3-4
I_L3 NO_OVLD M_OP_HOURS NO_START
111 113
1-4 1-4
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV STA_BUS STA_PLC STA_CURR ON11 ON1 OFF ON2 ON22 START_ACTIVE LOCK_ACTIVE IDL_TIME OPER_PRO_OFF AUTO_MODE TEST_POS_FEED FEED_CLOSE FEED_OPEN TRQ_CLOSE TRQ_OPEN COOL_DOWN_TIM BREA_TIM_ACT EMER_STA_EXE Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-914
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 10 < Byte 1-2 3-4 Data word A TEMP_MAX Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-915
3.108 Maerz blocks: REVD_SCP: reversible drive with Simocode pro C and preselection
Description of REVD_SCP Object name (Type + Number) FB 623 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-916
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-917
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_SCP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-918
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-919
This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) : (n+1) : VAL : FF : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1) The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see Chap. 12.1) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-920
Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 ISTA2 GO1 GO2 RUN1 RUN2 RESET PMNOT CLEROP AVAIL RUNSTP := := := = = := := := := := := := := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY STA2_&READY ISTA1_&ILC1 ISTA2_&ILC2 SEN1/OSG1 SEN2/OSG2 -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) -PMI1_&-PMI2 EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO ICVON/EROP/STOP
Data word S ERPI C ERPI : : PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/ISTA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/ISTA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)ICVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1)) PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/ISTA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLICVON/CLEROP PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-ISTA1_&SEN1)_&IRCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-ICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERPI/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI_&RESET (RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA_&-STOP/ERSP/PMNOT_&ERPI(-ICVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI) SEN1_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-ICVON/EROP/-IRCR1
S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1
: : : : : : : : : :
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-921
S OPS2 C OPS2 S GFLT C GFLT S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 OPL2 S ETIM C ETIM TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH S IMAX C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM EPSL PSLA
: : : : : : : : := := : : := = = = = = = = = = = = = = = := :=
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-ICVON/EROP/-RCR2 -IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -PWON_&-OPS1_&IRCR1_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL -PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-IRCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
Status word OSG1 OSG2 S SEN1 C SEN1 S SEN2 C SEN2 := := : : : : OPS1OPS2 GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA/-ILC1/OSG1_&PSEN GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA/-ILC2/OSG2_&PSEN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-922
EMOF DAVB EROR S PWON C PWON DOFF OPER QBAD LOCA
:= := := : : := := := :=
EREOICVON_&-NOTAEROP
Block view
Fig. 146: REVD_SCP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_SCP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-923
The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_SCP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-924
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 EROP GFLT ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM EPSL $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH PF WH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-925
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of REVD_SCP Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 STOP CVON PMI1 Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive direction 1 Start drive direction 2 Process-technological interlock direction 1 Process-technological interlock direction 2 Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock direction 1 Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-926
Connection (parameters) PMI2 SPCL CSF PRES DOWNL TEST LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO LSEL
Meaning Machine protection interlock direction 2 Speed monitor Control system error Preselection Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop without PMI2 Local start/stop with PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI2 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Monitoring time setpoint value Belt width for filtering motor current value Filter factor motor current value
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
RLSA EPB_TO_VI
BOOL BOOL
1 0
I I
Q +
RES_VI TEXT_01 TIME1 BW FF
BOOL BOOL REAL INT REAL
0 0 5.0 1 0.5
I I I I I
Q Q BQ Q Q + + >0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-927
Connection (parameters) ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 RESET LSER SST1 SST2 SSTP SUPR PAGE
Meaning Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C Enabling of local operation Single start direction 1 Single start direction 2 Single stop Suppression of alarms Activated page of the faceplate
Data type REAL REAL INT
Def. 100.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I Q Q +
10800.0 I 3 I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 29 3 4 5 6 7
M M M BQ BQ B B B B B B + + + + + + + +
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-928
Connection (parameters) EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2 EV3_SIG3 EV3_SIG4 EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8 OSG1 OSG2
Meaning Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19 Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT
Def. 8 30 31 32 33 34 2 35 36 160 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O Q Q
Operating message direction 1 BOOL Operating message direction 2 BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-929
Connection (parameters) EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA PB_VISU ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST NOOV I_MAX PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC
Meaning Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Output bit Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + +
Operation and observation of REVD_SCP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-930
PW, DW and SW of REVD_SCP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> REVD_SCP < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 STOP CVON GFLT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2 SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SST1 SST2 SSTP ERRC TEST BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD ERPI EREO ETIM OPL1 OLP2 GFLT ERMS ERSP Parameter word STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA Status word SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-931
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SWRE CSF DOWNL TEST PRES
THERM UNSYM EPSL PSLA COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block REVD_SCP does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_SCP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-932
A content list follows below: > REVD_SCP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-933
28 29 30 31
> REVD_SCP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO FAULT_ANTIVAL FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO WARN_TM_HT WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-934
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> REVD_SCP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 3-4 103 105 1-4 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 109 1-2 3-4 111 113 1-4 1-4 TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 I_L3 NO_OVLD M_OP_HOURS NO_START Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM RECOV_TIME Data word B Data word C
> REVD_SCP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 3 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV STA_BUS Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-935
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
STA_PLC STA_CURR ON11 ON1 OFF ON2 ON22 START_ACTIVE LOCK_ACTIVE IDL_TIME OPER_PRO_OFF AUTO_MODE TEST_POS_FEED FEED_CLOSE FEED_OPEN TRQ_CLOSE TRQ_OPEN COOL_DOWN_TIM BREA_TIM_ACT EMER_STA_EXE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-936
3.109 Maerz blocks: REVD_SVP: reversible drive with Simocode pro V and preselection
Description of REVD_SVP Object name (Type + Number) FB 616 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-937
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupts" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-938
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_SVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-939
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) : (n+1) : VAL : FF : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-940
As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 ISTA2 GO1 GO2 RUN1 RUN2 RESET PMNOT CLEROP AVAIL RUNSTP := := := = = := := := := := := := := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY STA2_&READY ISTA1_&ILC1 ISTA2_&ILC2 SEN1/OSG1 SEN2/OSG2 -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) -PMI1_&-PMI2 EROP_&ERES IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO ICVON/EROP/STOP
Data word S ERPI C ERPI : : PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/ISTA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/ISTA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)ICVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1)) PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/ISTA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLICVON/CLEROP PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-ISTA1_&SEN1)_&IRCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC
: : : :
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-941
S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S OPS2 C OPS2 S GFLT C GFLT S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 OPL2 S ETIM C ETIM TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH S IMAX C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM EPSL PSLA
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : := := : : := = = = = = = = = = = = = = = := :=
-AVAIL/ERPI/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI_&RESET (RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA_&-STOP/ERSP/PMNOT_&ERPI(-ICVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI) SEN1_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-ICVON/EROP/-IRCR1 SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-ICVON/EROP/-RCR2 -IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -PWON_&-OPS1_&IRCR1_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL -PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-IRCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
Status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-942
OSG1 OSG2 S SEN1 C SEN1 S SEN2 C SEN2 EMOF DAVB EROR S PWON C PWON DOFF OPER QBAD LOCA
:= := : : : : := := := : : := := := :=
OPS1OPS2 GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA/-ILC1/OSG1_&PSEN GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA/-ILC2/OSG2_&PSEN EREOICVON_&-NOTAEROP
Block view
Fig. 149: REVD_SVP block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-943
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_SVP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_SVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-944
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 EROP GFLT ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM EPSL $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH PF WH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-945
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of REVD_SVP Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 STOP CVON PMI1 Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive direction 1 Start drive direction 2 Process-technological interlock direction 1 Process-technological interlock direction 2 Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock direction 1 Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-946
Connection (parameters) PMI2 SPCL CSF PRES DOWNL TEST LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO LSEL
Meaning Machine protection interlock direction 2 Speed monitor Control system error Preselection Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop without PMI2 Local start/stop with PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI2 Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Monitoring time setpoint value Belt width for filtering motor current value Filter factor motor current value
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
RLSA EPB_TO_VI
BOOL BOOL
1 0
I I
Q +
RES_VI TEXT_01 TIME1 BW FF
BOOL BOOL REAL INT REAL
0 0 5.0 1 0.5
I I I I I
Q Q BQ Q Q + + >0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-947
Connection (parameters) ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 RESET LSER SST1 SST2 SSTP SUPR PAGE
Meaning Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V Enabling of local operation Single start direction 1 Single start direction 2 Single stop Suppression of alarms Activated page of the faceplate
Data type REAL REAL INT
Def. 100.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I Q Q +
10800.0 I 3 I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO I I IO IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 80 90 1 29 3 4 5 6
M M M BQ BQ B B B B B B BQ BQ + + + + + + + + + +
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate OLH_TEMP ALH_TEMP EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 Temperature warning limit Temperature shutdown limit Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-948
Connection (parameters) EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2 EV3_SIG3 EV3_SIG4 EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8
Meaning Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19 Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24
Def. 7 8 30 31 32 33 34 2 35 36 160 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-949
Connection (parameters) OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA PB_VISU ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST NOOV I_MAX TEMP1 TEMP2 TEMP3 OLH-TEMPOUT ALH-TEMPOUT PW DW
Meaning
Data type
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q + + BQ BQ BQ + + + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + +
Operating message direction 1 BOOL Operating message direction 2 BOOL Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Output bit Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Temperature 1 at temperature block Temperature 2 at temperature block Temperature 3 at temperature block Warning limit for temperature block Alarm limit for temperature block Parameter word Data word BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
DWORD 0 DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-950
Connection (parameters) SW DWA DWB DWC
Meaning Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O Q Q Q Q + + + +
Operation and observation of REVD_SVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVD_SVP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> REVD_SVP < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 STOP CVON GFLT AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 ERPI OPL1 OLP2 GFLT ERMS ERSP Parameter word STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA Status word SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2 EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-951
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
PMI2 SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SST1 SST2 SSTP SWRE CSF DOWNL TEST PRES
EREO ETIM
ERRC TEST BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERM UNSYM EPSL PSLA COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block REVD_SV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_SVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-952
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 10 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 132 are written SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below: > REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-953
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-954
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FAULT_ANTIVAL FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 FAULT_EXT_F2 FAULT_BUS FAULT_PLC FAULT_HW_BU FAULT_MODULE FAULT_CONFIG FAULT_TH_SC FAULT_TH_WB
WARN_TM_HT WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 3-4 103 1-4 3-4 105 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM RECOV_TIME TEMP1 (in C) TEMP2 (in C) TEMP3 (in C) TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-955
109
1-2 3-4
I_L3 NO_OVLD M_OP_HOURS NO_START
111 113
1-4 1-4
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV STA_BUS STA_PLC STA_CURR ON11 ON1 OFF ON2 ON22 START_ACTIVE LOCK_ACTIVE IDL_TIME OPER_PRO_OFF AUTO_MODE TEST_POS_FEED FEED_CLOSE FEED_OPEN TRQ_CLOSE TRQ_OPEN COOL_DOWN_TIM BREA_TIM_ACT EMER_STA_EXE Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-956
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 10 < Byte 1-2 3-4 Data word A TEMP_MAX Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-957
3.110 Maerz blocks: RVDL_SCP: reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro C and preselection.
Description of RVDL_SCP
Object name (Type + Number) FB 624 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-958
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-959
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_SCP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-960
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) : (n+1) : VAL : FF : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-961
As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 ISTA2 GO1 GO2 NOSEN RESET CLEROP CLERPS LSWALL LSWPOS AVAIL := := := = = := := := := := := := := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY STA2_&READY ISTA1_&ILC1 ISTA2_&ILC2 -(SEN1/SEN2) NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES ERPS_&ERES LSW1_&LSW2 -LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1 IAVBL_&IOLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS : : (LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-962
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET AVAIL_&-ERPI_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERPI/ERPS/ERRC-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI_&ERPS_&RESET ((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA)/(ERPS/ERRC_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS) GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA -IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2/OSG2/-ERPS_&LSW1) LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1/OSG1/-ERPS_&LSW2) -SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1 -SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2 TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S OPS2 C OPS2 S GFLT C GFLT S ERMS C ERMS S ETIM C ETIM S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 OPL1 OPL2 TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := := := = = = = = = = =
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-963
S IMAX C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM EPSL PSLA
= = = = = = := :=
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-964
Block view
Fig. 152: RVDL_SCP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_SCP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_SCP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-965
Machine protection (PMI1) Position monitoring (ERPS) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 EROP GFLT ERMS ERPI ERPS ETIM ERRC $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-966
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM EPSL $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH PF WH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-967
Connections of RVDL_SCP Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2 CVON PMI1 PMI2 CSF PRES DOWNL TEST LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SWRE Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive direction 1 Start drive direction 2 Process-technological interlock direction 1 Process-technological interlock direction 2 Limit switch direction 1 Limit switch direction 2 Control voltage on Machine protection interlock direction 1 Machine protection interlock direction 2 Control system error Preselection Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop without PMI2 Local start/stop with PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI2 Enabling start-up warning Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-968
Connection (parameters) ESST ENRE SWLO LSEL
Meaning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Monitoring time setpoint value Belt width for filtering motor current value Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C Enabling of local operation Single start direction 1 Single start direction 2 Suppression of alarms
Def. 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I + +
RLSA EPB_TO_VI
BOOL BOOL
1 0
I I
Q +
RES_VI TEXT_01 TIME1 BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 RESET LSER SST1 SST2 SUPR
0 0 5.0 1 0.5 100.0
I I I I I I
Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + + >0
10800.0 I 3 I I I I IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 0
M M M BQ BQ B B B + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-969
Connection (parameters) PAGE
Meaning Activated page of the faceplate
Def. 1 1 1 29 3 5 9 7 8 0 30 31 32 33 34 2 40 36
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO B B + +
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-970
Connection (parameters) EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2 EV3_SIG3 EV3_SIG4 EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8 OSG1 OSG2 DAVB EROR DOFF OPER QBAD SWST LOCA PB_VISU ACT1 A1 OPTI NOST
Def. 160 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + + + +
Operating message direction 1 BOOL Operating message direction 2 BOOL Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Start start-up warning Drive is in local operating mode Output bit Current monitoring time Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C Number of starts performed BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-971
Connection (parameters) NOOV I_MAX PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC
Meaning Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type REAL REAL
Def. 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + Q +
Operation and observation of RVDL_SCP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_SCP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_SCP < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CVON GFLT Parameter word STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2 Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA POS1 POS2 OPL1 OLP2 GFLT DOFF DAVB EROR Status word SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-972
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
AVBL RCR1 RCR2 PMI1 PMI2
ERMS
SWST OPER QBAD
ERPI ERPS ETIM
LSW1I LSW2I TRQ1 TRQ2
SWST LOCA
THERM UNSYM EPSL PSLA COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) the block RVDL_SCP has all defined states from 1 to 11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_SCP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-973
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below: > RVDL_SCP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-974
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> RVDL_SCP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO FAULT_ANTIVAL WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO WARN_TM_HT Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-975
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 FAULT_EXT_F2 FAULT_BUS FAULT_PLC FAULT_HW_BU FAULT_MODULE FAULT_CONFIG FAULT_TH_SC FAULT_TH_WB
WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR
> RVDL_SCP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 3-4 103 105 1-4 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 109 1-2 3-4 TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 I_L3 NO_OVLD Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM RECOV_TIME Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-976
111 113
1-4 1-4
M_OP_HOURS NO_START
> RVDL_SCP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV STA_BUS STA_PLC STA_CURR ON11 ON1 OFF ON2 ON22 START_ACTIVE LOCK_ACTIVE IDL_TIME OPER_PRO_OFF AUTO_MODE TEST_POS_FEED FEED_CLOSE FEED_OPEN TRQ_CLOSE TRQ_OPEN COOL_DOWN_TIM BREA_TIM_ACT EMER_STA_EXE Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-977
26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-978
3.111 Maerz blocks: RVDL_SVP: reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection.
Description of RVDL_SVP Object name (Type + Number) FB 617 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-979
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-980
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_SVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-981
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) : (n+1) : VAL : FF : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-982
As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT S IRCR1 C IRCR1 ISTA1 ISTA2 GO1 GO2 NOSEN RESET CLEROP CLERPS LSWALL LSWPOS AVAIL := := := = = := := := := := := := := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN STA1_&READY STA2_&READY ISTA1_&ILC1 ISTA2_&ILC2 -(SEN1/SEN2) NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES ERPS_&ERES LSW1_&LSW2 -LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1 IAVBL_&IOLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS : : (LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET (-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&-
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-983
LSW2))_&RESET S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S OPS2 C OPS2 S GFLT C GFLT S ERMS C ERMS S ETIM C ETIM S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 OPL1 OPL2 TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH S IMAX C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := := := = = = = = = = = = = = = AVAIL_&-ERPI_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERPI/ERPS/ERRC-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI_&ERPS_&RESET ((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA)/(ERPS/ERRC_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS) GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA -IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2/OSG2/-ERPS_&LSW1) LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1/OSG1/-ERPS_&LSW2) -SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1 -SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2 TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-984
S THERM C THERM EPSL PSLA
= = := :=
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-985
Block view
Fig. 155: RVDL_SVP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_SVP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_SVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Machine protection (PMI1)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-986
Position monitoring (ERPS) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 BLOCK EROP GFLT ERMS ERPI ERPS ETIM ERRC $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ AH Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-987
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM EPSL $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class PF WH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-988
Connections of RVDL_SVP Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 LSW1 LSW2 CVON PMI1 PMI2 CSF PRES DOWNL TEST LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 SWRE Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive direction 1 Start drive direction 2 Process-technological interlock direction 1 Process-technological interlock direction 2 Limit switch direction 1 Limit switch direction 2 Control voltage on Machine protection interlock direction 1 Machine protection interlock direction 2 Control system error Preselection Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop without PMI2 Local start/stop with PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI2 Enabling start-up warning Data type INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-989
Connection (parameters) ESST ENRE SWLO LSEL
Meaning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Monitoring time setpoint value Belt width for filtering motor current value Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V Enabling of local operation Single start direction 1 Single start direction 2 Suppression of alarms
Def. 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I + +
RLSA EPB_TO_VI
BOOL BOOL
1 0
I I
Q +
RES_VI TEXT_01 TIME1 BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 RESET LSER SST1 SST2 SUPR
0 0 5.0 1 0.5 100.0
I I I I I I
Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q + + + >0
10800.0 I 3 I I I I IO IO IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0 0 0
M M M BQ BQ B B B + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-990
Connection (parameters) PAGE
Meaning Activated page of the faceplate
Def. 1 1 1 29 3 5 9 7 8 0 30 31 32 33 34 2 40 36
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO B B + +
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-991
Connection (parameters) EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2 EV3_SIG3 EV3_SIG4 EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8 OSG1 OSG2 DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA LSW1I LSW2I TRQ1 TRQ2 PB_VISU ACT1
Def. 160 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ Q + +
Operating message direction 1 BOOL Operating message direction 2 BOOL Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Internal limit switch direction 1 Internal limit switch direction 2 Torque limit switch direction 1 Torque limit switch direction 2 Output bit Current monitoring time BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-992
Connection (parameters) A1 OPTI NOST NOOV I_MAX PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC
Meaning Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + Q Q Q Q + + + +
Operation and observation of RVDL_SVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_SVP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_SVP < Bit 0 1 2 3 Parameter word STA1 STA2 ILC1 ILC2 Data word OPS1 EROP OPS2 NOTA Status word SEN1 SEN2 OSG1 OSG2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-993
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
LSW1 LSW2
POS1 POS2 OPL1 DAVB EROR
SWST LOCA
THERM UNSYM EPSL PSLA COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) the block RVDL_SVP has all defined states from 1 to 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-994
DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_SVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below: > RVDL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ Data word B HARD_ID Data word C DPPA_ADR
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-995
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK
SUBNETID
> RVDL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-996
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO FAULT_ANTIVAL FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 FAULT_EXT_F2 FAULT_BUS FAULT_PLC FAULT_HW_BU FAULT_MODULE FAULT_CONFIG FAULT_TH_SC FAULT_TH_WB
WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO WARN_TM_HT WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR
> RVDL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 3-4 103 1-4 Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM RECOV_TIME Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-997
3-4 105 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 109 1-2 3-4 111 113 1-4 1-4 TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 I_L3 NO_OVLD M_OP_HOURS NO_START
> RVDL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV STA_BUS STA_PLC STA_CURR ON11 ON1 OFF ON2 ON22 START_ACTIVE LOCK_ACTIVE IDL_TIME OPER_PRO_OFF AUTO_MODE TEST_POS_FEED FEED_CLOSE FEED_OPEN Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-998
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
TRQ_CLOSE TRQ_OPEN COOL_DOWN_TIM BREA_TIM_ACT EMER_STA_EXE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-999
3.112 Maerz blocks: CONT_SVP: actuator with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection
Description of CONT_SVP
Object name (Type + Number) FB 618 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1001
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block CONT_DO (FB 506). However, the block CONT_SVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET. The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1002
The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1003
This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) : (n+1) : VAL : FF : Index of the last filtered measured value Index of the new filtered measured value Unfiltered input value Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1004
Auxiliary flag IAVBL ICVON IOLPT IHILI ILOLI := := := := := AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL CVON_&SLAVE_OK (OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT HILI_&READY LOLI_&READY
Data word S URO1 C URO1 S URO2 C URO2 S EROP C EROP NOTA S POS1 C POS1 S POS2 C POS2 CMAN GFLT ERMS ERPI S ERPS C ERPS ERDS TEST S BLOCK C BLOCK S DOWNL C DOWNL S GWARN C GWARN S EARTH C EARTH : : : : : : := : : : : := := := := : : := := = = = = = = = = IHILI-ICVON/(-IHILI/ILOLI) ILOLI-ICVON/(-ILOLI/IHILI) (-IODS/LCT-IOLPT/-IAVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/ICVON -ICVON/ERMS/ERPI/ERPS/ERDS/EROL/EROP LSW1-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2) LSW2-ICVON/(-LSW2/LSW1) URO1/URO2 -IOLPT_&ICVON -IAVBL_&ICVON (-PMI1/-PMI2)_&ICVON LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP) IODS_&ICVON TEST BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET GWARN -GWARN_&RESET EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1005
S IMAX C IMAX S OVLD C OVLD S THERM C THERM EPSL PSLA
= = = = = = := :=
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1006
Block view
Fig. 158: CONT_SVP block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_SVP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1007
Message actions The block CONT_SVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) Machine availability (AVBL) Position monitoring (ERPS) Machine protection (PMI1) Position check-back (IODS) Motor blocked (BLOCK) SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) Earth fault (EARTH) Maximum motor current (IMAX) Overload (OLPT and OVLD) Thermistor error (THERM) Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 EROP GFLT ERMS ERPS ERPI ERDS $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1008
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX OVLD THERN UNSYM EPSL $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class Yes Yes AH PF WH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1009
Connections of CONT_SVP Connection (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR HILI LOLI LSW1 LSW2 CVON PMI1 PMI2 AUTO IODS RLS CSF PRES DOWNL TEST LST1 LST2 LSP1 LSP2 Meaning Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value Data type INT INT INT BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Setting LOW setpoint value as BOOL active setpoint value Limit switch direction 1 Limit switch direction 2 Control voltage on Machine protection interlock direction 1 Machine protection interlock direction 2 Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Fault input value ACT Enabling outputs SEN1/2 Control system error Preselection Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop without PMI2 Local start/stop with PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI2 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1010
Connection (parameters) ENRE LSEL
Meaning Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Automatic setpoint value Current position check-back value Upper limit value for setpoint value Lower limit value for setpoint value Switching hysteresis for comparing setpoint value/actual value Safety position in case of system failure Monitoring time for position change Belt width for filtering motor current value Filter factor motor current value Rated current for motor current value calibration Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1
Data type BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I +
RLSA EPB_TO_VI
BOOL BOOL
1 0
I I
Q +
RES_VI TEXT_01 ASET ACT HIGH LOW SWIT
BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
I I I I I I I
Q Q Q Q BQ BQ BQ + + + + >0 +
SAFE TIMEOUT BW FF ILH WACYC RUNUPCYC EV_ID1
REAL REAL INT REAL REAL REAL INT
0.0 0.0 1 0.5 100.0
I I I I I
BQ BQ Q Q Q Q
+ + >0
10800.0 I 3 I I
DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1011
Connection (parameters) EV_ID2 EV_ID3 RESET LSER SUPR SET PAGE
Meaning Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V Enabling of local operation Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Activated page of the faceplate
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M M BQ BQ B B B B + + + + + +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0.0 1 1 1 29 3 9 5 10 0 0 30 31 32 33
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1012
Connection (parameters) EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2 EV3_SIG3 EV3_SIG4 EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8 URG1 URG2 DAVB EROR MANU OPER QBAD
Meaning Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19 Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24 Forced open command pending (HILI) Forced close command pending (LOLI) Drive is available Drive is faulty Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI) Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
Def. 34 2 40 36 160 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1013
Connection (parameters) LOCA LSW1I LSW2I TRQ1 TRQ2 PB_VISU CSET A1 OPTI NOST NOOV I_MAX PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC
Meaning Drive is in local operating mode Internal limit switch direction 1 Internal limit switch direction 2 Torque limit switch direction 1 Torque limit switch direction 2 Output bit Active internal setpoint value Current motor current Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V Number of starts performed Number of overload trippings Maximum current in % of set current Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + Q Q Q Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + +
Operation and observation of CONT_SVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1014
PW, DW and SW of CONT_SVP The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> CONT_SVP < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 DOWNL LSER LST1 LST2 AUTO IODS RLS PMI1 PMI2 ERPI ERPS ERDS EPSL CLSE OPEN TEST BLOCK DOWNL GWARN EARTH IMAX CVON GFLT AVBL GFLT ERMS OPER QBAD LSW1I LSW2I TRQ1 TRQ2 LOCA LSW1 LSW2 Parameter word HILI LOLI Data word URO1 EROP URO2 NOTA POS1 POS2 CMAN DAVB EROR MANU Status word URG1 URG2 SEN1 SEN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1015
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
LSP1 LSP2 CSF TEST PRES
OVLD THERM UNSYM PSLA COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) the block CONT_SVP has all defined states from 1 to 11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of CONT_SVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page 1 2 4 8 100 : : : Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate PROFIBUS Information on the Profibus slave SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1016
A content list follows below: > CONTL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word B HARD_ID Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1017
28 29 30 31
> CONTL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING FAULT_RUNT_ON FAULT_RUNT_OF FAULT_FEED_ON FAULT_FEED_OF FAULT_COLD_ST FAULT_UVO STA_PLC FAULT_BLOCK_S FAULT_DOUB_0 FAULT_DOUB_1 FAULT_END_PO FAULT_ANTIVAL FAULT_OVLD FAULT_OVLD_PF FAULT_ASYM FAULT_MOT_STA FAULT_TH_OVLD FAULT_IMAX FAULT_IMIN FAULT_INT_EF FAULT_TM_TEMP FAULT_EXT_F1 WARN_ASYM WARN_OVL WARN_OVL_PF WARN_BLOCK WARN_TH_OVL WARN_CURR_HI WARN_CURR_LO WARN_TM_HT WARN_TM_SE WARN_TM_OR Data word B FAULT_TM_SF FAULT_TM_OR FAULT_PARA FAULT_TEST_SD FAULT_OPO Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1018
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> CONTL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE 101 1 2 3-4 103 1-4 3-4 105 1-2 3-4 107 1-2 3-4 109 1-2 3-4 111 113 1-4 1-4 TIME_TO_TRIP I_L1 I_L2 I_L3 NO_OVLD M_OP_HOURS NO_START Data word A HEAT_UP_MOT_MO PHASE_ASYM RECOV_TIME Data word B Data word C
> CONTL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit 0 1 2 Data word A GENER_FAULT WARNING STA_DEV Data word B Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1019
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1020
3.113 Maerz blocks: MICROM_P: Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter and preselection
Description of MICROM_P
Object name (Type + Number) FB 620 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type MICROMASTER frequency converter by Siemens. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MICROMASTER 4 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment, Drives and SIMOVERT" are opened. Here, the entry MICROMASTER 4 is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1021
Fig. 159: HW Konfig with MICROMASTER 4
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, 0 PKW, 4 PZD whole cons. is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the MICROMASTER is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the MICROMASTER must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the MICROMASTER must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block MICROM_P reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1022
These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. These are the signals OLPT1, OLPT2, RDY_SWIT, SWIT_INH and FAULT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1023
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP is used to calibrate power. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON IPMI1 RESET CLEROP IAVBL AVAIL := := := := := := CVON_&SLAVE_OK PMI1&_-FAULT_&OLPT2 -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES (RDY_SWIT/RCR1)_&SWIT_INH_&REMOTE IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1024
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S ERO1 C ERO1 S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT S ERFR C ERFR S ERCL C ERCL S ERO2 C ERO2 S ERYS C ERYS S ERIN C ERIN EPSL : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := -IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1 -OLPT1-ICVON/OLPT1_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP -ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET) FAULT_&OLPT2 -CVON/(-FAULT_&RESET) FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET) -CLIM -CVON/(CLIM_&RESET) -OLPT2 -CVON/(OLPT2_&RESET) -RDY_SWIT_&-RCR1 -CVON/(RDY_SWIT_&RESET) SWIT_INH -CVON/(-SWIT_INH_&RESET) PRES_&-DAVB
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1025
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER LOCA QBAD : : : : : : := := := := := := := STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 OPER_ENB_&SLAVE_OK -AVBL_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 160: MICROM_P block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1026
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the MICROM_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block MICROM_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) MICROMAS group warning (ALARM) MICROMAS group fault (FAULT) Frequency > maximum (FRQ_MAX) Current limit (CLIM) Overload frequency converter (OLPT2) Not ready to be switched on (RDY_SWIT) Cut-in lock (SWIT_INH) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1027
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 EPSL EROP ERO1 ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC GWARN GFLT ERFR ERCL ERO2 ERYS ERIH $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH WH AH AH WH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1028
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 19 20 21 22 23 24 $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of MICROM_P
Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO CSF
Data type
Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1029
Connection Meaning (parameters) PRES LST1 LSP1 SINC SDEC SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO RLSA EPB_TO_VI RES_VI TEXT_01 ASET ILHF ILLF ILHC ILHP TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 RESET LSER SST1 Preselection Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Increase speed locally Reduce speed locally Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Automatic setpoint value Upper limit value for speed Lower limit value for speed Upper limit value for speed calibration Upper limit value for power calibration Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Resetting error Hasler Enabling of local operation Single start
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL INT
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ + >0 + + + Q Q + Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
100.0 I 0.0 I
100.0 I 100.0 I 5.0 3 I I I I I IO IO IO
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL 0 0 0
M M M BQ BQ B + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1030
Connection Meaning (parameters) SSTP SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2 EV3_SIG3 EV3_SIG4 EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF Single stop Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19 Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24 Operating message Emergency off activated
Data type BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL
Def. 0 0 0.0 1 171 3 4 5 6 7 8 136 137 81 138 139 140 141 0 160 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O Q Q B B B + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1031
Connection Meaning (parameters) DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA BREAK PB_VISU SPED POWR ACT1 PW DW SW DWA DWB DWC Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Activating external holding brake Output bit Current speed Current power Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + +
Operation and observation of MICROM_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1032
PW, DW and SW of MICROM_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> MICROM_P < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 SSTP SST1 LSP1 STOP CVON OLPT1 AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 ERRC GWARN GFLT ERFR ERCL ERO2 ERYS ERIH ERPI EREO ETIM ERO1 ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA BREAK Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1033
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SWRE CSF OLPT2 RDYS INHB PRES
EPSL PSLA
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block MICROM_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 ,13 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of MICROM_P The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > MICROM_P < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF Data word B HARD_ID Data word C RDY_SWIT RDY_OPER OPER_ENB FAULT OFF2 OFF3 SWIT_INH ALARM ACTSET REMOTE FRANGE CLIM BREAK OLPT1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1034
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_MMCFC
DIR_L_R OLPT2 DC_BREAK FRQ_MAX CURR_MAX DPPA_ADR FRQGACT FRQLACT FRQGSET ULLIM UGLIM OPDIR PILLIM PISAT SUBNETID
Profibus interface for MICROM_P The operation of this block with a frequency converter MICROMAS makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 4 data words of input data and 4 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 4 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that no input words and 2 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1035
Input data from MICROMAS: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Setpoint / actual value deviation within tolerance range Operating mode remote operation Frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value Motor current has reached current limit External holding brake Motor overload Travel to left/right Converter overload 2nd status word 1 Word Frequency 3rd status word 2 LSB 3 3 3 0 1 2 Bit Bit Bit Word Effective power 4th status word D.C. injection brake DC_BREAK POWER SPEED ACTSET REMOTE FRANGE CLIM BREAK OLPT1 DIR_L_R OLPT2 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit AUS2 AUS3 Type MICROMAS designation Description 1st status word Ready to be switched on Ready for operation Enable operation Group fault Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time Cut-in lock Group warning RDY_SWIT RDY_OPER OPER_ENB FAULT OFF2 OFF3 SWIT_INH ALARM POLCID design.
Converter frequency less than shutdown FRQ_MAX limit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1036
Word Bit no. no. 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Type Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit
Description Motor current is greater than or equal to current limitation Actual frequency is greater than reference frequency
POLCID design. CURR_MAX FRQGACT
Actual frequency is lower than reference FRQLACT frequency Actual frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value Voltage lower than threshold value FRQGSET ULLIM
Voltage greater than threshold value Opposite direction
UGLIM OPDIR
PI frequency is less than threshold value PILLIM PI saturation PISAT
Output data to MICROMAS: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Type MICROMAS designation Description 1st control word Start/stop drive Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time Enable operation Enable ramp generator Enabling ramp generator setpoint value Release setpoint value Reset error OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 OPER_ENB RAMP_ENB RAMP_UNF SETP_ENB RESET POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1037
Word Bit no. no. MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Type
Description
POLCID design.
Jogging right Jogging left Operating mode remote operation Invert direction of rotation
JOG1 JOG2 REMOTE DIR_INV
Motor potentiometer up Motor potentiometer down Activate parameter set local or remote 2nd control word
POTI_PL POTI_MI PAR_SET
Word
SETP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1038
3.114 Maerz blocks: SIMO_LVP: Siemens SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter and preselection
Description of SIMO_LVP Object name (Type + Number) FB 621 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter by Siemens. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolder SIMOVERT is found. Here the entry MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1 is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1039
Fig. 161: HW Konfig with MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, PPO 5: 4 PKW , 10 PZD is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block SIMO_LVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. This is the signal FAULT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1040
If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1041
The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP calibrates power, and input ILHT calibrates torque. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810). The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON IPMI1 RESET CLEROP IAVBL AVAIL := := := := := := CVON_&SLAVE_OK PMI1&_-FAULT -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES (RDY_SWIT/RCR1)_&SWIT_INH_&REMOTE IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S EROL C EROL S ERMS : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : -IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1 -OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1042
C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 S ETIM C ETIM S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT S ERYS C ERYS S ERIN C ERIN S ERUV C ERUV S ERFR C ERFR S ERTR C ERTR S ERTM C ERTM S ERTB C ERTB EPSL PSLA
: : : := : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := := -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT -LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP -ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET) FAULT -CVON/(-FAULT_&RESET) -RDY_SWIT_&-RCR1 -CVON/(RDY_SWIT_&RESET) SWIT_INH -CVON/(-SWIT_INH_&RESET) FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET) FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET) TEMP_RF -CVON/(-TEMP_RF_&RESET) TEMP_MF -CVON/(-TEMP_MF_&RESET) TURN_BL -CVON/(-TURN_BL_&RESET) PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR : : : : : : := := := STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1043
DOFF OPER LOCA QBAD
:= := := :=
-OSG1 OPER_ENB_&SLAVE_OK -AVBL_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1044
Block view
Fig. 162: SIMO_LVP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the SIMO_LVP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block SIMO_LVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1045
Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) SIMOV_LV group warning (ALARM) SIMOV_LV group fault (FAULT) Not ready to be switched on (RDY_SWIT) Cut-in lock (SWIT_INH) Undervoltage DC-link (UVOLT) Frequency > maximum (FRQ_MAX) Warning overload converter (OLPT_W) Error temperature inverter > maximum (TEMP_RF) Warning temperature inverter > maximum (TEMP_RW) Warning temperature motor > maximum (TEMP_MW) Error temperature motor > maximum (TEMP_MF) Error motor tilted or blocked (TURN_BL) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 EROP ERO1 ERMS ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1046
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 EPSL ERTR WATR WATM ERTM ERTB ERRC GWARN GFLT ERYS ERIH ERUV ERFR WAOL $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ -
AH WH AH AH WH AH AH WH
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
AH WH WH AH AH
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1047
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of SIMO_LVP
Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON OLPT PMI1 SPCL
Data type
Def. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine protection interlock Speed monitor INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1048
Connection Meaning (parameters) LEMO AUTO CSF PRES LST1 LSP1 SINC SDEC SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO RLSA EPB_TO_VI RES_VI TEXT_01 ASET ILHF ILLF ILHC ILHP ILHT TIME1 RUNUPCYC Local emergency off Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input Control system error Preselection Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Increase speed locally Reduce speed locally Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Automatic setpoint value Upper limit value for speed Lower limit value for speed Upper limit value for speed calibration Upper limit value for power calibration Upper limit value for torque calibration Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start
Data type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL INT
Def. 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ + >0 + + + Q Q + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + +
100.0 I 100.0 I 100.0 I 5.0 3 I I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1049
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 EV_ID4 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2 EV3_SIG3 Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Message ID no. 4 Resetting error Hasler Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO M M M M BQ BQ B B B B + + + + + +
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 142 143 122 141 144 88 145 0 146 147 148
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1050
Connection Meaning (parameters) EV3_SIG4 EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8 EV4_SIG1 EV4_SIG2 EV4_SIG3 EV4_SIG4 EV4_SIG5 EV4_SIG6 EV4_SIG7 EV4_SIG8 OSG1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA PB_VISU SPED POWR TORQ TEMP ACT1 PW Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24 Index variable for message no. 25 Index variable for message no. 26 Index variable for message no. 27 Index variable for message no. 28 Index variable for message no. 29 Index variable for message no. 30 Index variable for message no. 31 Index variable for message no. 32 Operating message Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Output bit Current speed Current power Current torque Current converter temperature Current monitoring time Parameter word
Data type INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
Def. 40 149 0 0 0 160 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + +
DWORD 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1051
Connection Meaning (parameters) DW SW DWA DWB DWC Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
Data type
Def.
Operation and observation of SIMO_LVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of SIMO_LVP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> SIMO_LVP < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT ERO1 ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1052
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
PMI1 AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER LST1
ERPI EREO ETIM
LOCA
ERRC GWARN GFLT
LSP1
ERYS ERIH
SST1
ERUV ERFR
SSTP SWRE CSF RDYS INHB PRES
ERTR ERTM ERTB EPSL PSLA COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block SIMO_LVP does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12,13 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of SIMO_LVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1053
> SIMO_LVP < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 SUBNETID DPPA_ADR Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_SIVFC HARD_ID Data word B Data word C RDY_SWIT RDY_OPER OPER_ENB FAULT OFF2 OFF3 SWIT_INH ALARM ACTSET REMOTE FRANGE UVOLT MRACT RAMP_ACT DIR_L_R KIP_FLN CAT_ACT SYNC FRQ_MAX EXTFLT1 EXTFLT2 EXTWARN OLPT_W TEMP_RF TEMP_RW TEMP_MW TEMP_MF TURN_BL BRACT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1054
29 30 31 Profibus interface for SIMO_LVP
SYNC_W PRELOAD
The operation of this block with a frequency converter SIMO_LVP makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 14 data words of input data and 14 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. From these, respectively, the first four words are used only for the parameter assignment of the frequency converter. They are not used by the block but cannot be used for other purposes either. In the case of this block 6 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 4 input words and 8 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from SIMOV_LVP: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 8 9 Bit Bit Setpoint / actual value deviation within tolerance range Operating mode remote operation ACTSET REMOTE Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit AUS2 AUS3 Type SIMO_LVP designation: Description 1st status word Ready to be switched on Ready for operation Enable operation Group fault Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time Cut-in lock Group warning RDY_SWIT RDY_OPER OPER_ENB FAULT OFF2 OFF3 SWIT_INH ALARM POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1055
Word Bit no. no. 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 11 12 13 14 15
SIMO_LVP designation:
Description Frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value Undervoltage in DC-link Main contactor is activated Run-up initiator is active Travel to left/right Function kinetic buffering or flexible yielding is active 2nd status word
POLCID design. FRANGE UVOLT MRACT RAMP_ACT DIR_L_R KIP_FLN
Word
SPEED
2 LSB 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 9 10 11 12 13
Word
Torque 4th status word
TORQUE
Function catching active or exciter time running Synchronicity reached Frequency is less than shutdown limit External error 1 External error 2 External warning Warning converter thermal overload Error temperature inverter > maximum
CAT_ACT SYNC FRQ_MAX EXTFLT1 EXTFLT2 EXTWARN OLPT_W TEMP_RF
Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit
Warning temperature inverter > maximum Warning temperature motor > maximum Error temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_RW TEMP_MW TEMP_MF
Motor is tilted or blocked Bridging contactor is active
TURN_BL BRACT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1056
Word Bit no. no. 3 3 14 15
Type Bit Bit
SIMO_LVP designation:
Description Warning synchronisation error Preloading active 5th status word
POLCID design. SYNC_W PRELOAD
Word
Effective power 6th status word
POWER
Word
Converter temperature
TEMP
Output data to SIMOV_LVP: Word Bit no. no. LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Jogging right Jogging left Operating mode remote operation Command right rotating field Command left rotating field Motor potentiometer up Motor potentiometer down External error 1 2nd control word 1 Word Frequency setpoint value SETP JOG1 JOG2 REMOTE ROT_R ROT_L POTI_PL POTI_MI EXTFLT1 Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Type SIMO_LVP designation: Description 1st control word Start/stop drive Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time Enable operation Enable ramp generator Enabling ramp generator setpoint value Release setpoint value Reset error OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 OPER_ENB RAMP_ENB RAMP_UNF SETP_ENB RESET POLCID design.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1057
3.115 Maerz blocks: FRQCON_P: Frequency converter in general and preselection

Description of FRQCON_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 622 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a frequency converter. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block automatically determines the status of the frequency converter at the Profibus. The interlock system and control signals, however, will be connected to the block by means of inputs and outputs. Using this mechanism, the frequency converters from any manufacturer can be easily controlled and represented. Operating principle The block only determines the status of the frequency converter at the Profibus and represents the same accordingly. The device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the frequency converter is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the frequency converter must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the frequency converter must be entered. At the input HARD_ID the hardware identification number of the Profibus slave must be stated, by means of which the frequency converter is controlled. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). In addition, the interlock system also processes the collective fault signal of the device ;GFLT. The signals ;GWAR and FLT1 to FLT6 are not interlocked and are only used for signalling additional messages or faults. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1' and 'GFLT' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1058
The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Note Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit values for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed. The analogue values for speed (I_SPEED), power (I_POWER) and torque (I_TORQUE) are connected via corresponding inputs with the block. For each input, there is a separate calibration factor (CAL_S, CAL_P and CAL_T). This is used to convert the input words into physical units of the type Float.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1059
In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON IPMI1 RESET CLEROP AVAIL := := := := := CVON_&SLAVE_OK PMI1&_GFLT -PWON_&(-EROP/ERES) EROP_&ERES AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI S ERSP C ERSP S ERRC C ERRC S NOTA C NOTA S EROP C EROP S OPS1 C OPS1 S EROL C EROL S ERMS C ERMS S EREO C EREO OPL1 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := -IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP (-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTAICVON/CLEROP -AVAIL/ERSP/ERRC/ETIM-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1 -OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET -IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET -LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET -OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1060
S ETIM C ETIM S GWARN C GWARN S GFLT C GFLT S ERF1 C ERF1 S ERF2 C ERF2 S ERF3 C ERF3 S ERF4 C ERF4 S ERF5 C ERF5 S ERF6 C ERF6 EPSL PSLA
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : := :=
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP GWAR -CVON/(-GWAR_&RESET) -GFLT -CVON/(GFLT_&RESET) -FLT1 -CVON/(FLT1_&RESET) -FLT2 -CVON/(FLT2_&RESET) -FLT3 -CVON/(FLT3_&RESET) -FLT4 -CVON/(FLT4_&RESET) -FLT5 -CVON/(FLT5_&RESET) -FLT6 -CVON/(FLT6_&RESET) PRES_&-DAVB -EPSL_&PRES
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1061
Status word S PWON C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1 S SEN1 C SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF OPER LOCA QBAD : : : : : : := := := := := := := STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA/STOP/-ILC1 OPS1-OPS1 PWONOSG1/-PWON EREO -NOTA_&ICVON EROP -OSG1 RCR1_&SLAVE_OK -AVBL_&SLAVE_OK -SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1062
Block view
Fig. 163: FRQCON_P block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the FRQCON_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1063
Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block FRQCON_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) FRQCONV group warning (GWARN) FRQCONV group fault (GFLT) Error no. 1 FRQCONV (FLT1) Error no. 2 FRQCONV (FLT2) Error no. 3 FRQCONV (FLT3) Error no. 4 FRQCONV (FLT4) Error no. 5 FRQCONV (FLT5) Error no. 6 FRQCONV (FLT6) Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 1 2 3 EROP ERO1 ERMS $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Message Suppressable class AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1064
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 ERSP ERPI EREO ETIM ERRC GWARN GFLT ERF1 ERF2 ERF3 ERF4 ERF5 ERF6 EPSL $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class AH AH AH AH AH WH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH AH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1065
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 22 23 24 $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of FRQCON_P Connection Meaning (parameters) SUBNETID DPPA_ADR DADDR HARD_ID STA1 ILC1 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 SPCL LEMO AUTO CSF Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC Slave address of the Profibus device Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave Hardware ID of Profibus slave Start drive Process-technological interlock Stop drive Control voltage on Overload protection Machine availability Check-back signal Frequency converter group fault Machine protection interlock Speed monitor Local emergency off Data type INT INT INT WORD BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Def. 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 Type Attr. O&O Perm. values I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) BOOL input Control system error BOOL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1066
GWAR FLT1 FLT2 FLT3 FLT4 FLT5 FLT6 PRES LST1 LSP1 SINC SDEC SWRE ESST ENRE SWLO RLSA EPB_TO_VI RES_VI TEXT_01 I_SPEED I_POWER I_TORQUE ASET ILHF ILLF CAL_S CAL_P
Frequency converter group warning Fault 1 frequency converter Fault 2 frequency converter Fault 3 frequency converter Fault 4 frequency converter Fault 5 frequency converter Fault 6 frequency converter Preselection Local start/stop without PMI1 Local start/stop with PMI1 Increase speed locally Reduce speed locally Enabling start-up warning Display of softkeys for single faceplate start Display of softkeys for faceplate reset Start-up warning also in local operating mode Enabling alarm generation
BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.01 0.01
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + Q Q + Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + +
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and BOOL for display of status TEXT_01 Reset signal from PB_VISU Status display Frequency converter speed Frequency converter power Frequency converter torque Automatic setpoint value Upper limit value for speed Lower limit value for speed Calibration factor for speed Calibration factor for power BOOL BOOL WORD WORD WORD REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1067
CAL_T TIME1 RUNUPCYC EV_ID1 EV_ID2 EV_ID3 RESET LSER SST1 SSTP SUPR SET EV1_SIG1 EV1_SIG2 EV1_SIG3 EV1_SIG4 EV1_SIG5 EV1_SIG6 EV1_SIG7 EV1_SIG8 EV2_SIG1 EV2_SIG2 EV2_SIG3 EV2_SIG4 EV2_SIG5 EV2_SIG6 EV2_SIG7 EV2_SIG8 EV3_SIG1 EV3_SIG2 EV3_SIG3
Calibration factor for torque Monitoring time setpoint value Waiting cycles at start Message ID no. 1 Message ID no. 2 Message ID no. 3 Resetting error Hasler Enabling of local operation Single start Single stop Suppression of alarms Setpoint value for faceplate Index variable for message no. 1 Index variable for message no. 2 Index variable for message no. 3 Index variable for message no. 4 Index variable for message no. 5 Index variable for message no. 6 Index variable for message no. 7 Index variable for message no. 8 Index variable for message no. 9 Index variable for message no. 10 Index variable for message no. 11 Index variable for message no. 12 Index variable for message no. 13 Index variable for message no. 14 Index variable for message no. 15 Index variable for message no. 16 Index variable for message no. 17 Index variable for message no. 18 Index variable for message no. 19
REAL REAL INT
0.01 5.0 3
I I I I I I IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
Q BQ + >0
DWORD 0 DWORD 0 DWORD 0 BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 150 151 152 152 152 152 152 152 160 0 0
M M M BQ BQ B B B B + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1068
EV3_SIG4 EV3_SIG5 EV3_SIG6 EV3_SIG7 EV3_SIG8 PWON OSG1 SEN1 EMOF DAVB EROR DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA O_PMI1 O_RES PB_VISU O_SETP SPED POWR TORQ ACT1 PW DW SW DWA DWB
Index variable for message no. 20 Index variable for message no. 21 Index variable for message no. 22 Index variable for message no. 23 Index variable for message no. 24 Run command for drive Operating message Start enabling Emergency off activated Drive is available Drive is faulty Drive is off Start start-up warning Drive is operating (locally or automatically) Profibus slave faulty Drive is in local operating mode Machine protection Resetting faults Output bit Setpoint value of speed Current speed Current power Current torque Current monitoring time Parameter word Data word Status word Extended diagnosis data for faceplate Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
INT INT INT INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL WORD REAL REAL REAL REAL
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
IO IO IO IO IO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q BQ Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q + + + + + + + + + +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1069
Operation and observation of FRQCON_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of FRQCON_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> FRQCON_P < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 LSP1 STOP CVON OLPT AVBL RCR1 GFLT PMI1 AUTO SPCL LEMO LSER LST1 ERRC GWARN GFLT ERF1 ERPI EREO ETIM ERO1 ERMS ERSP OPL1 ILC1 NOTA EMOF DAVB EROR PWON DOFF SWST OPER QBAD LOCA Parameter word STA1 Data word OPS1 EROP OSG1 Status word SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1070
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SSTP SWRE CSF PRES SST1
ERF2 ERF3 ERF4 ERF5 ERF6 EPSL PSLA
COLOUR_1 COLOUR_2 COLOUR_3 COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block FRQCON_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 ,13 and 14.
DWA and DWB of FRQCON_P The block has three additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > FRQCON_P < Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Data word A ST_NOEX ST_NORDY ST_INSLR ST_SENSU ST_MASLO ST_WATCH ST_STDIA ST_EXDIA ST_EXDOV ST_SYNC Data word B HARD_ID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1071
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ST_FREEZ ST_PAREQ ST_PARFA ST_SLCCF ST_SLDEA ST_STASL SLAVE_OK SLAVE_FC GFLT GWAR FLT1 FLT2 FLT3 FLT4 FLT5 FLT6 DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
en-YN.YNT.001.A

en-YN YNT 001 A

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

en-YN YNT 001 A

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

User manual en-YN.YNT.001.

POLCID for administrators

Code Word Order number POLYSIUS Order Code (POC)

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

1.1 Target group

1.2 Scope of documentation

1.3 Purpose of this manual

User manual POLCID for administrators

1.4 Overview of the software

User manual POLCID for administrators

Structure of the POLCID automation system

User manual POLCID for administrators

2.1 Process overview

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

SEQU - operating sequence

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

Monitoring REAL time

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

Index 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

Index 165 166 167 168 169 170 2.2.4

User manual POLCID for administrators

ACTM AUTO AVBL CLSE CMAN

(GROC,S) (CONT,P) ( ,P) (CONT,D) (CONT,D)

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

UST1/2 WATI 2.2.6

Urgent start 1/2 Warning time

User manual POLCID for administrators

Name OLH_F OLL_F OPTI RDATE

SAFE SET SET_VAL SWIT TIMEn TIMERn VAL 2.2.7

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

Name of the data record DPPA_ADR SUBNETID

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators

User manual POLCID for administrators